<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1123/index.xml"/>
    <title>Access Unmissable Full Audiobooks in Science Fiction &amp; Fantasy, Paranormal</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 14 Dec 2024 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 14 Dec 2024 13:07:31 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1123/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Access Unmissable Full Audiobooks in Science Fiction &amp; Fantasy, Paranormal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1123/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Miss Isabel Schowalter PhD</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1123/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Fiction"/>
    <item>
      <title>The Time Master by Dmitry Bilik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Time Master
Series: #1 of Interworld Network
Author: Dmitry Bilik
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An ordinary Russian guy, Sergei picks a fight in his neighborhood, defending a little boy. Problem is, the guy he&amp;#039;s just defeated vanishes into thin air, leaving Sergei to discover he now possesses the ability to turn time around. On top of that, Sergei can now travel between worlds. He acquires even more mysterious new skills and abilities. And he discovers there&amp;#039;re many others just like him in our world. Sergei finds his own place in the secret community of the Seekers—creatures with superpowers. He even teams up with a few of his new buddies, planning to strike gold in one of the neighboring worlds. Sergei has no idea that his every step is being watched. He&amp;#039;s being shadowed by the Darkest One—one of the oldest Seekers around who&amp;#039;ll know no peace until he gets hold of some of Sergei&amp;#039;s unique abilities.</description>
      <author>Dmitry Bilik</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515944461.mp3" length="8178052" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515944461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Time Master
Series: #1 of Interworld Network
Author: Dmitry Bilik
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An ordinary Russian guy, Sergei picks a fight in his neighborhood, defending a little boy. Problem is, the guy he&amp;#039;s just defeated vanishes into thin air, leaving Sergei to discover he now possesses the ability to turn time around. On top of that, Sergei can now travel between worlds. He acquires even more mysterious new skills and abilities. And he discovers there&amp;#039;re many others just like him in our world. Sergei finds his own place in the secret community of the Seekers—creatures with superpowers. He even teams up with a few of his new buddies, planning to strike gold in one of the neighboring worlds. Sergei has no idea that his every step is being watched. He&amp;#039;s being shadowed by the Darkest One—one of the oldest Seekers around who&amp;#039;ll know no peace until he gets hold of some of Sergei&amp;#039;s unique abilities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Time Master
Series: #1 of Interworld Network
Author: Dmitry Bilik
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An ordinary Russian guy, Sergei picks a fight in his neighborhood, defending a little boy. Problem is, the guy he&amp;#039;s just defeated vanishes into thin air, leaving Sergei to discover he now possesses the ability to turn time around. On top of that, Sergei can now travel between worlds. He acquires even more mysterious new skills and abilities. And he discovers there&amp;#039;re many others just like him in our world. Sergei finds his own place in the secret community of the Seekers—creatures with superpowers. He even teams up with a few of his new buddies, planning to strike gold in one of the neighboring worlds. Sergei has no idea that his every step is being watched. He&amp;#039;s being shadowed by the Darkest One—one of the oldest Seekers around who&amp;#039;ll know no peace until he gets hold of some of Sergei&amp;#039;s unique abilities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Frames by W.R. Gingell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Frames
Series: #4 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two fae is company, but a company of fae is trouble. Which is exactly what we&amp;#039;ve got. Trouble, I mean. Well, and fae. Lots of fae. Something or someone is stalking and killing high-level fae around Hobart—tearing out hearts and leaving a trail of bloody bodies behind. Fae don&amp;#039;t like it when they&amp;#039;re the ones getting killed, so of course they came to hire my owners. Owners, you ask? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. No, that&amp;#039;s not my name. I am a pet. My owners? They&amp;#039;re fae. Well, two fae and one stroppy vampire. Welcome to the world Between.</description>
      <author>W.R. Gingell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943648.mp3" length="7368612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Frames
Series: #4 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two fae is company, but a company of fae is trouble. Which is exactly what we&amp;#039;ve got. Trouble, I mean. Well, and fae. Lots of fae. Something or someone is stalking and killing high-level fae around Hobart—tearing out hearts and leaving a trail of bloody bodies behind. Fae don&amp;#039;t like it when they&amp;#039;re the ones getting killed, so of course they came to hire my owners. Owners, you ask? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. No, that&amp;#039;s not my name. I am a pet. My owners? They&amp;#039;re fae. Well, two fae and one stroppy vampire. Welcome to the world Between.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Frames
Series: #4 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two fae is company, but a company of fae is trouble. Which is exactly what we&amp;#039;ve got. Trouble, I mean. Well, and fae. Lots of fae. Something or someone is stalking and killing high-level fae around Hobart—tearing out hearts and leaving a trail of bloody bodies behind. Fae don&amp;#039;t like it when they&amp;#039;re the ones getting killed, so of course they came to hire my owners. Owners, you ask? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. No, that&amp;#039;s not my name. I am a pet. My owners? They&amp;#039;re fae. Well, two fae and one stroppy vampire. Welcome to the world Between.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Floors by W.R. Gingell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Floors
Series: #3 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m not supposed to push through the boundaries of reality without supervision. I&amp;#039;m definitely not meant to drag a cop Between with me. But stuff happens, you know? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not Pet, exactly. I am a pet. Nothing too hard; I just cook and clean for the Behindkind who took over my house. Easy. But now one of my owners has gone missing. He&amp;#039;s fae, so it shouldn&amp;#039;t worry me, but if there&amp;#039;s something out there that can kidnap fae, I don&amp;#039;t wanna meet it. Good thing I&amp;#039;ve got another two owners and a spare cop up my sleeve . . .</description>
      <author>W.R. Gingell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943631.mp3" length="7341081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943631.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Floors
Series: #3 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m not supposed to push through the boundaries of reality without supervision. I&amp;#039;m definitely not meant to drag a cop Between with me. But stuff happens, you know? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not Pet, exactly. I am a pet. Nothing too hard; I just cook and clean for the Behindkind who took over my house. Easy. But now one of my owners has gone missing. He&amp;#039;s fae, so it shouldn&amp;#039;t worry me, but if there&amp;#039;s something out there that can kidnap fae, I don&amp;#039;t wanna meet it. Good thing I&amp;#039;ve got another two owners and a spare cop up my sleeve . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Floors
Series: #3 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m not supposed to push through the boundaries of reality without supervision. I&amp;#039;m definitely not meant to drag a cop Between with me. But stuff happens, you know? Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not Pet, exactly. I am a pet. Nothing too hard; I just cook and clean for the Behindkind who took over my house. Easy. But now one of my owners has gone missing. He&amp;#039;s fae, so it shouldn&amp;#039;t worry me, but if there&amp;#039;s something out there that can kidnap fae, I don&amp;#039;t wanna meet it. Good thing I&amp;#039;ve got another two owners and a spare cop up my sleeve . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Royal Witch by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Royal Witch
Series: #7 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Beechwood Manor is filling up fast and Holly&amp;#039;s feeling the pinch. There are several new roommates in the Beechwood Manor, and one of them is a royal witch. Literally. Unrest in a haven-ally magical kingdom leads a foreign princess into hiding and the Supernatural Protection Agency deems the Beechwood Manor as the perfect safe house. When tragedy strikes, the royal&amp;#039;s problems land at the manor&amp;#039;s front door and it&amp;#039;s going to take all hands on deck if the paranormal roomies hope to make it out alive.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630157371.mp3" length="7603506" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630157371.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Royal Witch
Series: #7 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Beechwood Manor is filling up fast and Holly&amp;#039;s feeling the pinch. There are several new roommates in the Beechwood Manor, and one of them is a royal witch. Literally. Unrest in a haven-ally magical kingdom leads a foreign princess into hiding and the Supernatural Protection Agency deems the Beechwood Manor as the perfect safe house. When tragedy strikes, the royal&amp;#039;s problems land at the manor&amp;#039;s front door and it&amp;#039;s going to take all hands on deck if the paranormal roomies hope to make it out alive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Royal Witch
Series: #7 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Beechwood Manor is filling up fast and Holly&amp;#039;s feeling the pinch. There are several new roommates in the Beechwood Manor, and one of them is a royal witch. Literally. Unrest in a haven-ally magical kingdom leads a foreign princess into hiding and the Supernatural Protection Agency deems the Beechwood Manor as the perfect safe house. When tragedy strikes, the royal&amp;#039;s problems land at the manor&amp;#039;s front door and it&amp;#039;s going to take all hands on deck if the paranormal roomies hope to make it out alive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dog-Eared Delinquent by Molly Fitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog-Eared Delinquent
Series: #4 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Apparently I&amp;#039;ve been slacking on the job as a paralegal, even though the firm doesn&amp;#039;t know that I&amp;#039;m secretly working as the area&amp;#039;s premier Pet Whisperer P.I. to solve our toughest cases behind the scenes. Now they&amp;#039;ve hired an intern to &amp;#039;help&amp;#039; me manage my workload . . .  But what the partners don&amp;#039;t realize is that they&amp;#039;ve let a nefarious criminal into our offices. Trust me, Octo-Cat can smell this guy&amp;#039;s stink from a mile away. The worst part? I&amp;#039;m pretty sure he can talk to animals too . . . and he most definitely isn&amp;#039;t using his talents to solve crimes and defend the innocent. I&amp;#039;ve always wondered how that zap from an old coffeemaker landed me with supernatural abilities. Now it&amp;#039;s time to find out once and for all. Otherwise I fear I may wind up losing them–and my trusty talking feline sidekick–for good.</description>
      <author>Molly Fitz</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155728.mp3" length="8563733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155728.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog-Eared Delinquent
Series: #4 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Apparently I&amp;#039;ve been slacking on the job as a paralegal, even though the firm doesn&amp;#039;t know that I&amp;#039;m secretly working as the area&amp;#039;s premier Pet Whisperer P.I. to solve our toughest cases behind the scenes. Now they&amp;#039;ve hired an intern to &amp;#039;help&amp;#039; me manage my workload . . .  But what the partners don&amp;#039;t realize is that they&amp;#039;ve let a nefarious criminal into our offices. Trust me, Octo-Cat can smell this guy&amp;#039;s stink from a mile away. The worst part? I&amp;#039;m pretty sure he can talk to animals too . . . and he most definitely isn&amp;#039;t using his talents to solve crimes and defend the innocent. I&amp;#039;ve always wondered how that zap from an old coffeemaker landed me with supernatural abilities. Now it&amp;#039;s time to find out once and for all. Otherwise I fear I may wind up losing them–and my trusty talking feline sidekick–for good.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog-Eared Delinquent
Series: #4 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Apparently I&amp;#039;ve been slacking on the job as a paralegal, even though the firm doesn&amp;#039;t know that I&amp;#039;m secretly working as the area&amp;#039;s premier Pet Whisperer P.I. to solve our toughest cases behind the scenes. Now they&amp;#039;ve hired an intern to &amp;#039;help&amp;#039; me manage my workload . . .  But what the partners don&amp;#039;t realize is that they&amp;#039;ve let a nefarious criminal into our offices. Trust me, Octo-Cat can smell this guy&amp;#039;s stink from a mile away. The worst part? I&amp;#039;m pretty sure he can talk to animals too . . . and he most definitely isn&amp;#039;t using his talents to solve crimes and defend the innocent. I&amp;#039;ve always wondered how that zap from an old coffeemaker landed me with supernatural abilities. Now it&amp;#039;s time to find out once and for all. Otherwise I fear I may wind up losing them–and my trusty talking feline sidekick–for good.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Creature on Crenshaw Road by M. L. Bullock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Creature on Crenshaw Road
Series: #9 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Pack your mosquito spray, Cassidy. We&amp;#039;re going after Bigfoot.&amp;#039; Midas, Cassidy, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team take on a new client, one with a disturbing problem. Reports of tree knocks, scratch marks, screams in the woods, and even a missing hunter have made Crenshaw Road a frightening place to live. Midas isn&amp;#039;t quite sure what he&amp;#039;s up against, but he agrees to help Aaron&amp;#039;s grandmother Nina get to the bottom of it all. The investigation takes a surprising turn when an unknown entity appears and the team is put to the test, in more ways than one. Will the answers lead them to the Creature on Crenshaw Road?   Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, A Ghostly Ride in Gulfport.</description>
      <author>M. L. Bullock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170609.mp3" length="7875967" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170609.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Creature on Crenshaw Road
Series: #9 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Pack your mosquito spray, Cassidy. We&amp;#039;re going after Bigfoot.&amp;#039; Midas, Cassidy, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team take on a new client, one with a disturbing problem. Reports of tree knocks, scratch marks, screams in the woods, and even a missing hunter have made Crenshaw Road a frightening place to live. Midas isn&amp;#039;t quite sure what he&amp;#039;s up against, but he agrees to help Aaron&amp;#039;s grandmother Nina get to the bottom of it all. The investigation takes a surprising turn when an unknown entity appears and the team is put to the test, in more ways than one. Will the answers lead them to the Creature on Crenshaw Road?   Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, A Ghostly Ride in Gulfport.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Creature on Crenshaw Road
Series: #9 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Pack your mosquito spray, Cassidy. We&amp;#039;re going after Bigfoot.&amp;#039; Midas, Cassidy, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team take on a new client, one with a disturbing problem. Reports of tree knocks, scratch marks, screams in the woods, and even a missing hunter have made Crenshaw Road a frightening place to live. Midas isn&amp;#039;t quite sure what he&amp;#039;s up against, but he agrees to help Aaron&amp;#039;s grandmother Nina get to the bottom of it all. The investigation takes a surprising turn when an unknown entity appears and the team is put to the test, in more ways than one. Will the answers lead them to the Creature on Crenshaw Road?   Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, A Ghostly Ride in Gulfport.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost Lights of Forrest Field by M. L. Bullock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Lights of Forrest Field
Series: #6 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal team heads north on I-65 to investigate reports of a strange blue light appearing outside an old fort. Locals call them ghost lights, and they say these orbs are responsible for the death of a young woman hundreds of years ago. An archaeological dig stirs up the activity, and Midas goes to uncover the truth about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field.   A word from Cassidy: &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s Monday morning and I&amp;#039;m in the Gulf Coast Paranormal van with Midas, listening to an interesting conversation about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field. Blue lights have been seen outside the old fort, and there are tales of a missing young woman from hundreds of years ago who may be haunting the place. We&amp;#039;ve got a new team member who has cultural knowledge we&amp;#039;ll need for this investigation, Helen and Bruce are holding hands and planning an archaeological approach, and Joshua is riding shotgun and tinkering with his new thermal. Me? I&amp;#039;m just Cassidy Wright. Paranormal newbie with a sketch pad. I&amp;#039;m excited about this new adventure.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>M. L. Bullock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170586.mp3" length="7860331" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170586.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Lights of Forrest Field
Series: #6 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal team heads north on I-65 to investigate reports of a strange blue light appearing outside an old fort. Locals call them ghost lights, and they say these orbs are responsible for the death of a young woman hundreds of years ago. An archaeological dig stirs up the activity, and Midas goes to uncover the truth about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field.   A word from Cassidy: &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s Monday morning and I&amp;#039;m in the Gulf Coast Paranormal van with Midas, listening to an interesting conversation about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field. Blue lights have been seen outside the old fort, and there are tales of a missing young woman from hundreds of years ago who may be haunting the place. We&amp;#039;ve got a new team member who has cultural knowledge we&amp;#039;ll need for this investigation, Helen and Bruce are holding hands and planning an archaeological approach, and Joshua is riding shotgun and tinkering with his new thermal. Me? I&amp;#039;m just Cassidy Wright. Paranormal newbie with a sketch pad. I&amp;#039;m excited about this new adventure.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Lights of Forrest Field
Series: #6 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal team heads north on I-65 to investigate reports of a strange blue light appearing outside an old fort. Locals call them ghost lights, and they say these orbs are responsible for the death of a young woman hundreds of years ago. An archaeological dig stirs up the activity, and Midas goes to uncover the truth about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field.   A word from Cassidy: &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s Monday morning and I&amp;#039;m in the Gulf Coast Paranormal van with Midas, listening to an interesting conversation about the Ghost Lights of Forrest Field. Blue lights have been seen outside the old fort, and there are tales of a missing young woman from hundreds of years ago who may be haunting the place. We&amp;#039;ve got a new team member who has cultural knowledge we&amp;#039;ll need for this investigation, Helen and Bruce are holding hands and planning an archaeological approach, and Joshua is riding shotgun and tinkering with his new thermal. Me? I&amp;#039;m just Cassidy Wright. Paranormal newbie with a sketch pad. I&amp;#039;m excited about this new adventure.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost of Gabrielle Bonet by M. L. Bullock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Gabrielle Bonet
Series: #7 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A Screaming Woman Haunts the Mobile History Museum Can Cassidy uncover the truth about this entity? Museum curator Carl Fletcher is terrified by a mysterious woman seen haunting the museum. Who is she and what does she want? Those are questions that must be answered—and before the parade floats begin to roll! The Gulf Coast Paranormal team goes to work with some new tools and uncovers one of Mobile&amp;#039;s oldest and most shameful secrets. Pete returns to the team to help investigate, and his new tool has everyone amazed. And Midas and Cassidy grow even closer as Cassidy deals with her sister&amp;#039;s death. Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, The Ghost of Harrington Farm.</description>
      <author>M. L. Bullock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170593.mp3" length="7818993" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170593.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Gabrielle Bonet
Series: #7 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A Screaming Woman Haunts the Mobile History Museum Can Cassidy uncover the truth about this entity? Museum curator Carl Fletcher is terrified by a mysterious woman seen haunting the museum. Who is she and what does she want? Those are questions that must be answered—and before the parade floats begin to roll! The Gulf Coast Paranormal team goes to work with some new tools and uncovers one of Mobile&amp;#039;s oldest and most shameful secrets. Pete returns to the team to help investigate, and his new tool has everyone amazed. And Midas and Cassidy grow even closer as Cassidy deals with her sister&amp;#039;s death. Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, The Ghost of Harrington Farm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Gabrielle Bonet
Series: #7 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A Screaming Woman Haunts the Mobile History Museum Can Cassidy uncover the truth about this entity? Museum curator Carl Fletcher is terrified by a mysterious woman seen haunting the museum. Who is she and what does she want? Those are questions that must be answered—and before the parade floats begin to roll! The Gulf Coast Paranormal team goes to work with some new tools and uncovers one of Mobile&amp;#039;s oldest and most shameful secrets. Pete returns to the team to help investigate, and his new tool has everyone amazed. And Midas and Cassidy grow even closer as Cassidy deals with her sister&amp;#039;s death. Note: This audiobook includes a bonus novella, The Ghost of Harrington Farm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wedding Bells and Deadly Spells by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wedding Bells and Deadly Spells
Series: #3 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A drop of poison is all it takes to bring the biggest wedding of the season to its knees. Anastasia Winters adheres to the adage that the show must go on, but when the groom of her latest wedding drops dead before &amp;#039;I do,&amp;#039; she&amp;#039;s left with no backup plan. Things get even stickier when her friend and esteemed caterer, Francois, is named the top suspect. Ana&amp;#039;s loyalties are tested as the investigation turns into a vicious tug-of-war. She believes Francois is innocent, but holding the other side of the rope is the lead detective—her serious boyfriend—and the more she struggles, the more her own chance at happily ever after starts to unravel. It&amp;#039;s up to Anastasia to find the killer, while gripping tightly to her relationships before they break and leave her with nothing.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400122127.mp3" length="7370202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400122127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wedding Bells and Deadly Spells
Series: #3 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A drop of poison is all it takes to bring the biggest wedding of the season to its knees. Anastasia Winters adheres to the adage that the show must go on, but when the groom of her latest wedding drops dead before &amp;#039;I do,&amp;#039; she&amp;#039;s left with no backup plan. Things get even stickier when her friend and esteemed caterer, Francois, is named the top suspect. Ana&amp;#039;s loyalties are tested as the investigation turns into a vicious tug-of-war. She believes Francois is innocent, but holding the other side of the rope is the lead detective—her serious boyfriend—and the more she struggles, the more her own chance at happily ever after starts to unravel. It&amp;#039;s up to Anastasia to find the killer, while gripping tightly to her relationships before they break and leave her with nothing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392378</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wedding Bells and Deadly Spells
Series: #3 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A drop of poison is all it takes to bring the biggest wedding of the season to its knees. Anastasia Winters adheres to the adage that the show must go on, but when the groom of her latest wedding drops dead before &amp;#039;I do,&amp;#039; she&amp;#039;s left with no backup plan. Things get even stickier when her friend and esteemed caterer, Francois, is named the top suspect. Ana&amp;#039;s loyalties are tested as the investigation turns into a vicious tug-of-war. She believes Francois is innocent, but holding the other side of the rope is the lead detective—her serious boyfriend—and the more she struggles, the more her own chance at happily ever after starts to unravel. It&amp;#039;s up to Anastasia to find the killer, while gripping tightly to her relationships before they break and leave her with nothing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Couture and Curses by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Couture and Curses
Series: #2 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When sparks and curses fly, more than just high-profile weddings are thrown into danger. Every wedding-planning witch worth her wand knows that the dress must be an Aurelia custom creation. The magical fashion designer to the who&amp;#039;s who of the Seattle Haven is in high demand with a waiting list that would make most wedding planner&amp;#039;s eyes water. Luckily for her clients, witch wedding-planner extraordinaire Anastasia Winters has inside access to the famed fashion designer and a knack for making deals. However, on an after-hours errand to pick up a dress, Anastasia finds herself walking into a battleground. When the dust settles, Aurelia is locked in the grips of a powerful—and seemingly unbreakable—curse, and Anastasia is the only one who witnessed the vicious magical attack. When she starts having visions and nightmares, she knows she has to act soon or risk losing her friend and haven fashion icon, forever.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400122110.mp3" length="7443513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400122110.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Couture and Curses
Series: #2 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When sparks and curses fly, more than just high-profile weddings are thrown into danger. Every wedding-planning witch worth her wand knows that the dress must be an Aurelia custom creation. The magical fashion designer to the who&amp;#039;s who of the Seattle Haven is in high demand with a waiting list that would make most wedding planner&amp;#039;s eyes water. Luckily for her clients, witch wedding-planner extraordinaire Anastasia Winters has inside access to the famed fashion designer and a knack for making deals. However, on an after-hours errand to pick up a dress, Anastasia finds herself walking into a battleground. When the dust settles, Aurelia is locked in the grips of a powerful—and seemingly unbreakable—curse, and Anastasia is the only one who witnessed the vicious magical attack. When she starts having visions and nightmares, she knows she has to act soon or risk losing her friend and haven fashion icon, forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Couture and Curses
Series: #2 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When sparks and curses fly, more than just high-profile weddings are thrown into danger. Every wedding-planning witch worth her wand knows that the dress must be an Aurelia custom creation. The magical fashion designer to the who&amp;#039;s who of the Seattle Haven is in high demand with a waiting list that would make most wedding planner&amp;#039;s eyes water. Luckily for her clients, witch wedding-planner extraordinaire Anastasia Winters has inside access to the famed fashion designer and a knack for making deals. However, on an after-hours errand to pick up a dress, Anastasia finds herself walking into a battleground. When the dust settles, Aurelia is locked in the grips of a powerful—and seemingly unbreakable—curse, and Anastasia is the only one who witnessed the vicious magical attack. When she starts having visions and nightmares, she knows she has to act soon or risk losing her friend and haven fashion icon, forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Newly Wed and Slightly Dead by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Newly Wed and Slightly Dead
Series: #1 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a vampire marries a human, things are bound to get messy . . . Nothing ruins a rehearsal dinner quite like a passive-aggressive toast from the unhappy mother of the groom. Things go from bad to yikes when she&amp;#039;s found reduced to a pile of ashes and couture and the bride is pegged as the one wielding the wooden stake. After years spent working the birthday party and baby shower circuit, Anastasia Winters finally has a corner office and a host of supernatural clients all begging her to plan their special day. But following a brush of bad luck, she finds herself on the brink of losing it all. With an ultimatum from her boss on the table, she knows her next wedding has to be perfect. When the vampy mother of the groom is found dead, the bride goes on the run, and Anastasia is forced head-first into the murder investigation if she has any chance of getting the wedding back on track and keeping her job. Unfortunately, this is one wedding crisis that requires more than a strategically placed bobby pin or double-sided sticky tape. Can there be a fairy tale ending, or will it be Happily Ever Never?</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400122103.mp3" length="7395728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400122103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Newly Wed and Slightly Dead
Series: #1 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a vampire marries a human, things are bound to get messy . . . Nothing ruins a rehearsal dinner quite like a passive-aggressive toast from the unhappy mother of the groom. Things go from bad to yikes when she&amp;#039;s found reduced to a pile of ashes and couture and the bride is pegged as the one wielding the wooden stake. After years spent working the birthday party and baby shower circuit, Anastasia Winters finally has a corner office and a host of supernatural clients all begging her to plan their special day. But following a brush of bad luck, she finds herself on the brink of losing it all. With an ultimatum from her boss on the table, she knows her next wedding has to be perfect. When the vampy mother of the groom is found dead, the bride goes on the run, and Anastasia is forced head-first into the murder investigation if she has any chance of getting the wedding back on track and keeping her job. Unfortunately, this is one wedding crisis that requires more than a strategically placed bobby pin or double-sided sticky tape. Can there be a fairy tale ending, or will it be Happily Ever Never?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Newly Wed and Slightly Dead
Series: #1 of Touch of Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a vampire marries a human, things are bound to get messy . . . Nothing ruins a rehearsal dinner quite like a passive-aggressive toast from the unhappy mother of the groom. Things go from bad to yikes when she&amp;#039;s found reduced to a pile of ashes and couture and the bride is pegged as the one wielding the wooden stake. After years spent working the birthday party and baby shower circuit, Anastasia Winters finally has a corner office and a host of supernatural clients all begging her to plan their special day. But following a brush of bad luck, she finds herself on the brink of losing it all. With an ultimatum from her boss on the table, she knows her next wedding has to be perfect. When the vampy mother of the groom is found dead, the bride goes on the run, and Anastasia is forced head-first into the murder investigation if she has any chance of getting the wedding back on track and keeping her job. Unfortunately, this is one wedding crisis that requires more than a strategically placed bobby pin or double-sided sticky tape. Can there be a fairy tale ending, or will it be Happily Ever Never?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Purls and Potions by Nancy Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Purls and Potions
Series: #5 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Romance is in the air on Harrington Street, Oxford. Detective Inspector Ian Chisholm is finally showing interest in Lucy, though the members of the vampire knitting club aren&amp;#039;t too thrilled to have the police hanging around so close to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s yarn shop. Up the street at Frogg Books, shop assistant Alice is in love with her bookish boss, Charlie, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem to notice. Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to become more proficient as a witch and when her cousin Violet talks her into brewing up a love potion to bring Alice and Charlie together, it seems like a harmless way to improve her craft.   Until someone dies. Is Lucy&amp;#039;s love potion more deadly than cupid’s arrow? Or is there a killer on the loose?</description>
      <author>Nancy Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349927.mp3" length="8340470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Purls and Potions
Series: #5 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Romance is in the air on Harrington Street, Oxford. Detective Inspector Ian Chisholm is finally showing interest in Lucy, though the members of the vampire knitting club aren&amp;#039;t too thrilled to have the police hanging around so close to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s yarn shop. Up the street at Frogg Books, shop assistant Alice is in love with her bookish boss, Charlie, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem to notice. Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to become more proficient as a witch and when her cousin Violet talks her into brewing up a love potion to bring Alice and Charlie together, it seems like a harmless way to improve her craft.   Until someone dies. Is Lucy&amp;#039;s love potion more deadly than cupid’s arrow? Or is there a killer on the loose?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Purls and Potions
Series: #5 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Romance is in the air on Harrington Street, Oxford. Detective Inspector Ian Chisholm is finally showing interest in Lucy, though the members of the vampire knitting club aren&amp;#039;t too thrilled to have the police hanging around so close to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s yarn shop. Up the street at Frogg Books, shop assistant Alice is in love with her bookish boss, Charlie, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem to notice. Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to become more proficient as a witch and when her cousin Violet talks her into brewing up a love potion to bring Alice and Charlie together, it seems like a harmless way to improve her craft.   Until someone dies. Is Lucy&amp;#039;s love potion more deadly than cupid’s arrow? Or is there a killer on the loose?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diamonds are a Ghost’s Best Friend by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diamonds are a Ghost’s Best Friend
Series: #5 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s adventures continue in Book 5 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347848.mp3" length="7315504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347848.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diamonds are a Ghost’s Best Friend
Series: #5 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s adventures continue in Book 5 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diamonds are a Ghost’s Best Friend
Series: #5 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s adventures continue in Book 5 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Big Ghosts Don’t Cry by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Ghosts Don’t Cry
Series: #4 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s spooky adventures continue in Big Ghosts Don&amp;#039;t Cry, Book 4 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347831.mp3" length="7318817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347831.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Ghosts Don’t Cry
Series: #4 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s spooky adventures continue in Big Ghosts Don&amp;#039;t Cry, Book 4 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Ghosts Don’t Cry
Series: #4 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Scarlet&amp;#039;s spooky adventures continue in Big Ghosts Don&amp;#039;t Cry, Book 4 of the Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mystery series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Darkest Gateway: Booke of the Hidden Series, Book 4 by Jeri Westerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest Gateway: Booke of the Hidden Series, Book 4
Series: #4 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With Halloween just a week away, tea-shop proprietor Kylie Strange doesn&amp;#039;t have much in the way of holiday spirit. She&amp;#039;s just learned that the last day of October also heightens the power of magic—which means the potential for a tidal wave of evil creatures to emerge from that supernatural Booke of the Hidden. Destroying the ancient Booke once and for all is the ultimate solution. But the only way to accomplish this task involves a journey to the Netherworld and the help of the only being powerful enough to destroy the Booke: Satan himself. And, though the brooding and elusive Erasmus Dark has captured Kylie&amp;#039;s heart against her better judgment, she ignores his repeated warnings that the mission guarantees her doom. With Kylie in the Netherworld, her coven must stave off the onslaught of deadly creatures that emerge from the Booke—as well as hold back the encroaching destruction of the maniacal god Baphomet. Luckily, they&amp;#039;re joined by some unlikely friends in their fight against total annihilation. But now Kylie&amp;#039;s journey becomes a rescue mission, and if she can&amp;#039;t complete her task and return from the Netherworld, all will be lost for the inhabitants of Moody Bog . . . and the rest of humanity. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Jeri Westerson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977331861.mp3" length="7372771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977331861.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest Gateway: Booke of the Hidden Series, Book 4
Series: #4 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With Halloween just a week away, tea-shop proprietor Kylie Strange doesn&amp;#039;t have much in the way of holiday spirit. She&amp;#039;s just learned that the last day of October also heightens the power of magic—which means the potential for a tidal wave of evil creatures to emerge from that supernatural Booke of the Hidden. Destroying the ancient Booke once and for all is the ultimate solution. But the only way to accomplish this task involves a journey to the Netherworld and the help of the only being powerful enough to destroy the Booke: Satan himself. And, though the brooding and elusive Erasmus Dark has captured Kylie&amp;#039;s heart against her better judgment, she ignores his repeated warnings that the mission guarantees her doom. With Kylie in the Netherworld, her coven must stave off the onslaught of deadly creatures that emerge from the Booke—as well as hold back the encroaching destruction of the maniacal god Baphomet. Luckily, they&amp;#039;re joined by some unlikely friends in their fight against total annihilation. But now Kylie&amp;#039;s journey becomes a rescue mission, and if she can&amp;#039;t complete her task and return from the Netherworld, all will be lost for the inhabitants of Moody Bog . . . and the rest of humanity. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest Gateway: Booke of the Hidden Series, Book 4
Series: #4 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With Halloween just a week away, tea-shop proprietor Kylie Strange doesn&amp;#039;t have much in the way of holiday spirit. She&amp;#039;s just learned that the last day of October also heightens the power of magic—which means the potential for a tidal wave of evil creatures to emerge from that supernatural Booke of the Hidden. Destroying the ancient Booke once and for all is the ultimate solution. But the only way to accomplish this task involves a journey to the Netherworld and the help of the only being powerful enough to destroy the Booke: Satan himself. And, though the brooding and elusive Erasmus Dark has captured Kylie&amp;#039;s heart against her better judgment, she ignores his repeated warnings that the mission guarantees her doom. With Kylie in the Netherworld, her coven must stave off the onslaught of deadly creatures that emerge from the Booke—as well as hold back the encroaching destruction of the maniacal god Baphomet. Luckily, they&amp;#039;re joined by some unlikely friends in their fight against total annihilation. But now Kylie&amp;#039;s journey becomes a rescue mission, and if she can&amp;#039;t complete her task and return from the Netherworld, all will be lost for the inhabitants of Moody Bog . . . and the rest of humanity. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Midnight Sky by McKenzie Hunter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Sky
Series: #7 of Sky Brooks
Author: McKenzie Hunter
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being part of the Midwest Pack isn&amp;#039;t easy—especially now. My life has never been simple—and it only keeps getting more complicated. The Alphas, Ethan, and several key players in the otherworld go missing, thrusting me into the position of Elite Alpha and tasking me with finding them. The list of suspects grows as I realize that mating with Ethan has caused allies to become enemies. Will I locate the missing in time or will I be the last Alpha standing?   I don&amp;#039;t know who I can trust. Too many people want me dead, including a new group of witches who want to rid the world of were-animals, especially those who can wield magic like me and Ethan.   Adding to the problems is a new group of vampires, who would do anything necessary to gain control of the Northern Seethe and the power it holds over the Midwest, including hurting the people I love. There&amp;#039;s no way I&amp;#039;m going to let that happen. But will my life be the cost for their protection?</description>
      <author>McKenzie Hunter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977378781.mp3" length="8324811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977378781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Sky
Series: #7 of Sky Brooks
Author: McKenzie Hunter
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being part of the Midwest Pack isn&amp;#039;t easy—especially now. My life has never been simple—and it only keeps getting more complicated. The Alphas, Ethan, and several key players in the otherworld go missing, thrusting me into the position of Elite Alpha and tasking me with finding them. The list of suspects grows as I realize that mating with Ethan has caused allies to become enemies. Will I locate the missing in time or will I be the last Alpha standing?   I don&amp;#039;t know who I can trust. Too many people want me dead, including a new group of witches who want to rid the world of were-animals, especially those who can wield magic like me and Ethan.   Adding to the problems is a new group of vampires, who would do anything necessary to gain control of the Northern Seethe and the power it holds over the Midwest, including hurting the people I love. There&amp;#039;s no way I&amp;#039;m going to let that happen. But will my life be the cost for their protection?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Sky
Series: #7 of Sky Brooks
Author: McKenzie Hunter
Narrator: Jorjeana Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being part of the Midwest Pack isn&amp;#039;t easy—especially now. My life has never been simple—and it only keeps getting more complicated. The Alphas, Ethan, and several key players in the otherworld go missing, thrusting me into the position of Elite Alpha and tasking me with finding them. The list of suspects grows as I realize that mating with Ethan has caused allies to become enemies. Will I locate the missing in time or will I be the last Alpha standing?   I don&amp;#039;t know who I can trust. Too many people want me dead, including a new group of witches who want to rid the world of were-animals, especially those who can wield magic like me and Ethan.   Adding to the problems is a new group of vampires, who would do anything necessary to gain control of the Northern Seethe and the power it holds over the Midwest, including hurting the people I love. There&amp;#039;s no way I&amp;#039;m going to let that happen. But will my life be the cost for their protection?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Heart of the Circle by Keren Landsman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heart of the Circle
Author: Keren Landsman
Narrator: Assaf Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sorcerers fight for the right to exist and fall in love, in this extraordinary alternate world fantasy thriller by award-winning Israeli author Keren Landsman. Throughout human history there have always been sorcerers, once idolized and now exploited for their powers. In Israel, the Sons of Simeon, a group of religious extremists, persecute sorcerers while the government turns a blind eye. After a march for equal rights ends in brutal murder, Reed—an empath, a moodifier, and a reluctant waiter—becomes the next target. While his sorcerous and normie friends seek out his future killers, Reed complicates everything by falling hopelessly in love. As the battle for survival grows ever more personal, can Reed protect himself and his friends as the Sons of Simeon close in around them?</description>
      <author>Keren Landsman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419760.mp3" length="8229367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heart of the Circle
Author: Keren Landsman
Narrator: Assaf Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sorcerers fight for the right to exist and fall in love, in this extraordinary alternate world fantasy thriller by award-winning Israeli author Keren Landsman. Throughout human history there have always been sorcerers, once idolized and now exploited for their powers. In Israel, the Sons of Simeon, a group of religious extremists, persecute sorcerers while the government turns a blind eye. After a march for equal rights ends in brutal murder, Reed—an empath, a moodifier, and a reluctant waiter—becomes the next target. While his sorcerous and normie friends seek out his future killers, Reed complicates everything by falling hopelessly in love. As the battle for survival grows ever more personal, can Reed protect himself and his friends as the Sons of Simeon close in around them?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heart of the Circle
Author: Keren Landsman
Narrator: Assaf Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sorcerers fight for the right to exist and fall in love, in this extraordinary alternate world fantasy thriller by award-winning Israeli author Keren Landsman. Throughout human history there have always been sorcerers, once idolized and now exploited for their powers. In Israel, the Sons of Simeon, a group of religious extremists, persecute sorcerers while the government turns a blind eye. After a march for equal rights ends in brutal murder, Reed—an empath, a moodifier, and a reluctant waiter—becomes the next target. While his sorcerous and normie friends seek out his future killers, Reed complicates everything by falling hopelessly in love. As the battle for survival grows ever more personal, can Reed protect himself and his friends as the Sons of Simeon close in around them?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Aboard The Ghost Train by Manuel Rose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Aboard The Ghost Train
Author: Manuel Rose
Narrator: Manuel Rose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The illustrious E6 NO. 466 locomotive (&amp;quot;Lundbergh Engine&amp;quot;) is a historic tribute to humanity&amp;#039;s ingenuity, strength, and determination...and she&amp;#039;s making her final journey from Newark to Atlantic City, New Jersey before her permanent retirement. Within the crevices of her iron body and fiery belly, there is something most peculiar about the Lundbergh Engine. A young passenger, named Tommy, soon discovers that Walter, the train&amp;#039;s conductor, is in possession of a special pocket watch that harbors a strange secret connected with the mysterious occurrences on board the antique train. Find out what happens next when the secret of the pocket watch falls into the wrong hands, as you embark on this railroad adventure, descending the tracks of time! This is a fully dramatized audio book for ages 8 - 13.</description>
      <author>Manuel Rose</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982769826.mp3" length="905048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982769826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Aboard The Ghost Train
Author: Manuel Rose
Narrator: Manuel Rose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The illustrious E6 NO. 466 locomotive (&amp;quot;Lundbergh Engine&amp;quot;) is a historic tribute to humanity&amp;#039;s ingenuity, strength, and determination...and she&amp;#039;s making her final journey from Newark to Atlantic City, New Jersey before her permanent retirement. Within the crevices of her iron body and fiery belly, there is something most peculiar about the Lundbergh Engine. A young passenger, named Tommy, soon discovers that Walter, the train&amp;#039;s conductor, is in possession of a special pocket watch that harbors a strange secret connected with the mysterious occurrences on board the antique train. Find out what happens next when the secret of the pocket watch falls into the wrong hands, as you embark on this railroad adventure, descending the tracks of time! This is a fully dramatized audio book for ages 8 - 13.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Aboard The Ghost Train
Author: Manuel Rose
Narrator: Manuel Rose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The illustrious E6 NO. 466 locomotive (&amp;quot;Lundbergh Engine&amp;quot;) is a historic tribute to humanity&amp;#039;s ingenuity, strength, and determination...and she&amp;#039;s making her final journey from Newark to Atlantic City, New Jersey before her permanent retirement. Within the crevices of her iron body and fiery belly, there is something most peculiar about the Lundbergh Engine. A young passenger, named Tommy, soon discovers that Walter, the train&amp;#039;s conductor, is in possession of a special pocket watch that harbors a strange secret connected with the mysterious occurrences on board the antique train. Find out what happens next when the secret of the pocket watch falls into the wrong hands, as you embark on this railroad adventure, descending the tracks of time! This is a fully dramatized audio book for ages 8 - 13.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Darkest King by Gena Showalter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest King
Series: #15 of Lords of the Underworld
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Max Bellmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
To become a king of the underworld at long last, William must resist an irresistible beauty—or a curse will ensure his end… A merciless prince feared by all… Cursed by a vengeful witch, William of the Dark will die if he ever falls in love—murdered by the woman who steals his heart. His lone shot at redemption is a book filled with indecipherable code. Break the code, break the curse. Now, centuries later, he’s condemned to a string of one-night stands…until he finds the only woman in the worlds able to set him free. A rare creature of myth and power… One of the last living unicorn shifters, Sunday “Sunny” Lane works from the shadows as a cryptanalyst, on the run from assassins and poachers. Then the darkly seductive William abducts her, holding her captive in Hell. The closer they get, the more she hungers for his touch…and the stronger a mystical desire to kill him becomes… But which desire will prove stronger—lust or death? And who will give in first? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</description>
      <author>Gena Showalter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488207914.mp3" length="1390549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488207914.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest King
Series: #15 of Lords of the Underworld
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Max Bellmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
To become a king of the underworld at long last, William must resist an irresistible beauty—or a curse will ensure his end… A merciless prince feared by all… Cursed by a vengeful witch, William of the Dark will die if he ever falls in love—murdered by the woman who steals his heart. His lone shot at redemption is a book filled with indecipherable code. Break the code, break the curse. Now, centuries later, he’s condemned to a string of one-night stands…until he finds the only woman in the worlds able to set him free. A rare creature of myth and power… One of the last living unicorn shifters, Sunday “Sunny” Lane works from the shadows as a cryptanalyst, on the run from assassins and poachers. Then the darkly seductive William abducts her, holding her captive in Hell. The closer they get, the more she hungers for his touch…and the stronger a mystical desire to kill him becomes… But which desire will prove stronger—lust or death? And who will give in first? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Darkest King
Series: #15 of Lords of the Underworld
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Max Bellmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
To become a king of the underworld at long last, William must resist an irresistible beauty—or a curse will ensure his end… A merciless prince feared by all… Cursed by a vengeful witch, William of the Dark will die if he ever falls in love—murdered by the woman who steals his heart. His lone shot at redemption is a book filled with indecipherable code. Break the code, break the curse. Now, centuries later, he’s condemned to a string of one-night stands…until he finds the only woman in the worlds able to set him free. A rare creature of myth and power… One of the last living unicorn shifters, Sunday “Sunny” Lane works from the shadows as a cryptanalyst, on the run from assassins and poachers. Then the darkly seductive William abducts her, holding her captive in Hell. The closer they get, the more she hungers for his touch…and the stronger a mystical desire to kill him becomes… But which desire will prove stronger—lust or death? And who will give in first? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hairless Harassment by Molly Fitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hairless Harassment
Series: #3 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I never signed up to be a private investigator with a snarky, talking cat for a partner, but there&amp;#039;s no backing down now. Especially considering a prominent politician was murdered pretty much right in my backyard. The only witnesses were the senator&amp;#039;s two hairless cats, Jacques and Jillianne. Normally pets want to help us solve their owner&amp;#039;s murders, but this time it seems the two devious felines might actually be the ones who committed it . . . Surprisingly enough, my own partner in crime, Octo-Cat, actually wants to help this time, but he can barely understand our two prime suspects because of their strange Sphynx accents. And I thought speaking tabby was hard! So, there you have it, even with two successful cases behind me, I really don&amp;#039;t know how I&amp;#039;m going to solve this one. Is it too late to go back and pick another career?</description>
      <author>Molly Fitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155711.mp3" length="8457522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155711.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hairless Harassment
Series: #3 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I never signed up to be a private investigator with a snarky, talking cat for a partner, but there&amp;#039;s no backing down now. Especially considering a prominent politician was murdered pretty much right in my backyard. The only witnesses were the senator&amp;#039;s two hairless cats, Jacques and Jillianne. Normally pets want to help us solve their owner&amp;#039;s murders, but this time it seems the two devious felines might actually be the ones who committed it . . . Surprisingly enough, my own partner in crime, Octo-Cat, actually wants to help this time, but he can barely understand our two prime suspects because of their strange Sphynx accents. And I thought speaking tabby was hard! So, there you have it, even with two successful cases behind me, I really don&amp;#039;t know how I&amp;#039;m going to solve this one. Is it too late to go back and pick another career?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hairless Harassment
Series: #3 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I never signed up to be a private investigator with a snarky, talking cat for a partner, but there&amp;#039;s no backing down now. Especially considering a prominent politician was murdered pretty much right in my backyard. The only witnesses were the senator&amp;#039;s two hairless cats, Jacques and Jillianne. Normally pets want to help us solve their owner&amp;#039;s murders, but this time it seems the two devious felines might actually be the ones who committed it . . . Surprisingly enough, my own partner in crime, Octo-Cat, actually wants to help this time, but he can barely understand our two prime suspects because of their strange Sphynx accents. And I thought speaking tabby was hard! So, there you have it, even with two successful cases behind me, I really don&amp;#039;t know how I&amp;#039;m going to solve this one. Is it too late to go back and pick another career?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hungry Ones by Chris Sorensen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hungry Ones
Series: #2 of Messy Man
Author: Chris Sorensen
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What do ghosts fear? The Hungry Ones . . .  At the outskirts of Maple City sits the Crossroads Motel, a throwback to the days when the motor lodge was king. Two years ago, the motel was the site of an act so brutal that its buildings were left to rot. Jessie Voss, however, sees promise in the Crossroad&amp;#039;s bare bones and buys it up, determined to breathe new life into the place. When the Larson family shows up on her doorstep, road-weary and desperate for a break, Jessie offers them lodging, even though her grand opening is still a week away. But the arrival of guests awakens the motel, and Jessie soon finds herself host to both the living and the dead.</description>
      <author>Chris Sorensen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630154042.mp3" length="8283979" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630154042.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hungry Ones
Series: #2 of Messy Man
Author: Chris Sorensen
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What do ghosts fear? The Hungry Ones . . .  At the outskirts of Maple City sits the Crossroads Motel, a throwback to the days when the motor lodge was king. Two years ago, the motel was the site of an act so brutal that its buildings were left to rot. Jessie Voss, however, sees promise in the Crossroad&amp;#039;s bare bones and buys it up, determined to breathe new life into the place. When the Larson family shows up on her doorstep, road-weary and desperate for a break, Jessie offers them lodging, even though her grand opening is still a week away. But the arrival of guests awakens the motel, and Jessie soon finds herself host to both the living and the dead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hungry Ones
Series: #2 of Messy Man
Author: Chris Sorensen
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What do ghosts fear? The Hungry Ones . . .  At the outskirts of Maple City sits the Crossroads Motel, a throwback to the days when the motor lodge was king. Two years ago, the motel was the site of an act so brutal that its buildings were left to rot. Jessie Voss, however, sees promise in the Crossroad&amp;#039;s bare bones and buys it up, determined to breathe new life into the place. When the Larson family shows up on her doorstep, road-weary and desperate for a break, Jessie offers them lodging, even though her grand opening is still a week away. But the arrival of guests awakens the motel, and Jessie soon finds herself host to both the living and the dead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Haunting at Dixie House by M. L. Bullock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Haunting at Dixie House
Series: #5 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal Team Investigates Dixie House! What will their investigation reveal? The Gulf Coast Paranormal team&amp;#039;s new client is someone the team knows! Sierra and Joshua have surprising news, and Cassidy and Midas aren&amp;#039;t letting anything come between them. Peter returns, but can Midas trust him? The paranormal activity at the Dixie House Bed and Breakfast is beyond strange, and one person has already died. Can the GCP team uncover the truth about the case before another life is claimed?</description>
      <author>M. L. Bullock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170579.mp3" length="7684722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170579.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Haunting at Dixie House
Series: #5 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal Team Investigates Dixie House! What will their investigation reveal? The Gulf Coast Paranormal team&amp;#039;s new client is someone the team knows! Sierra and Joshua have surprising news, and Cassidy and Midas aren&amp;#039;t letting anything come between them. Peter returns, but can Midas trust him? The paranormal activity at the Dixie House Bed and Breakfast is beyond strange, and one person has already died. Can the GCP team uncover the truth about the case before another life is claimed?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Haunting at Dixie House
Series: #5 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gulf Coast Paranormal Team Investigates Dixie House! What will their investigation reveal? The Gulf Coast Paranormal team&amp;#039;s new client is someone the team knows! Sierra and Joshua have surprising news, and Cassidy and Midas aren&amp;#039;t letting anything come between them. Peter returns, but can Midas trust him? The paranormal activity at the Dixie House Bed and Breakfast is beyond strange, and one person has already died. Can the GCP team uncover the truth about the case before another life is claimed?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sinner by J.R. Ward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sinner
Series: #18 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A sinner’s only hope is true love in this passionate new novel in J.R. Ward’s #1 New York Times bestselling Black Dagger Brotherhood series. Syn has kept his side hustle as a mercenary a secret from the Black Dagger Brotherhood. When he takes another hit job, he not only crosses the path of the vampire race’s new enemy, but also that of a half-breed in danger of dying during her transition. Jo Early has no idea what her true nature is, and when a mysterious man appears out of the darkness, she is torn between their erotic connection and the sense that something is very wrong.   Fate anointed Butch O’Neal as the Dhestroyer, the fulfiller of the prophecy that foresees the end of the Omega. As the war with the Lessening Society comes to a head, Butch gets an unexpected ally in Syn. But can he trust the male—or is the warrior with the bad past a deadly complication?   With time running out, Jo gets swept up in the fighting and must join with Syn and the Brotherhood against ultimate evil. In the end, will love true prevail...or was the prophecy wrong all along?</description>
      <author>J.R. Ward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299608.mp3" length="884405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sinner
Series: #18 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A sinner’s only hope is true love in this passionate new novel in J.R. Ward’s #1 New York Times bestselling Black Dagger Brotherhood series. Syn has kept his side hustle as a mercenary a secret from the Black Dagger Brotherhood. When he takes another hit job, he not only crosses the path of the vampire race’s new enemy, but also that of a half-breed in danger of dying during her transition. Jo Early has no idea what her true nature is, and when a mysterious man appears out of the darkness, she is torn between their erotic connection and the sense that something is very wrong.   Fate anointed Butch O’Neal as the Dhestroyer, the fulfiller of the prophecy that foresees the end of the Omega. As the war with the Lessening Society comes to a head, Butch gets an unexpected ally in Syn. But can he trust the male—or is the warrior with the bad past a deadly complication?   With time running out, Jo gets swept up in the fighting and must join with Syn and the Brotherhood against ultimate evil. In the end, will love true prevail...or was the prophecy wrong all along?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sinner
Series: #18 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 73 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A sinner’s only hope is true love in this passionate new novel in J.R. Ward’s #1 New York Times bestselling Black Dagger Brotherhood series. Syn has kept his side hustle as a mercenary a secret from the Black Dagger Brotherhood. When he takes another hit job, he not only crosses the path of the vampire race’s new enemy, but also that of a half-breed in danger of dying during her transition. Jo Early has no idea what her true nature is, and when a mysterious man appears out of the darkness, she is torn between their erotic connection and the sense that something is very wrong.   Fate anointed Butch O’Neal as the Dhestroyer, the fulfiller of the prophecy that foresees the end of the Omega. As the war with the Lessening Society comes to a head, Butch gets an unexpected ally in Syn. But can he trust the male—or is the warrior with the bad past a deadly complication?   With time running out, Jo gets swept up in the fighting and must join with Syn and the Brotherhood against ultimate evil. In the end, will love true prevail...or was the prophecy wrong all along?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Downright Dead by Pamela Kopfler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Downright Dead
Series: #2 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
After the syndicated TV show Inquiring Minds airs footage of their resident ghost at Holly Grove, a converted antebellum plantation house, it seems as if half the state of Louisiana wants to book a room. There’s only one small problem: the ghost of her not-so-dearly-departed husband Burl has...departed. For the sake of business, Holly’s willing to keep up the pretense of still being haunted. But after an outspoken debunker challenges the show’s credibility, the TV crew returns to Holly Grove to prove the ghost is real. Following a disastrous séance, Holly is sure she’ll be exposed as a charlatan. Surprisingly, the debunker suddenly becomes a believer—after he’s pushed off the widow’s walk to his death and rises as a ghost. Now his inquiring mind wants to know: who murdered him? When he asks for Holly’s help, she can’t say no. But this time it’s her turn to watch her step. Because if the killer gets spooked, the next ghost haunting the B&amp;amp;B may well be her own.</description>
      <author>Pamela Kopfler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666573268.mp3" length="866024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666573268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Downright Dead
Series: #2 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
After the syndicated TV show Inquiring Minds airs footage of their resident ghost at Holly Grove, a converted antebellum plantation house, it seems as if half the state of Louisiana wants to book a room. There’s only one small problem: the ghost of her not-so-dearly-departed husband Burl has...departed. For the sake of business, Holly’s willing to keep up the pretense of still being haunted. But after an outspoken debunker challenges the show’s credibility, the TV crew returns to Holly Grove to prove the ghost is real. Following a disastrous séance, Holly is sure she’ll be exposed as a charlatan. Surprisingly, the debunker suddenly becomes a believer—after he’s pushed off the widow’s walk to his death and rises as a ghost. Now his inquiring mind wants to know: who murdered him? When he asks for Holly’s help, she can’t say no. But this time it’s her turn to watch her step. Because if the killer gets spooked, the next ghost haunting the B&amp;amp;B may well be her own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Downright Dead
Series: #2 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
After the syndicated TV show Inquiring Minds airs footage of their resident ghost at Holly Grove, a converted antebellum plantation house, it seems as if half the state of Louisiana wants to book a room. There’s only one small problem: the ghost of her not-so-dearly-departed husband Burl has...departed. For the sake of business, Holly’s willing to keep up the pretense of still being haunted. But after an outspoken debunker challenges the show’s credibility, the TV crew returns to Holly Grove to prove the ghost is real. Following a disastrous séance, Holly is sure she’ll be exposed as a charlatan. Surprisingly, the debunker suddenly becomes a believer—after he’s pushed off the widow’s walk to his death and rises as a ghost. Now his inquiring mind wants to know: who murdered him? When he asks for Holly’s help, she can’t say no. But this time it’s her turn to watch her step. Because if the killer gets spooked, the next ghost haunting the B&amp;amp;B may well be her own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Death in Her Hands: A Novel by Ottessa Moshfegh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death in Her Hands: A Novel
Author: Ottessa Moshfegh
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;[An] intricate and unsettling new novel . . . Death in Her Hands is not a murder mystery, nor is it really a story about self-deception or the perils of escapism. Rather, it&amp;#039;s a haunting meditation on the nature and meaning of art.&amp;#039; -Kevin Power, The New Yorker From one of our most ceaselessly provocative literary talents, a novel of haunting metaphysical suspense about an elderly widow whose life is upturned when she finds an ominous note on a walk in the woods. While on her daily walk with her dog in a secluded woods, a woman comes across a note, handwritten and carefully pinned to the ground by stones. &amp;#039;Her name was Magda. Nobody will ever know who killed her. It wasn&amp;#039;t me. Here is her dead body.&amp;#039; But there is no dead body. Our narrator is deeply shaken; she has no idea what to make of this. She is new to this area, alone after the death of her husband, and she knows no one. Becoming obsessed with solving this mystery, our narrator imagines who Magda was and how she met her fate. With very little to go on, she invents a list of murder suspects and possible motives for the crime. Oddly, her suppositions begin to find correspondences in the real world, and with mounting excitement and dread, the fog of mystery starts to fade into menacing certainty. As her investigation widens, strange dissonances accrue, perhaps associated with the darkness in her own past; we must face the prospect that there is either an innocent explanation for all this or a much more sinister one. A triumphant blend of horror, suspense, and pitch-black comedy, Death in Her Hands asks us to consider how the stories we tell ourselves both reflect the truth and keep us blind to it. Once again, we are in the hands of a narrator whose unreliability is well earned, and the stakes have never been higher.</description>
      <author>Ottessa Moshfegh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165379.mp3" length="2742675" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death in Her Hands: A Novel
Author: Ottessa Moshfegh
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;[An] intricate and unsettling new novel . . . Death in Her Hands is not a murder mystery, nor is it really a story about self-deception or the perils of escapism. Rather, it&amp;#039;s a haunting meditation on the nature and meaning of art.&amp;#039; -Kevin Power, The New Yorker From one of our most ceaselessly provocative literary talents, a novel of haunting metaphysical suspense about an elderly widow whose life is upturned when she finds an ominous note on a walk in the woods. While on her daily walk with her dog in a secluded woods, a woman comes across a note, handwritten and carefully pinned to the ground by stones. &amp;#039;Her name was Magda. Nobody will ever know who killed her. It wasn&amp;#039;t me. Here is her dead body.&amp;#039; But there is no dead body. Our narrator is deeply shaken; she has no idea what to make of this. She is new to this area, alone after the death of her husband, and she knows no one. Becoming obsessed with solving this mystery, our narrator imagines who Magda was and how she met her fate. With very little to go on, she invents a list of murder suspects and possible motives for the crime. Oddly, her suppositions begin to find correspondences in the real world, and with mounting excitement and dread, the fog of mystery starts to fade into menacing certainty. As her investigation widens, strange dissonances accrue, perhaps associated with the darkness in her own past; we must face the prospect that there is either an innocent explanation for all this or a much more sinister one. A triumphant blend of horror, suspense, and pitch-black comedy, Death in Her Hands asks us to consider how the stories we tell ourselves both reflect the truth and keep us blind to it. Once again, we are in the hands of a narrator whose unreliability is well earned, and the stakes have never been higher.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death in Her Hands: A Novel
Author: Ottessa Moshfegh
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;[An] intricate and unsettling new novel . . . Death in Her Hands is not a murder mystery, nor is it really a story about self-deception or the perils of escapism. Rather, it&amp;#039;s a haunting meditation on the nature and meaning of art.&amp;#039; -Kevin Power, The New Yorker From one of our most ceaselessly provocative literary talents, a novel of haunting metaphysical suspense about an elderly widow whose life is upturned when she finds an ominous note on a walk in the woods. While on her daily walk with her dog in a secluded woods, a woman comes across a note, handwritten and carefully pinned to the ground by stones. &amp;#039;Her name was Magda. Nobody will ever know who killed her. It wasn&amp;#039;t me. Here is her dead body.&amp;#039; But there is no dead body. Our narrator is deeply shaken; she has no idea what to make of this. She is new to this area, alone after the death of her husband, and she knows no one. Becoming obsessed with solving this mystery, our narrator imagines who Magda was and how she met her fate. With very little to go on, she invents a list of murder suspects and possible motives for the crime. Oddly, her suppositions begin to find correspondences in the real world, and with mounting excitement and dread, the fog of mystery starts to fade into menacing certainty. As her investigation widens, strange dissonances accrue, perhaps associated with the darkness in her own past; we must face the prospect that there is either an innocent explanation for all this or a much more sinister one. A triumphant blend of horror, suspense, and pitch-black comedy, Death in Her Hands asks us to consider how the stories we tell ourselves both reflect the truth and keep us blind to it. Once again, we are in the hands of a narrator whose unreliability is well earned, and the stakes have never been higher.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wayward Girls: The perfect chilling read for dark winter nights by Amanda Mason</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wayward Girls: The perfect chilling read for dark winter nights
Author: Amanda Mason
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The haunting began quietly. The girls heard it first . . .  THEN 1976. Loo and her sister Bee live in a run-down cottage in the middle of nowhere, with their artistic parents and wild siblings. Their mother, Cathy, had hoped to escape to a simpler life; instead the family find themselves isolated and shunned by their neighbours. At the height of the stifling summer, unexplained noises and occurences in the house begin to disturb the family, until they intrude on every waking moment . . . NOW Loo, now Lucy, is called back to her childhood home. A group of strangers are looking to discover the truth about the house and the people who lived there. But is Lucy ready to confront what really happened all those years ago? &amp;#039;A chilling debut&amp;#039; Daily Express &amp;#039;Wonderfully creepy&amp;#039; I newspaper &amp;#039;A near-perfect ghost story&amp;#039; The Guardian &amp;#039;Holds a very unsettling power indeed&amp;#039; Heat magazine &amp;#039;Eerie and atmospheric&amp;#039; Woman &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . has all the makings of a spooky classic&amp;#039; My Weekly &amp;#039;A chillingly claustrophobic read in which the secrets of the past seep into the present&amp;#039; Sunday Express &amp;#039;Gripping, compelling and beautifully accomplished&amp;#039; Jess Kidd, author of Things in Jars &amp;#039;Extraordinary. Amanda Mason is the master of suspense&amp;#039; Deborah O&amp;#039;Connor</description>
      <author>Amanda Mason</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781838770464.mp3" length="1319464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781838770464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wayward Girls: The perfect chilling read for dark winter nights
Author: Amanda Mason
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The haunting began quietly. The girls heard it first . . .  THEN 1976. Loo and her sister Bee live in a run-down cottage in the middle of nowhere, with their artistic parents and wild siblings. Their mother, Cathy, had hoped to escape to a simpler life; instead the family find themselves isolated and shunned by their neighbours. At the height of the stifling summer, unexplained noises and occurences in the house begin to disturb the family, until they intrude on every waking moment . . . NOW Loo, now Lucy, is called back to her childhood home. A group of strangers are looking to discover the truth about the house and the people who lived there. But is Lucy ready to confront what really happened all those years ago? &amp;#039;A chilling debut&amp;#039; Daily Express &amp;#039;Wonderfully creepy&amp;#039; I newspaper &amp;#039;A near-perfect ghost story&amp;#039; The Guardian &amp;#039;Holds a very unsettling power indeed&amp;#039; Heat magazine &amp;#039;Eerie and atmospheric&amp;#039; Woman &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . has all the makings of a spooky classic&amp;#039; My Weekly &amp;#039;A chillingly claustrophobic read in which the secrets of the past seep into the present&amp;#039; Sunday Express &amp;#039;Gripping, compelling and beautifully accomplished&amp;#039; Jess Kidd, author of Things in Jars &amp;#039;Extraordinary. Amanda Mason is the master of suspense&amp;#039; Deborah O&amp;#039;Connor</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wayward Girls: The perfect chilling read for dark winter nights
Author: Amanda Mason
Narrator: Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The haunting began quietly. The girls heard it first . . .  THEN 1976. Loo and her sister Bee live in a run-down cottage in the middle of nowhere, with their artistic parents and wild siblings. Their mother, Cathy, had hoped to escape to a simpler life; instead the family find themselves isolated and shunned by their neighbours. At the height of the stifling summer, unexplained noises and occurences in the house begin to disturb the family, until they intrude on every waking moment . . . NOW Loo, now Lucy, is called back to her childhood home. A group of strangers are looking to discover the truth about the house and the people who lived there. But is Lucy ready to confront what really happened all those years ago? &amp;#039;A chilling debut&amp;#039; Daily Express &amp;#039;Wonderfully creepy&amp;#039; I newspaper &amp;#039;A near-perfect ghost story&amp;#039; The Guardian &amp;#039;Holds a very unsettling power indeed&amp;#039; Heat magazine &amp;#039;Eerie and atmospheric&amp;#039; Woman &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . has all the makings of a spooky classic&amp;#039; My Weekly &amp;#039;A chillingly claustrophobic read in which the secrets of the past seep into the present&amp;#039; Sunday Express &amp;#039;Gripping, compelling and beautifully accomplished&amp;#039; Jess Kidd, author of Things in Jars &amp;#039;Extraordinary. Amanda Mason is the master of suspense&amp;#039; Deborah O&amp;#039;Connor</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dark Angel: The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, Volume Three by Seabury Quinn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Angel: The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, Volume Three
Series: #3 of Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin
Author: Seabury Quinn
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seabury Quinn&amp;#039;s short stories were featured in well more than half of Weird Tales&amp;#039;s original publication run. His most famous character, the supernatural French detective Dr. Jules de Grandin, investigated cases involving monsters, devil worshippers, serial killers, and spirits from beyond the grave, often set in the small town of Harrisonville, New Jersey. In de Grandin there are familiar shades of both Arthur Conan Doyle&amp;#039;s Sherlock Holmes and Agatha Christie&amp;#039;s Hercule Poirot, and alongside his assistant, Dr. Samuel Trowbridge, de Grandin&amp;#039;s knack for solving mysteries—and his outbursts of peculiar French-isms (grand Dieu!)—captivated readers for nearly three decades.   The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, edited by George Vanderburgh, presents all ninety-three published works featuring the supernatural detective. Presented in chronological order over five volumes, this is the definitive collection of an iconic pulp hero.    The third volume, The Dark Angel, includes all of the Jules de Grandin stories from &amp;#039;The Lost Lady&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;The Hand of Glory&amp;#039;, as well as &amp;#039;The Devil&amp;#039;s Bride&amp;#039;, the only novel featuring de Grandin, which was originally serialized over six issues of Weird Tales. It also includes a foreword by Darrell Schweitzer and an introduction by George Vanderburgh and Robert Weinberg.</description>
      <author>Seabury Quinn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419968.mp3" length="8316590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Angel: The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, Volume Three
Series: #3 of Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin
Author: Seabury Quinn
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seabury Quinn&amp;#039;s short stories were featured in well more than half of Weird Tales&amp;#039;s original publication run. His most famous character, the supernatural French detective Dr. Jules de Grandin, investigated cases involving monsters, devil worshippers, serial killers, and spirits from beyond the grave, often set in the small town of Harrisonville, New Jersey. In de Grandin there are familiar shades of both Arthur Conan Doyle&amp;#039;s Sherlock Holmes and Agatha Christie&amp;#039;s Hercule Poirot, and alongside his assistant, Dr. Samuel Trowbridge, de Grandin&amp;#039;s knack for solving mysteries—and his outbursts of peculiar French-isms (grand Dieu!)—captivated readers for nearly three decades.   The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, edited by George Vanderburgh, presents all ninety-three published works featuring the supernatural detective. Presented in chronological order over five volumes, this is the definitive collection of an iconic pulp hero.    The third volume, The Dark Angel, includes all of the Jules de Grandin stories from &amp;#039;The Lost Lady&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;The Hand of Glory&amp;#039;, as well as &amp;#039;The Devil&amp;#039;s Bride&amp;#039;, the only novel featuring de Grandin, which was originally serialized over six issues of Weird Tales. It also includes a foreword by Darrell Schweitzer and an introduction by George Vanderburgh and Robert Weinberg.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Angel: The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, Volume Three
Series: #3 of Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin
Author: Seabury Quinn
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seabury Quinn&amp;#039;s short stories were featured in well more than half of Weird Tales&amp;#039;s original publication run. His most famous character, the supernatural French detective Dr. Jules de Grandin, investigated cases involving monsters, devil worshippers, serial killers, and spirits from beyond the grave, often set in the small town of Harrisonville, New Jersey. In de Grandin there are familiar shades of both Arthur Conan Doyle&amp;#039;s Sherlock Holmes and Agatha Christie&amp;#039;s Hercule Poirot, and alongside his assistant, Dr. Samuel Trowbridge, de Grandin&amp;#039;s knack for solving mysteries—and his outbursts of peculiar French-isms (grand Dieu!)—captivated readers for nearly three decades.   The Complete Tales of Jules de Grandin, edited by George Vanderburgh, presents all ninety-three published works featuring the supernatural detective. Presented in chronological order over five volumes, this is the definitive collection of an iconic pulp hero.    The third volume, The Dark Angel, includes all of the Jules de Grandin stories from &amp;#039;The Lost Lady&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;The Hand of Glory&amp;#039;, as well as &amp;#039;The Devil&amp;#039;s Bride&amp;#039;, the only novel featuring de Grandin, which was originally serialized over six issues of Weird Tales. It also includes a foreword by Darrell Schweitzer and an introduction by George Vanderburgh and Robert Weinberg.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heart of Stone by Lisa Edmonds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Stone
Series: #4 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alice Isn&amp;#039;t Running Anymore. Five years ago, mage private investigator Alice Worth escaped her grandfather Moses Murphy&amp;#039;s organized crime syndicate. Now, her grandfather&amp;#039;s war with local boss Darius Bell has drawn her out of hiding and put her in the crosshairs of not one but two merciless crime lords. Her decision to intervene in their war has endangered everyone Alice cares about and threatens to destroy the life she&amp;#039;s built for herself, including her relationship with alpha werewolf Sean Maclin. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s new case is the most dangerous of her career. Hired to find a missing child with a rare magical ability, she and her ghost sidekick Malcolm quickly become targets for the boy&amp;#039;s ruthless kidnappers. To stay alive and free from both Bell and Moses, she must rely not only on her growing powers but also her alliances with Sean&amp;#039;s pack and the Vampire Court. When Alice&amp;#039;s conflicts with pack members turn violent and the Court betrays her, the truth becomes clear: freeing the kidnapped boy and finding her place in the pack will cost Alice her secrets, her safety, and—if she isn&amp;#039;t careful—her life. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Lisa Edmonds</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630151102.mp3" length="8051958" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630151102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Stone
Series: #4 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alice Isn&amp;#039;t Running Anymore. Five years ago, mage private investigator Alice Worth escaped her grandfather Moses Murphy&amp;#039;s organized crime syndicate. Now, her grandfather&amp;#039;s war with local boss Darius Bell has drawn her out of hiding and put her in the crosshairs of not one but two merciless crime lords. Her decision to intervene in their war has endangered everyone Alice cares about and threatens to destroy the life she&amp;#039;s built for herself, including her relationship with alpha werewolf Sean Maclin. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s new case is the most dangerous of her career. Hired to find a missing child with a rare magical ability, she and her ghost sidekick Malcolm quickly become targets for the boy&amp;#039;s ruthless kidnappers. To stay alive and free from both Bell and Moses, she must rely not only on her growing powers but also her alliances with Sean&amp;#039;s pack and the Vampire Court. When Alice&amp;#039;s conflicts with pack members turn violent and the Court betrays her, the truth becomes clear: freeing the kidnapped boy and finding her place in the pack will cost Alice her secrets, her safety, and—if she isn&amp;#039;t careful—her life. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Stone
Series: #4 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alice Isn&amp;#039;t Running Anymore. Five years ago, mage private investigator Alice Worth escaped her grandfather Moses Murphy&amp;#039;s organized crime syndicate. Now, her grandfather&amp;#039;s war with local boss Darius Bell has drawn her out of hiding and put her in the crosshairs of not one but two merciless crime lords. Her decision to intervene in their war has endangered everyone Alice cares about and threatens to destroy the life she&amp;#039;s built for herself, including her relationship with alpha werewolf Sean Maclin. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s new case is the most dangerous of her career. Hired to find a missing child with a rare magical ability, she and her ghost sidekick Malcolm quickly become targets for the boy&amp;#039;s ruthless kidnappers. To stay alive and free from both Bell and Moses, she must rely not only on her growing powers but also her alliances with Sean&amp;#039;s pack and the Vampire Court. When Alice&amp;#039;s conflicts with pack members turn violent and the Court betrays her, the truth becomes clear: freeing the kidnapped boy and finding her place in the pack will cost Alice her secrets, her safety, and—if she isn&amp;#039;t careful—her life. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stockings and Spells by Nancy Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stockings and Spells
Series: #4 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vampire Knitting Club decide to take part in Oxford&amp;#039;s Holiday Market, selling exquisite hand knit scarves, sweaters, and gift items. Their most popular item is the hand knit Christmas stocking, brightly colored and extra-long to squeeze in a few extra small gifts.   But when a sales clerk in another booth is found strangled with one of the stockings, Lucy Swift and her undead detectives are on the case, determined to find out who would do such a terrible thing. And why. In the meantime, Lucy&amp;#039;s working hard at her spell book, learning to be a witch, with the help of her black cat familiar and her new assistant. Meritanum is a three-thousand-year-old Egyptian witch and she&amp;#039;s having trouble with some of the concepts of modern life, such as traffic, smart phones, and anything powered by electricity. Life at Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop, in Oxford, England, is as colorful as the most garish Christmas sweater.</description>
      <author>Nancy Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349910.mp3" length="8448413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349910.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stockings and Spells
Series: #4 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vampire Knitting Club decide to take part in Oxford&amp;#039;s Holiday Market, selling exquisite hand knit scarves, sweaters, and gift items. Their most popular item is the hand knit Christmas stocking, brightly colored and extra-long to squeeze in a few extra small gifts.   But when a sales clerk in another booth is found strangled with one of the stockings, Lucy Swift and her undead detectives are on the case, determined to find out who would do such a terrible thing. And why. In the meantime, Lucy&amp;#039;s working hard at her spell book, learning to be a witch, with the help of her black cat familiar and her new assistant. Meritanum is a three-thousand-year-old Egyptian witch and she&amp;#039;s having trouble with some of the concepts of modern life, such as traffic, smart phones, and anything powered by electricity. Life at Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop, in Oxford, England, is as colorful as the most garish Christmas sweater.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stockings and Spells
Series: #4 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vampire Knitting Club decide to take part in Oxford&amp;#039;s Holiday Market, selling exquisite hand knit scarves, sweaters, and gift items. Their most popular item is the hand knit Christmas stocking, brightly colored and extra-long to squeeze in a few extra small gifts.   But when a sales clerk in another booth is found strangled with one of the stockings, Lucy Swift and her undead detectives are on the case, determined to find out who would do such a terrible thing. And why. In the meantime, Lucy&amp;#039;s working hard at her spell book, learning to be a witch, with the help of her black cat familiar and her new assistant. Meritanum is a three-thousand-year-old Egyptian witch and she&amp;#039;s having trouble with some of the concepts of modern life, such as traffic, smart phones, and anything powered by electricity. Life at Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop, in Oxford, England, is as colorful as the most garish Christmas sweater.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mrs. Morris and the Ghost by Traci Wilton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mrs. Morris and the Ghost
Series: #1 of Mrs. Morris Mystery
Author: Traci Wilton
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charlene Morris knew Salem, Massachusetts, had a spooky reputation. But when she decided to open her B&amp;amp;B there, she expected guests—not ghosts . . .   A grieving young widow, Charlene needed a new start—so she bought a historic mansion, sight unseen, and drove from Chicago to New England to start turning it into a bed-and-breakfast. On her first night in the house, she awakens to find a handsome man with startling blue eyes in her bedroom. Terror turns to utter disbelief when he politely introduces himself as Jack Strathmore—and explains that he used to live here—when he was alive. He firmly believes that someone pushed him down the stairs three years ago, and he won&amp;#039;t be able to leave until someone figures out who. If Charlene wants to get her business up and running in time for the Halloween tourist rush, and get this haunting house guest out of the way, she&amp;#039;ll have to investigate. Though truth be told, this ghost is starting to grow on her . . .</description>
      <author>Traci Wilton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346506.mp3" length="8070581" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346506.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mrs. Morris and the Ghost
Series: #1 of Mrs. Morris Mystery
Author: Traci Wilton
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charlene Morris knew Salem, Massachusetts, had a spooky reputation. But when she decided to open her B&amp;amp;B there, she expected guests—not ghosts . . .   A grieving young widow, Charlene needed a new start—so she bought a historic mansion, sight unseen, and drove from Chicago to New England to start turning it into a bed-and-breakfast. On her first night in the house, she awakens to find a handsome man with startling blue eyes in her bedroom. Terror turns to utter disbelief when he politely introduces himself as Jack Strathmore—and explains that he used to live here—when he was alive. He firmly believes that someone pushed him down the stairs three years ago, and he won&amp;#039;t be able to leave until someone figures out who. If Charlene wants to get her business up and running in time for the Halloween tourist rush, and get this haunting house guest out of the way, she&amp;#039;ll have to investigate. Though truth be told, this ghost is starting to grow on her . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mrs. Morris and the Ghost
Series: #1 of Mrs. Morris Mystery
Author: Traci Wilton
Narrator: Callie Beaulieu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charlene Morris knew Salem, Massachusetts, had a spooky reputation. But when she decided to open her B&amp;amp;B there, she expected guests—not ghosts . . .   A grieving young widow, Charlene needed a new start—so she bought a historic mansion, sight unseen, and drove from Chicago to New England to start turning it into a bed-and-breakfast. On her first night in the house, she awakens to find a handsome man with startling blue eyes in her bedroom. Terror turns to utter disbelief when he politely introduces himself as Jack Strathmore—and explains that he used to live here—when he was alive. He firmly believes that someone pushed him down the stairs three years ago, and he won&amp;#039;t be able to leave until someone figures out who. If Charlene wants to get her business up and running in time for the Halloween tourist rush, and get this haunting house guest out of the way, she&amp;#039;ll have to investigate. Though truth be told, this ghost is starting to grow on her . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shadows in the Mist: Booke Three in the Booke of the Hidden Series by Jeri Westerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadows in the Mist: Booke Three in the Booke of the Hidden Series
Series: #3 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Small-town tea shop proprietor Kylie Strange already has a lot on her plate. The last thing she needs is more trouble to spring up from the mystical Booke of the Hidden. Keeping one step ahead of a scheming demon, supernatural assassins, and Baphomet—an angry god hellbent on stealing the Booke—it&amp;#039;s all more than enough for one person to handle. And that&amp;#039;s without mentioning her competing affections for the demon Erasmus Dark and the handsome, human Sheriff Ed. But soon enough, Kylie and her coven hear whispers of new disturbances in Moody Bog. Strange creatures have been stalking the townsfolk and rumors of violent encounters confirm their deadly intent. Worst of all, the Booke of the Hidden is not to blame, and no one is sure what is. Kylie and her coven of Wiccans need to prioritize. Which is worse? The mysterious and lethal creatures or Baphomet, who—if he gets his way—will unleash Hell upon Moody Bog . . . and beyond. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Jeri Westerson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977331854.mp3" length="7182720" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977331854.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadows in the Mist: Booke Three in the Booke of the Hidden Series
Series: #3 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Small-town tea shop proprietor Kylie Strange already has a lot on her plate. The last thing she needs is more trouble to spring up from the mystical Booke of the Hidden. Keeping one step ahead of a scheming demon, supernatural assassins, and Baphomet—an angry god hellbent on stealing the Booke—it&amp;#039;s all more than enough for one person to handle. And that&amp;#039;s without mentioning her competing affections for the demon Erasmus Dark and the handsome, human Sheriff Ed. But soon enough, Kylie and her coven hear whispers of new disturbances in Moody Bog. Strange creatures have been stalking the townsfolk and rumors of violent encounters confirm their deadly intent. Worst of all, the Booke of the Hidden is not to blame, and no one is sure what is. Kylie and her coven of Wiccans need to prioritize. Which is worse? The mysterious and lethal creatures or Baphomet, who—if he gets his way—will unleash Hell upon Moody Bog . . . and beyond. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadows in the Mist: Booke Three in the Booke of the Hidden Series
Series: #3 of Booke of the Hidden
Author: Jeri Westerson
Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Small-town tea shop proprietor Kylie Strange already has a lot on her plate. The last thing she needs is more trouble to spring up from the mystical Booke of the Hidden. Keeping one step ahead of a scheming demon, supernatural assassins, and Baphomet—an angry god hellbent on stealing the Booke—it&amp;#039;s all more than enough for one person to handle. And that&amp;#039;s without mentioning her competing affections for the demon Erasmus Dark and the handsome, human Sheriff Ed. But soon enough, Kylie and her coven hear whispers of new disturbances in Moody Bog. Strange creatures have been stalking the townsfolk and rumors of violent encounters confirm their deadly intent. Worst of all, the Booke of the Hidden is not to blame, and no one is sure what is. Kylie and her coven of Wiccans need to prioritize. Which is worse? The mysterious and lethal creatures or Baphomet, who—if he gets his way—will unleash Hell upon Moody Bog . . . and beyond. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El túnel de Brooklyn - dramatizado by Joaquim Colomer Boixes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El túnel de Brooklyn - dramatizado
Author: Joaquim Colomer Boixes
Narrator: Pepe González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano.  Año 1977: la familia Brooks, el pequeño Jack y su madre llevan el libro nigromántico a Nueva York para que la tía de Jack lo copie, pues tiene problemas con su pareja que la maltrata y quiere utilizar la magia negra contra él.En el año 2018: el periodista Peter McCain llama a la puerta de la vivienda de un anciano: el escritor James Becket. Peter ve unos folios encuadernados encima de la mesa. Se fija que ese libro se titula &amp;#039;El túnel de Brooklyn&amp;#039;1997 James Becket empieza a recordar a su mujer, quien desapareció por esa época en extrañas circunstancias. Junto con un investigador privado se encuentran frente a un antiguo túnel, en Brooklyn y, en su interior, mientras buscan pistas, sufren una experiencia sobrenatural.Gracias a un contacto policial se dan cuenta que, durante los últimos tiempos, ha desparecido infinidad de personas en ese lugar y deciden visitar a un experto en las artes oscuras, un contacto del detective. Se trata de Jason, el gótico. Este les aconseja visitar a una amiga suya vidente: la anciana Margot Wells.  - Creador y administrador de la comunidad literaria &amp;#039;Libros, lectores, escritores y una taza de café&amp;#039; (Grupo LLEC), Joaquim Colomer Boixés vinculó su vida a la literatura hace dos años, cuando decidió dar vida en forma de novela a un relato que escribió durante su adolescencia. De allí salió su ópera prima &amp;#039;El Protector&amp;#039;. Desde entonces, ha participado en varias antologías y escrito para diversos blogs, además de estar inmerso en múltiples proyectos literarios.</description>
      <author>Joaquim Colomer Boixes</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417948351.mp3" length="1527402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417948351.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El túnel de Brooklyn - dramatizado
Author: Joaquim Colomer Boixes
Narrator: Pepe González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano.  Año 1977: la familia Brooks, el pequeño Jack y su madre llevan el libro nigromántico a Nueva York para que la tía de Jack lo copie, pues tiene problemas con su pareja que la maltrata y quiere utilizar la magia negra contra él.En el año 2018: el periodista Peter McCain llama a la puerta de la vivienda de un anciano: el escritor James Becket. Peter ve unos folios encuadernados encima de la mesa. Se fija que ese libro se titula &amp;#039;El túnel de Brooklyn&amp;#039;1997 James Becket empieza a recordar a su mujer, quien desapareció por esa época en extrañas circunstancias. Junto con un investigador privado se encuentran frente a un antiguo túnel, en Brooklyn y, en su interior, mientras buscan pistas, sufren una experiencia sobrenatural.Gracias a un contacto policial se dan cuenta que, durante los últimos tiempos, ha desparecido infinidad de personas en ese lugar y deciden visitar a un experto en las artes oscuras, un contacto del detective. Se trata de Jason, el gótico. Este les aconseja visitar a una amiga suya vidente: la anciana Margot Wells.  - Creador y administrador de la comunidad literaria &amp;#039;Libros, lectores, escritores y una taza de café&amp;#039; (Grupo LLEC), Joaquim Colomer Boixés vinculó su vida a la literatura hace dos años, cuando decidió dar vida en forma de novela a un relato que escribió durante su adolescencia. De allí salió su ópera prima &amp;#039;El Protector&amp;#039;. Desde entonces, ha participado en varias antologías y escrito para diversos blogs, además de estar inmerso en múltiples proyectos literarios.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El túnel de Brooklyn - dramatizado
Author: Joaquim Colomer Boixes
Narrator: Pepe González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
-Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano.  Año 1977: la familia Brooks, el pequeño Jack y su madre llevan el libro nigromántico a Nueva York para que la tía de Jack lo copie, pues tiene problemas con su pareja que la maltrata y quiere utilizar la magia negra contra él.En el año 2018: el periodista Peter McCain llama a la puerta de la vivienda de un anciano: el escritor James Becket. Peter ve unos folios encuadernados encima de la mesa. Se fija que ese libro se titula &amp;#039;El túnel de Brooklyn&amp;#039;1997 James Becket empieza a recordar a su mujer, quien desapareció por esa época en extrañas circunstancias. Junto con un investigador privado se encuentran frente a un antiguo túnel, en Brooklyn y, en su interior, mientras buscan pistas, sufren una experiencia sobrenatural.Gracias a un contacto policial se dan cuenta que, durante los últimos tiempos, ha desparecido infinidad de personas en ese lugar y deciden visitar a un experto en las artes oscuras, un contacto del detective. Se trata de Jason, el gótico. Este les aconseja visitar a una amiga suya vidente: la anciana Margot Wells.  - Creador y administrador de la comunidad literaria &amp;#039;Libros, lectores, escritores y una taza de café&amp;#039; (Grupo LLEC), Joaquim Colomer Boixés vinculó su vida a la literatura hace dos años, cuando decidió dar vida en forma de novela a un relato que escribió durante su adolescencia. De allí salió su ópera prima &amp;#039;El Protector&amp;#039;. Desde entonces, ha participado en varias antologías y escrito para diversos blogs, además de estar inmerso en múltiples proyectos literarios.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>False Prophet by James Hazel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Prophet
Author: James Hazel
Narrator: Tim Bruce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret buried for two thousand years.  The rise of an ancient evil. An invisible killer who will stop at nothing.  When a brutal serial killer defies all known methods, the police call in prolific lawyer and former homicide detective, Charlie Priest, to assist the hunt.  Working together they soon discover a link to a lost scripture that contains a secret so devastating that its custodians are prepared to die to keep it.  Tangled in a dark world of fanaticism, chaos and deadly secrets, Priest comes up against a nemesis more formidable and deranged than any he has previously encountered.  There is no Judgment Day. There is something far worse.</description>
      <author>James Hazel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781838770501.mp3" length="1334161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781838770501.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Prophet
Author: James Hazel
Narrator: Tim Bruce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret buried for two thousand years.  The rise of an ancient evil. An invisible killer who will stop at nothing.  When a brutal serial killer defies all known methods, the police call in prolific lawyer and former homicide detective, Charlie Priest, to assist the hunt.  Working together they soon discover a link to a lost scripture that contains a secret so devastating that its custodians are prepared to die to keep it.  Tangled in a dark world of fanaticism, chaos and deadly secrets, Priest comes up against a nemesis more formidable and deranged than any he has previously encountered.  There is no Judgment Day. There is something far worse.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Prophet
Author: James Hazel
Narrator: Tim Bruce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret buried for two thousand years.  The rise of an ancient evil. An invisible killer who will stop at nothing.  When a brutal serial killer defies all known methods, the police call in prolific lawyer and former homicide detective, Charlie Priest, to assist the hunt.  Working together they soon discover a link to a lost scripture that contains a secret so devastating that its custodians are prepared to die to keep it.  Tangled in a dark world of fanaticism, chaos and deadly secrets, Priest comes up against a nemesis more formidable and deranged than any he has previously encountered.  There is no Judgment Day. There is something far worse.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crochet and Cauldrons by Nancy Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crochet and Cauldrons
Series: #3 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My Grandmother, Agnes Bartlett, used to own Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop then died and left her shop to me, without informing me that she wasn&amp;#039;t actually dead. She&amp;#039;s a vampire and part of the world&amp;#039;s strangest craft circle—the Vampire Knitting Club. As you might imagine, this means she&amp;#039;s free to interfere in how I run the business that used to be hers. She&amp;#039;s trying to teach me to knit and it&amp;#039;s not going well. She&amp;#039;s also trying to teach me how to be a witch, since it turns out I&amp;#039;m from a long line of witches. Another tiny detail about my family that no one ever told me, along with the long-lost witch cousins I recently discovered. But I&amp;#039;m learning. I&amp;#039;ve got my family spell book, my black cat familiar, some powers that sometimes scare me, and an interesting new group of friends.   My archaeologist parents are coming to visit and bringing me a gift I could do without. So, to recap, I run a knitting shop and I can&amp;#039;t knit. I&amp;#039;m a beginning witch who can&amp;#039;t always control her cat, never mind her magic, and my love life is as tangled as the last sock I tried to knit. Oh, and for some reason, I keep getting involved in murder investigations. Good thing I have my vampire knitters to help sniff out clues. At least I&amp;#039;ve finally hired the perfect assistant, a real demon with the crochet hook. Or is she too perfect?</description>
      <author>Nancy Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349903.mp3" length="8356481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349903.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crochet and Cauldrons
Series: #3 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My Grandmother, Agnes Bartlett, used to own Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop then died and left her shop to me, without informing me that she wasn&amp;#039;t actually dead. She&amp;#039;s a vampire and part of the world&amp;#039;s strangest craft circle—the Vampire Knitting Club. As you might imagine, this means she&amp;#039;s free to interfere in how I run the business that used to be hers. She&amp;#039;s trying to teach me to knit and it&amp;#039;s not going well. She&amp;#039;s also trying to teach me how to be a witch, since it turns out I&amp;#039;m from a long line of witches. Another tiny detail about my family that no one ever told me, along with the long-lost witch cousins I recently discovered. But I&amp;#039;m learning. I&amp;#039;ve got my family spell book, my black cat familiar, some powers that sometimes scare me, and an interesting new group of friends.   My archaeologist parents are coming to visit and bringing me a gift I could do without. So, to recap, I run a knitting shop and I can&amp;#039;t knit. I&amp;#039;m a beginning witch who can&amp;#039;t always control her cat, never mind her magic, and my love life is as tangled as the last sock I tried to knit. Oh, and for some reason, I keep getting involved in murder investigations. Good thing I have my vampire knitters to help sniff out clues. At least I&amp;#039;ve finally hired the perfect assistant, a real demon with the crochet hook. Or is she too perfect?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crochet and Cauldrons
Series: #3 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My Grandmother, Agnes Bartlett, used to own Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s knitting shop then died and left her shop to me, without informing me that she wasn&amp;#039;t actually dead. She&amp;#039;s a vampire and part of the world&amp;#039;s strangest craft circle—the Vampire Knitting Club. As you might imagine, this means she&amp;#039;s free to interfere in how I run the business that used to be hers. She&amp;#039;s trying to teach me to knit and it&amp;#039;s not going well. She&amp;#039;s also trying to teach me how to be a witch, since it turns out I&amp;#039;m from a long line of witches. Another tiny detail about my family that no one ever told me, along with the long-lost witch cousins I recently discovered. But I&amp;#039;m learning. I&amp;#039;ve got my family spell book, my black cat familiar, some powers that sometimes scare me, and an interesting new group of friends.   My archaeologist parents are coming to visit and bringing me a gift I could do without. So, to recap, I run a knitting shop and I can&amp;#039;t knit. I&amp;#039;m a beginning witch who can&amp;#039;t always control her cat, never mind her magic, and my love life is as tangled as the last sock I tried to knit. Oh, and for some reason, I keep getting involved in murder investigations. Good thing I have my vampire knitters to help sniff out clues. At least I&amp;#039;ve finally hired the perfect assistant, a real demon with the crochet hook. Or is she too perfect?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legend of the Ghost Queen by M. L. Bullock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Ghost Queen
Series: #4 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A cemetery tour goes horribly wrong—one of the guests is scared to death! A concerned tour guide calls Midas for help, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team prepares to investigate the potentially paranormal happenings at a cemetery in rural Eight Mile, Alabama. The GCP crew members spend a few nights getting to know the local ghosts and find themselves doing battle with the spirit of the notorious voodoo queen, Ettawa Maybee.   Ghost hunters Sierra and Joshua struggle to make their marriage work. Can Joshua forgive and forget, or will ghosts from his past reappear? Will Cassidy come to terms with the information Midas gave her?</description>
      <author>M. L. Bullock</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170562.mp3" length="7440520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Ghost Queen
Series: #4 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A cemetery tour goes horribly wrong—one of the guests is scared to death! A concerned tour guide calls Midas for help, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team prepares to investigate the potentially paranormal happenings at a cemetery in rural Eight Mile, Alabama. The GCP crew members spend a few nights getting to know the local ghosts and find themselves doing battle with the spirit of the notorious voodoo queen, Ettawa Maybee.   Ghost hunters Sierra and Joshua struggle to make their marriage work. Can Joshua forgive and forget, or will ghosts from his past reappear? Will Cassidy come to terms with the information Midas gave her?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of the Ghost Queen
Series: #4 of Gulf Coast Paranormal
Author: M. L. Bullock
Narrator: Cody Roberts, Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A cemetery tour goes horribly wrong—one of the guests is scared to death! A concerned tour guide calls Midas for help, and the Gulf Coast Paranormal team prepares to investigate the potentially paranormal happenings at a cemetery in rural Eight Mile, Alabama. The GCP crew members spend a few nights getting to know the local ghosts and find themselves doing battle with the spirit of the notorious voodoo queen, Ettawa Maybee.   Ghost hunters Sierra and Joshua struggle to make their marriage work. Can Joshua forgive and forget, or will ghosts from his past reappear? Will Cassidy come to terms with the information Midas gave her?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Footprints In The Snow by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Footprints In The Snow
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Emerging from the winter storm, it appeared to be a sanctuary, shelter from the freezing blizzard and the ravages of a desperate, final battle. But instead, the beckoning gates of the mysterious abbey are the entrance to a different kind of hell. The frightening shadows and maze of confusing hallways and rooms conceal things much more terrifying than the enemy beyond the walls. Sergeant Muller and his German Army platoon have witnessed countless horrors since the start of the war, but they still don&amp;#039;t believe in ghosts or the dead returning from the grave. That&amp;#039;s all about to change.</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982763961.mp3" length="1447206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982763961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Footprints In The Snow
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Emerging from the winter storm, it appeared to be a sanctuary, shelter from the freezing blizzard and the ravages of a desperate, final battle. But instead, the beckoning gates of the mysterious abbey are the entrance to a different kind of hell. The frightening shadows and maze of confusing hallways and rooms conceal things much more terrifying than the enemy beyond the walls. Sergeant Muller and his German Army platoon have witnessed countless horrors since the start of the war, but they still don&amp;#039;t believe in ghosts or the dead returning from the grave. That&amp;#039;s all about to change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Footprints In The Snow
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Emerging from the winter storm, it appeared to be a sanctuary, shelter from the freezing blizzard and the ravages of a desperate, final battle. But instead, the beckoning gates of the mysterious abbey are the entrance to a different kind of hell. The frightening shadows and maze of confusing hallways and rooms conceal things much more terrifying than the enemy beyond the walls. Sergeant Muller and his German Army platoon have witnessed countless horrors since the start of the war, but they still don&amp;#039;t believe in ghosts or the dead returning from the grave. That&amp;#039;s all about to change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Death Wish by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death Wish
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone returns from the dead, it&amp;#039;s never going to be good - no matter who it is. No one warned Linda that something dreadful was listening, waiting for the chance, feeding off her grief, when she unwittingly wished aloud that her husband Brian was still alive. She never meant that he should escape his grave. Now, to put things right, Linda has to play a frightening game with the mysterious, disturbing undertaker, James Bracken. The rules are impossible, horrifying. It&amp;#039;s a good thing Linda didn&amp;#039;t throw away Brian&amp;#039;s favorite chair. He still likes to sit there, watching the blank television.</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982763800.mp3" length="1219631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982763800.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death Wish
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone returns from the dead, it&amp;#039;s never going to be good - no matter who it is. No one warned Linda that something dreadful was listening, waiting for the chance, feeding off her grief, when she unwittingly wished aloud that her husband Brian was still alive. She never meant that he should escape his grave. Now, to put things right, Linda has to play a frightening game with the mysterious, disturbing undertaker, James Bracken. The rules are impossible, horrifying. It&amp;#039;s a good thing Linda didn&amp;#039;t throw away Brian&amp;#039;s favorite chair. He still likes to sit there, watching the blank television.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death Wish
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When someone returns from the dead, it&amp;#039;s never going to be good - no matter who it is. No one warned Linda that something dreadful was listening, waiting for the chance, feeding off her grief, when she unwittingly wished aloud that her husband Brian was still alive. She never meant that he should escape his grave. Now, to put things right, Linda has to play a frightening game with the mysterious, disturbing undertaker, James Bracken. The rules are impossible, horrifying. It&amp;#039;s a good thing Linda didn&amp;#039;t throw away Brian&amp;#039;s favorite chair. He still likes to sit there, watching the blank television.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bedtime Story by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Story
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When dreams turn to nightmares. It was just an old bed, bought for the spare room. Except that a hundred years earlier a witch called Rose slept in it. Now Rose&amp;#039;s unhappy spirit comes as part of the deal. An angry ghost comes with the bed. That&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;d call a bargain.  Angela and Nathan are a young couple, married only two years before.  Rose&amp;#039;s spirit despises happy couples.  Sleeping in the bed promises erotic dreams with perfect lovers. A woman more passionate and daring than your wife, a man more considerate and satisfying than your husband. Before long, the dreams are much better than any reality.  Three&amp;#039;s a crowd in any relationship, especially when one of those three is already dead.</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982764043.mp3" length="1421841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982764043.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Story
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When dreams turn to nightmares. It was just an old bed, bought for the spare room. Except that a hundred years earlier a witch called Rose slept in it. Now Rose&amp;#039;s unhappy spirit comes as part of the deal. An angry ghost comes with the bed. That&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;d call a bargain.  Angela and Nathan are a young couple, married only two years before.  Rose&amp;#039;s spirit despises happy couples.  Sleeping in the bed promises erotic dreams with perfect lovers. A woman more passionate and daring than your wife, a man more considerate and satisfying than your husband. Before long, the dreams are much better than any reality.  Three&amp;#039;s a crowd in any relationship, especially when one of those three is already dead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bedtime Story
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When dreams turn to nightmares. It was just an old bed, bought for the spare room. Except that a hundred years earlier a witch called Rose slept in it. Now Rose&amp;#039;s unhappy spirit comes as part of the deal. An angry ghost comes with the bed. That&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;d call a bargain.  Angela and Nathan are a young couple, married only two years before.  Rose&amp;#039;s spirit despises happy couples.  Sleeping in the bed promises erotic dreams with perfect lovers. A woman more passionate and daring than your wife, a man more considerate and satisfying than your husband. Before long, the dreams are much better than any reality.  Three&amp;#039;s a crowd in any relationship, especially when one of those three is already dead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devil&amp;#039;s Net by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Net
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A voyage of the Damned. The annual blessing of the fishing fleet is more than a ceremony, it provides God&amp;#039;s protection from the demons of the sea. But Captain John Boston has no time for God and holy sanctions. The church has betrayed him, with the local priest refusing to protect his sister from a violent husband, and Boston&amp;#039;s wife is seriously ill. The trawler hasn&amp;#039;t had much luck this season and people are whispering that God has indeed turned his gaze from John Boston too, because he didn&amp;#039;t accept the priest&amp;#039;s traditional blessing. Now the boat is sailing one last time to try and fill its holds with fish. There&amp;#039;s more than a mysterious fog, bad weather, and empty nets waiting for them. The devil has a boat of his own and he&amp;#039;s out on the cold ocean, trawling for dead men and their souls.</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982763985.mp3" length="1416463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982763985.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Net
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A voyage of the Damned. The annual blessing of the fishing fleet is more than a ceremony, it provides God&amp;#039;s protection from the demons of the sea. But Captain John Boston has no time for God and holy sanctions. The church has betrayed him, with the local priest refusing to protect his sister from a violent husband, and Boston&amp;#039;s wife is seriously ill. The trawler hasn&amp;#039;t had much luck this season and people are whispering that God has indeed turned his gaze from John Boston too, because he didn&amp;#039;t accept the priest&amp;#039;s traditional blessing. Now the boat is sailing one last time to try and fill its holds with fish. There&amp;#039;s more than a mysterious fog, bad weather, and empty nets waiting for them. The devil has a boat of his own and he&amp;#039;s out on the cold ocean, trawling for dead men and their souls.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Net
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A voyage of the Damned. The annual blessing of the fishing fleet is more than a ceremony, it provides God&amp;#039;s protection from the demons of the sea. But Captain John Boston has no time for God and holy sanctions. The church has betrayed him, with the local priest refusing to protect his sister from a violent husband, and Boston&amp;#039;s wife is seriously ill. The trawler hasn&amp;#039;t had much luck this season and people are whispering that God has indeed turned his gaze from John Boston too, because he didn&amp;#039;t accept the priest&amp;#039;s traditional blessing. Now the boat is sailing one last time to try and fill its holds with fish. There&amp;#039;s more than a mysterious fog, bad weather, and empty nets waiting for them. The devil has a boat of his own and he&amp;#039;s out on the cold ocean, trawling for dead men and their souls.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Girl In The Back Seat by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl In The Back Seat
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Giving a ride to a teenage girl hitchhiking in the middle of nowhere can be a bad idea, especially if they slip into the back seat unseen - because they&amp;#039;re a lost and troubled spirit condemned to wander the lonely roads forever. Teenagers like Rachael can be obsessive, angry, and unreasonable, and they&amp;#039;ll fall in love in a heartbeat. Being dead doesn&amp;#039;t make any difference. Darren and Jean Madden should never have opened the car doors that night when their station wagon mysteriously broke down. Jean has always known her attractive husband would be a hard man to keep. Rachael won&amp;#039;t take no for an answer. Even ghosts won&amp;#039;t wait forever.</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982763824.mp3" length="1366251" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982763824.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl In The Back Seat
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Giving a ride to a teenage girl hitchhiking in the middle of nowhere can be a bad idea, especially if they slip into the back seat unseen - because they&amp;#039;re a lost and troubled spirit condemned to wander the lonely roads forever. Teenagers like Rachael can be obsessive, angry, and unreasonable, and they&amp;#039;ll fall in love in a heartbeat. Being dead doesn&amp;#039;t make any difference. Darren and Jean Madden should never have opened the car doors that night when their station wagon mysteriously broke down. Jean has always known her attractive husband would be a hard man to keep. Rachael won&amp;#039;t take no for an answer. Even ghosts won&amp;#039;t wait forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl In The Back Seat
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Giving a ride to a teenage girl hitchhiking in the middle of nowhere can be a bad idea, especially if they slip into the back seat unseen - because they&amp;#039;re a lost and troubled spirit condemned to wander the lonely roads forever. Teenagers like Rachael can be obsessive, angry, and unreasonable, and they&amp;#039;ll fall in love in a heartbeat. Being dead doesn&amp;#039;t make any difference. Darren and Jean Madden should never have opened the car doors that night when their station wagon mysteriously broke down. Jean has always known her attractive husband would be a hard man to keep. Rachael won&amp;#039;t take no for an answer. Even ghosts won&amp;#039;t wait forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hangman&amp;#039;s Ghost by G.M.Hague</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hangman&amp;#039;s Ghost
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Good was a man who could expect to see many ghosts. Angry spirits - and the wraiths of men and women filled with hate for Jacob - paraded their soured souls in front of him, surrounding Jacob with their rage. After all, Jacob had killed a lot of people. Now, a frightening, tragic ghost is taunting Jacob as he&amp;#039;s about to retire, making his life a nightmare, and demanding that Jacob make sure the last guilty murderer doesn&amp;#039;t miss his appointment with Jacob&amp;#039;s noose. But who is to be Jacob&amp;#039;s final victim? And do they deserve to escape the rope, or not? Will Jacob&amp;#039;s last killing be a dreadful mistake?</description>
      <author>G.M.Hague</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982764005.mp3" length="1357013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982764005.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hangman&amp;#039;s Ghost
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Good was a man who could expect to see many ghosts. Angry spirits - and the wraiths of men and women filled with hate for Jacob - paraded their soured souls in front of him, surrounding Jacob with their rage. After all, Jacob had killed a lot of people. Now, a frightening, tragic ghost is taunting Jacob as he&amp;#039;s about to retire, making his life a nightmare, and demanding that Jacob make sure the last guilty murderer doesn&amp;#039;t miss his appointment with Jacob&amp;#039;s noose. But who is to be Jacob&amp;#039;s final victim? And do they deserve to escape the rope, or not? Will Jacob&amp;#039;s last killing be a dreadful mistake?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hangman&amp;#039;s Ghost
Author: G.M.Hague
Narrator: G.M.Hague
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Good was a man who could expect to see many ghosts. Angry spirits - and the wraiths of men and women filled with hate for Jacob - paraded their soured souls in front of him, surrounding Jacob with their rage. After all, Jacob had killed a lot of people. Now, a frightening, tragic ghost is taunting Jacob as he&amp;#039;s about to retire, making his life a nightmare, and demanding that Jacob make sure the last guilty murderer doesn&amp;#039;t miss his appointment with Jacob&amp;#039;s noose. But who is to be Jacob&amp;#039;s final victim? And do they deserve to escape the rope, or not? Will Jacob&amp;#039;s last killing be a dreadful mistake?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Return by Rachel Harrison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return
Author: Rachel Harrison
Narrator: Sarah Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A group of friends reunite after one of them has returned from a mysterious two-year disappearance in this edgy and haunting debut. Julie is missing, and no one believes she will ever return—except Elise. Elise knows Julie better than anyone, and feels it in her bones that her best friend is out there and that one day Julie will come back. She’s right. Two years to the day that Julie went missing, she reappears with no memory of where she’s been or what happened to her.  Along with Molly and Mae, their two close friends from college, the women decide to reunite at a remote inn. But the second Elise sees Julie, she knows something is wrong—she’s emaciated, with sallow skin and odd appetites. And as the weekend unfurls, it becomes impossible to deny that the Julie who vanished two years ago is not the same Julie who came back. But then who—or what—is she?</description>
      <author>Rachel Harrison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165645.mp3" length="2737449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return
Author: Rachel Harrison
Narrator: Sarah Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A group of friends reunite after one of them has returned from a mysterious two-year disappearance in this edgy and haunting debut. Julie is missing, and no one believes she will ever return—except Elise. Elise knows Julie better than anyone, and feels it in her bones that her best friend is out there and that one day Julie will come back. She’s right. Two years to the day that Julie went missing, she reappears with no memory of where she’s been or what happened to her.  Along with Molly and Mae, their two close friends from college, the women decide to reunite at a remote inn. But the second Elise sees Julie, she knows something is wrong—she’s emaciated, with sallow skin and odd appetites. And as the weekend unfurls, it becomes impossible to deny that the Julie who vanished two years ago is not the same Julie who came back. But then who—or what—is she?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Return
Author: Rachel Harrison
Narrator: Sarah Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A group of friends reunite after one of them has returned from a mysterious two-year disappearance in this edgy and haunting debut. Julie is missing, and no one believes she will ever return—except Elise. Elise knows Julie better than anyone, and feels it in her bones that her best friend is out there and that one day Julie will come back. She’s right. Two years to the day that Julie went missing, she reappears with no memory of where she’s been or what happened to her.  Along with Molly and Mae, their two close friends from college, the women decide to reunite at a remote inn. But the second Elise sees Julie, she knows something is wrong—she’s emaciated, with sallow skin and odd appetites. And as the weekend unfurls, it becomes impossible to deny that the Julie who vanished two years ago is not the same Julie who came back. But then who—or what—is she?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legend of Sleepy Hollow by Washington Irving</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Sleepy Hollow
Author: Washington Irving
Narrator: Philip Ray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
This gothic story by Washington Irving appeared in his collection of essays and short stories titled The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon, Gent. Along with its companion piece &amp;#039;Rip Van Winkle&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Legend of Sleepy Hollow&amp;#039; is among the earliest examples of American fiction with enduring popularity. The tale is set in 1790 in the countryside around the Dutch settlement of Tarry Town in an isolated glen called Sleepy Hollow.</description>
      <author>Washington Irving</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982761790.mp3" length="1429341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982761790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Sleepy Hollow
Author: Washington Irving
Narrator: Philip Ray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
This gothic story by Washington Irving appeared in his collection of essays and short stories titled The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon, Gent. Along with its companion piece &amp;#039;Rip Van Winkle&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Legend of Sleepy Hollow&amp;#039; is among the earliest examples of American fiction with enduring popularity. The tale is set in 1790 in the countryside around the Dutch settlement of Tarry Town in an isolated glen called Sleepy Hollow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legend of Sleepy Hollow
Author: Washington Irving
Narrator: Philip Ray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
This gothic story by Washington Irving appeared in his collection of essays and short stories titled The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon, Gent. Along with its companion piece &amp;#039;Rip Van Winkle&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Legend of Sleepy Hollow&amp;#039; is among the earliest examples of American fiction with enduring popularity. The tale is set in 1790 in the countryside around the Dutch settlement of Tarry Town in an isolated glen called Sleepy Hollow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Vine on a House by Ambrose Bierce</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vine on a House
Author: Ambrose Bierce
Narrator: Don Cipolla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest short stories of the horror genre, Ambrose Bierce&amp;#039;s A Vine on a House tells the compelling story of the Harding family. When Matilda Harding mysteriously vanishes, people begin to notice that a vine growing on the Harding house bears an uncanny resemblance to her. The events that unfold next are terrifying to the Harding family...and quite possibly to the reader as well. You will be riveted to the end of this old-fashioned ghost story.</description>
      <author>Ambrose Bierce</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982762216.mp3" length="1401768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982762216.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vine on a House
Author: Ambrose Bierce
Narrator: Don Cipolla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest short stories of the horror genre, Ambrose Bierce&amp;#039;s A Vine on a House tells the compelling story of the Harding family. When Matilda Harding mysteriously vanishes, people begin to notice that a vine growing on the Harding house bears an uncanny resemblance to her. The events that unfold next are terrifying to the Harding family...and quite possibly to the reader as well. You will be riveted to the end of this old-fashioned ghost story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vine on a House
Author: Ambrose Bierce
Narrator: Don Cipolla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest short stories of the horror genre, Ambrose Bierce&amp;#039;s A Vine on a House tells the compelling story of the Harding family. When Matilda Harding mysteriously vanishes, people begin to notice that a vine growing on the Harding house bears an uncanny resemblance to her. The events that unfold next are terrifying to the Harding family...and quite possibly to the reader as well. You will be riveted to the end of this old-fashioned ghost story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Uncle Silas, A Tale of Bartram Haugh by Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncle Silas, A Tale of Bartram Haugh
Author: Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu
Narrator: Lynne Thompson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Maud Ruthyn, the young, naive heroine, has a governess who is an enigmatic older woman, a liar, bully, and spy, who takes a dark secret with her when she leaves. Maud is then orphaned and moves in with her Uncle Silas, her father&amp;#039;s mysterious brother and a man with a scandalous-even murderous-past. She is horrified to find her former governess appears in her life again, in this Gothic Victorian psychological thriller, with a touch of the occult</description>
      <author>Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982761806.mp3" length="1385295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982761806.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncle Silas, A Tale of Bartram Haugh
Author: Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu
Narrator: Lynne Thompson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Maud Ruthyn, the young, naive heroine, has a governess who is an enigmatic older woman, a liar, bully, and spy, who takes a dark secret with her when she leaves. Maud is then orphaned and moves in with her Uncle Silas, her father&amp;#039;s mysterious brother and a man with a scandalous-even murderous-past. She is horrified to find her former governess appears in her life again, in this Gothic Victorian psychological thriller, with a touch of the occult</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncle Silas, A Tale of Bartram Haugh
Author: Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu
Narrator: Lynne Thompson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Maud Ruthyn, the young, naive heroine, has a governess who is an enigmatic older woman, a liar, bully, and spy, who takes a dark secret with her when she leaves. Maud is then orphaned and moves in with her Uncle Silas, her father&amp;#039;s mysterious brother and a man with a scandalous-even murderous-past. She is horrified to find her former governess appears in her life again, in this Gothic Victorian psychological thriller, with a touch of the occult</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terrier Transgressions by Molly Fitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrier Transgressions
Series: #2 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m finally coming to terms with the fact I can speak to animals, even though the only one who ever talks back is the crabby tabby I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling Octo-Cat. What I haven&amp;#039;t quite worked out is how to hide my secret . . .    Now one of the associates at my law firm has discovered this strange new talent of mine and insists I use it to help defend his client against a double murder charge. To make things worse, Octo-Cat has no intention of helping either of us. Our only hope rests on a spastic Yorkie named Yo-Yo, who hasn&amp;#039;t quite figured out his owner is dead. Can we find a way to get Yo-Yo to help solve the murder without breaking his poor doggie heart?</description>
      <author>Molly Fitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155704.mp3" length="8425408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155704.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrier Transgressions
Series: #2 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m finally coming to terms with the fact I can speak to animals, even though the only one who ever talks back is the crabby tabby I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling Octo-Cat. What I haven&amp;#039;t quite worked out is how to hide my secret . . .    Now one of the associates at my law firm has discovered this strange new talent of mine and insists I use it to help defend his client against a double murder charge. To make things worse, Octo-Cat has no intention of helping either of us. Our only hope rests on a spastic Yorkie named Yo-Yo, who hasn&amp;#039;t quite figured out his owner is dead. Can we find a way to get Yo-Yo to help solve the murder without breaking his poor doggie heart?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terrier Transgressions
Series: #2 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I&amp;#039;m finally coming to terms with the fact I can speak to animals, even though the only one who ever talks back is the crabby tabby I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling Octo-Cat. What I haven&amp;#039;t quite worked out is how to hide my secret . . .    Now one of the associates at my law firm has discovered this strange new talent of mine and insists I use it to help defend his client against a double murder charge. To make things worse, Octo-Cat has no intention of helping either of us. Our only hope rests on a spastic Yorkie named Yo-Yo, who hasn&amp;#039;t quite figured out his owner is dead. Can we find a way to get Yo-Yo to help solve the murder without breaking his poor doggie heart?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Carrie (latino) by Stephen King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Carrie (latino)
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Jane Santos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ya puedes escuchar el escalofriante caso de Carrie, una joven de apariencia insignificante que se transformó en un ser de poderes anormales, sembrando el terror en toda la ciudad.  Con pulso mágico para mantener la tensión a lo largo de todo el libro, Stephen King narra la atormentada adolescencia de Carrie, y nos envuelve en una atmósfera sobrecogedora cuando la muchacha realiza una serie de descubrimientos hasta llegar al terrible momento de la venganza. Escucha su historia en audiolibro.  Carrie fue llevada al cine con un inmenso éxito de público y crítica.  Reseñas: «Un libro que te encantará leer, por su lectura tan fácil, amena y que te mete de lleno en la historia. Por algo es el rey del terror». Jennifer a través de Amazon  «Yo le daría el Premio Nobel a Stephen King». Mariana Enriquez  «Un maestro de la narración». Los Angeles Times</description>
      <author>Stephen King</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788401024207.mp3" length="1295481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788401024207.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Carrie (latino)
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Jane Santos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ya puedes escuchar el escalofriante caso de Carrie, una joven de apariencia insignificante que se transformó en un ser de poderes anormales, sembrando el terror en toda la ciudad.  Con pulso mágico para mantener la tensión a lo largo de todo el libro, Stephen King narra la atormentada adolescencia de Carrie, y nos envuelve en una atmósfera sobrecogedora cuando la muchacha realiza una serie de descubrimientos hasta llegar al terrible momento de la venganza. Escucha su historia en audiolibro.  Carrie fue llevada al cine con un inmenso éxito de público y crítica.  Reseñas: «Un libro que te encantará leer, por su lectura tan fácil, amena y que te mete de lleno en la historia. Por algo es el rey del terror». Jennifer a través de Amazon  «Yo le daría el Premio Nobel a Stephen King». Mariana Enriquez  «Un maestro de la narración». Los Angeles Times</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Carrie (latino)
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Jane Santos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ya puedes escuchar el escalofriante caso de Carrie, una joven de apariencia insignificante que se transformó en un ser de poderes anormales, sembrando el terror en toda la ciudad.  Con pulso mágico para mantener la tensión a lo largo de todo el libro, Stephen King narra la atormentada adolescencia de Carrie, y nos envuelve en una atmósfera sobrecogedora cuando la muchacha realiza una serie de descubrimientos hasta llegar al terrible momento de la venganza. Escucha su historia en audiolibro.  Carrie fue llevada al cine con un inmenso éxito de público y crítica.  Reseñas: «Un libro que te encantará leer, por su lectura tan fácil, amena y que te mete de lleno en la historia. Por algo es el rey del terror». Jennifer a través de Amazon  «Yo le daría el Premio Nobel a Stephen King». Mariana Enriquez  «Un maestro de la narración». Los Angeles Times</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ranger by William Stacey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger
Series: #3 of Dark Elf War
Author: William Stacey
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Culling, the genocide of humanity. It almost ended us. It still might. Six years ago, the dark elves murdered most of humanity. Thanks to the sacrifice of Elizabeth &amp;#039;Gunz&amp;#039; Chambers, some few survived, safe behind walled shelters. For now. Former Special Forces operator Alex Benoit is a broken man. Driven to rage by the evil of the dark elves, he and his team of rangers hunt them in the wilderness of northern Canada. No weapon is forbidden, no method too severe. But Alex has stared too long into the abyss and vengeance comes at a cost. A cost that others may have to pay. When a new gateway opens between worlds, Alex joins a desperate expedition to the dark elves&amp;#039; home world. Their mission: to forge an alliance between dwarves and humanity. Only together can both races stand a chance against the might of the dark elves and their wicked queen Tuatha de Talinor. If they fail, it won&amp;#039;t just be the end of the Dark-Elf War. It&amp;#039;ll be the end of all human life. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>William Stacey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170913.mp3" length="8245276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger
Series: #3 of Dark Elf War
Author: William Stacey
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Culling, the genocide of humanity. It almost ended us. It still might. Six years ago, the dark elves murdered most of humanity. Thanks to the sacrifice of Elizabeth &amp;#039;Gunz&amp;#039; Chambers, some few survived, safe behind walled shelters. For now. Former Special Forces operator Alex Benoit is a broken man. Driven to rage by the evil of the dark elves, he and his team of rangers hunt them in the wilderness of northern Canada. No weapon is forbidden, no method too severe. But Alex has stared too long into the abyss and vengeance comes at a cost. A cost that others may have to pay. When a new gateway opens between worlds, Alex joins a desperate expedition to the dark elves&amp;#039; home world. Their mission: to forge an alliance between dwarves and humanity. Only together can both races stand a chance against the might of the dark elves and their wicked queen Tuatha de Talinor. If they fail, it won&amp;#039;t just be the end of the Dark-Elf War. It&amp;#039;ll be the end of all human life. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger
Series: #3 of Dark Elf War
Author: William Stacey
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Culling, the genocide of humanity. It almost ended us. It still might. Six years ago, the dark elves murdered most of humanity. Thanks to the sacrifice of Elizabeth &amp;#039;Gunz&amp;#039; Chambers, some few survived, safe behind walled shelters. For now. Former Special Forces operator Alex Benoit is a broken man. Driven to rage by the evil of the dark elves, he and his team of rangers hunt them in the wilderness of northern Canada. No weapon is forbidden, no method too severe. But Alex has stared too long into the abyss and vengeance comes at a cost. A cost that others may have to pay. When a new gateway opens between worlds, Alex joins a desperate expedition to the dark elves&amp;#039; home world. Their mission: to forge an alliance between dwarves and humanity. Only together can both races stand a chance against the might of the dark elves and their wicked queen Tuatha de Talinor. If they fail, it won&amp;#039;t just be the end of the Dark-Elf War. It&amp;#039;ll be the end of all human life. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Haunted by the Succubus by Michelle Dorey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted by the Succubus
Series: #3 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Brian Holden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
He was marked as a child, now the Evil is back to claim him . . .  Adam is a typical nineteen-year-old guy except . . . he isn&amp;#039;t. Born with uncanny abilities, he could be a great help to people. Could be, if he wasn&amp;#039;t such a slacker. Instead, he&amp;#039;s obsessed with his nonexistent love life; trying to hookup and constantly striking out at the local watering hole. Marked when he was twelve by a powerful spirit, he encounters it again. It&amp;#039;s been waiting for him to mature and now he&amp;#039;s definitely ripe.     Adam is revolted by the evil succubus. Even a wannabe Lothario has some standards! When he rejects the horrifying &amp;#039;offer&amp;#039;, the enraged demon strikes back. Bodies start to pile up. Making an already terrifying situation worse, the evidence points to Adam as the murderer. He flees his small town and ends up in Saranac Lake—exactly where his stalker wants him. Now it&amp;#039;s up to him to finally man up and fight. All hell is about to break loose.</description>
      <author>Michelle Dorey</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170395.mp3" length="8694416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170395.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted by the Succubus
Series: #3 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Brian Holden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
He was marked as a child, now the Evil is back to claim him . . .  Adam is a typical nineteen-year-old guy except . . . he isn&amp;#039;t. Born with uncanny abilities, he could be a great help to people. Could be, if he wasn&amp;#039;t such a slacker. Instead, he&amp;#039;s obsessed with his nonexistent love life; trying to hookup and constantly striking out at the local watering hole. Marked when he was twelve by a powerful spirit, he encounters it again. It&amp;#039;s been waiting for him to mature and now he&amp;#039;s definitely ripe.     Adam is revolted by the evil succubus. Even a wannabe Lothario has some standards! When he rejects the horrifying &amp;#039;offer&amp;#039;, the enraged demon strikes back. Bodies start to pile up. Making an already terrifying situation worse, the evidence points to Adam as the murderer. He flees his small town and ends up in Saranac Lake—exactly where his stalker wants him. Now it&amp;#039;s up to him to finally man up and fight. All hell is about to break loose.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted by the Succubus
Series: #3 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Brian Holden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
He was marked as a child, now the Evil is back to claim him . . .  Adam is a typical nineteen-year-old guy except . . . he isn&amp;#039;t. Born with uncanny abilities, he could be a great help to people. Could be, if he wasn&amp;#039;t such a slacker. Instead, he&amp;#039;s obsessed with his nonexistent love life; trying to hookup and constantly striking out at the local watering hole. Marked when he was twelve by a powerful spirit, he encounters it again. It&amp;#039;s been waiting for him to mature and now he&amp;#039;s definitely ripe.     Adam is revolted by the evil succubus. Even a wannabe Lothario has some standards! When he rejects the horrifying &amp;#039;offer&amp;#039;, the enraged demon strikes back. Bodies start to pile up. Making an already terrifying situation worse, the evidence points to Adam as the murderer. He flees his small town and ends up in Saranac Lake—exactly where his stalker wants him. Now it&amp;#039;s up to him to finally man up and fight. All hell is about to break loose.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Chill: A Novel by Scott Carson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chill: A Novel
Author: Scott Carson
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A supernatural force—set in motion a century ago—threatens to devastate New York City in this spine-tingling national bestseller that “grips from the first page” (Stephen King, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Far upstate, in New York’s ancient forests, a drowned village lays beneath the dark, still waters of the Chilewaukee reservoir. Early in the 20th century, the town was destroyed for the greater good: bringing water to the millions living downstate. Or at least that’s what the politicians from Manhattan insisted at the time. The local families, settled there since America’s founding, were forced from their land, but some didn’t leave…   Now, a century later, the repercussions of human arrogance are finally making themselves known. An inspector assigned to oversee the dam, dangerously neglected for decades, witnesses something inexplicable. It turns out that more than the village was left behind in the waters of the Chill when it was abandoned. A dark prophecy remained, too, and the time has come for it to be fulfilled—for sacrifices must be made. And as the dark waters begin to inexorably rise, the demand for a fresh sacrifice emerges from the deep.   Unputdownable and suspenseful, “The Chill is an eerie dive into the murky depths of the supernatural. A story that has you looking back over your shoulder on every page” (Michael Connelly, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</description>
      <author>Scott Carson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797101323.mp3" length="746320" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797101323.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chill: A Novel
Author: Scott Carson
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A supernatural force—set in motion a century ago—threatens to devastate New York City in this spine-tingling national bestseller that “grips from the first page” (Stephen King, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Far upstate, in New York’s ancient forests, a drowned village lays beneath the dark, still waters of the Chilewaukee reservoir. Early in the 20th century, the town was destroyed for the greater good: bringing water to the millions living downstate. Or at least that’s what the politicians from Manhattan insisted at the time. The local families, settled there since America’s founding, were forced from their land, but some didn’t leave…   Now, a century later, the repercussions of human arrogance are finally making themselves known. An inspector assigned to oversee the dam, dangerously neglected for decades, witnesses something inexplicable. It turns out that more than the village was left behind in the waters of the Chill when it was abandoned. A dark prophecy remained, too, and the time has come for it to be fulfilled—for sacrifices must be made. And as the dark waters begin to inexorably rise, the demand for a fresh sacrifice emerges from the deep.   Unputdownable and suspenseful, “The Chill is an eerie dive into the murky depths of the supernatural. A story that has you looking back over your shoulder on every page” (Michael Connelly, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chill: A Novel
Author: Scott Carson
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A supernatural force—set in motion a century ago—threatens to devastate New York City in this spine-tingling national bestseller that “grips from the first page” (Stephen King, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Far upstate, in New York’s ancient forests, a drowned village lays beneath the dark, still waters of the Chilewaukee reservoir. Early in the 20th century, the town was destroyed for the greater good: bringing water to the millions living downstate. Or at least that’s what the politicians from Manhattan insisted at the time. The local families, settled there since America’s founding, were forced from their land, but some didn’t leave…   Now, a century later, the repercussions of human arrogance are finally making themselves known. An inspector assigned to oversee the dam, dangerously neglected for decades, witnesses something inexplicable. It turns out that more than the village was left behind in the waters of the Chill when it was abandoned. A dark prophecy remained, too, and the time has come for it to be fulfilled—for sacrifices must be made. And as the dark waters begin to inexorably rise, the demand for a fresh sacrifice emerges from the deep.   Unputdownable and suspenseful, “The Chill is an eerie dive into the murky depths of the supernatural. A story that has you looking back over your shoulder on every page” (Michael Connelly, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Knight of the Demon Queen by Barbara Hambly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight of the Demon Queen
Series: #3 of Winterlands
Author: Barbara Hambly
Narrator: Nicholas Camm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Knight of the Demon Queen is the third book in Barbara Hambly’s fantasy tour de force, The Winterlands – an epic, classic quartet full of high stakes, magic and dragons.                      Once the most powerful mage in the land, defeater of dragons, Jenny Waynest is now a broken woman.           She was possessed and corrupted by a demon, losing all she held dear – including her love’s trust. Rebuilding her life seems impossible.           Her husband, Lord John, now bears his own torment, far away: he tricked the beautiful and cruel Aohila a rival hell’s demon queen, in order to free his wife from possession and now he is plagued by her memories.           Condemned to death for making deals with demons, John cannot forgive himself for opening the door to a far greater evil – an evil that now haunts his dreams. And not only his dreams…           For the vengeful Aohila needs mortal aid in realms beyond her power, and who better to provide it than John? Blackmailed into cooperating, John must fight his way through unimaginable horrors in a quest that may doom the world he has left behind…</description>
      <author>Barbara Hambly</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008372781.mp3" length="1257817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008372781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight of the Demon Queen
Series: #3 of Winterlands
Author: Barbara Hambly
Narrator: Nicholas Camm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Knight of the Demon Queen is the third book in Barbara Hambly’s fantasy tour de force, The Winterlands – an epic, classic quartet full of high stakes, magic and dragons.                      Once the most powerful mage in the land, defeater of dragons, Jenny Waynest is now a broken woman.           She was possessed and corrupted by a demon, losing all she held dear – including her love’s trust. Rebuilding her life seems impossible.           Her husband, Lord John, now bears his own torment, far away: he tricked the beautiful and cruel Aohila a rival hell’s demon queen, in order to free his wife from possession and now he is plagued by her memories.           Condemned to death for making deals with demons, John cannot forgive himself for opening the door to a far greater evil – an evil that now haunts his dreams. And not only his dreams…           For the vengeful Aohila needs mortal aid in realms beyond her power, and who better to provide it than John? Blackmailed into cooperating, John must fight his way through unimaginable horrors in a quest that may doom the world he has left behind…</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight of the Demon Queen
Series: #3 of Winterlands
Author: Barbara Hambly
Narrator: Nicholas Camm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Knight of the Demon Queen is the third book in Barbara Hambly’s fantasy tour de force, The Winterlands – an epic, classic quartet full of high stakes, magic and dragons.                      Once the most powerful mage in the land, defeater of dragons, Jenny Waynest is now a broken woman.           She was possessed and corrupted by a demon, losing all she held dear – including her love’s trust. Rebuilding her life seems impossible.           Her husband, Lord John, now bears his own torment, far away: he tricked the beautiful and cruel Aohila a rival hell’s demon queen, in order to free his wife from possession and now he is plagued by her memories.           Condemned to death for making deals with demons, John cannot forgive himself for opening the door to a far greater evil – an evil that now haunts his dreams. And not only his dreams…           For the vengeful Aohila needs mortal aid in realms beyond her power, and who better to provide it than John? Blackmailed into cooperating, John must fight his way through unimaginable horrors in a quest that may doom the world he has left behind…</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Night Raven: Crow Investigations Book 1 by Sarah Painter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night Raven: Crow Investigations Book 1
Series: #1 of Crow Investigations
Author: Sarah Painter
Narrator: Kate Rawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Night Raven is the first book in Crow Investigations, an exciting new paranormal mystery series from bestselling author of magical fiction, Sarah Painter. Lydia has always known she has no power, especially next to her infamous and more-than-slightly dodgy family. Which is why she carved her own life as a private investigator far away from London. When a professional snafu forces her home, the head of the family calls in a favour, and Lydia finds herself investigating the disappearance of her cousin, Maddie. Soon, Lydia is neck-deep in problems: her new flatmate is a homicidal ghost, the intriguing, but forbidden, DCI Fleet is acting in a distinctly unprofessional manner, and tensions between the old magical families are rising. For seventy-five years, a truce between the four families has held strong, but could the disappearance of Maddie Crow be the thing to break it?  “My favourite new urban fantasy series, clever and twisty and deliciously magical, with a shivery sense of wonder that feels utterly grounded in its London setting. Perfect for fans of Ben Aaronovitch, Genevieve Cogman or Robert Galbraith!” STEPHANIE BURGIS, AUTHOR OF MASKS AND SHADOWS</description>
      <author>Sarah Painter</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528875486.mp3" length="849732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528875486.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night Raven: Crow Investigations Book 1
Series: #1 of Crow Investigations
Author: Sarah Painter
Narrator: Kate Rawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Night Raven is the first book in Crow Investigations, an exciting new paranormal mystery series from bestselling author of magical fiction, Sarah Painter. Lydia has always known she has no power, especially next to her infamous and more-than-slightly dodgy family. Which is why she carved her own life as a private investigator far away from London. When a professional snafu forces her home, the head of the family calls in a favour, and Lydia finds herself investigating the disappearance of her cousin, Maddie. Soon, Lydia is neck-deep in problems: her new flatmate is a homicidal ghost, the intriguing, but forbidden, DCI Fleet is acting in a distinctly unprofessional manner, and tensions between the old magical families are rising. For seventy-five years, a truce between the four families has held strong, but could the disappearance of Maddie Crow be the thing to break it?  “My favourite new urban fantasy series, clever and twisty and deliciously magical, with a shivery sense of wonder that feels utterly grounded in its London setting. Perfect for fans of Ben Aaronovitch, Genevieve Cogman or Robert Galbraith!” STEPHANIE BURGIS, AUTHOR OF MASKS AND SHADOWS</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Night Raven: Crow Investigations Book 1
Series: #1 of Crow Investigations
Author: Sarah Painter
Narrator: Kate Rawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Night Raven is the first book in Crow Investigations, an exciting new paranormal mystery series from bestselling author of magical fiction, Sarah Painter. Lydia has always known she has no power, especially next to her infamous and more-than-slightly dodgy family. Which is why she carved her own life as a private investigator far away from London. When a professional snafu forces her home, the head of the family calls in a favour, and Lydia finds herself investigating the disappearance of her cousin, Maddie. Soon, Lydia is neck-deep in problems: her new flatmate is a homicidal ghost, the intriguing, but forbidden, DCI Fleet is acting in a distinctly unprofessional manner, and tensions between the old magical families are rising. For seventy-five years, a truce between the four families has held strong, but could the disappearance of Maddie Crow be the thing to break it?  “My favourite new urban fantasy series, clever and twisty and deliciously magical, with a shivery sense of wonder that feels utterly grounded in its London setting. Perfect for fans of Ben Aaronovitch, Genevieve Cogman or Robert Galbraith!” STEPHANIE BURGIS, AUTHOR OF MASKS AND SHADOWS</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barbecue &amp;amp; Brooms by Bella Falls</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barbecue &amp;amp; Brooms
Series: #4 of Southern Charms Cozy Mystery
Author: Bella Falls
Narrator: Johanna Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Magic and mystery are only part of the Southern Charms of Honeysuckle Hollow . . . With Charleston&amp;#039;s council poised to take over Honeysuckle Hollow, the town and all of its people must band together to prove they don&amp;#039;t need to be absorbed into the big city magical district. What better way to show off the small supernatural Southern town than to host a barbecue contest and some classic broom racing? To keep their town safe, it&amp;#039;s imperative that nothing go wrong. But when one of Honeysuckle&amp;#039;s most important residents is attacked, leaving him on the brink of death, it&amp;#039;s up to Charli Goodwin to convince the two men pursuing her to work together to catch the culprit and save a life. Who&amp;#039;s fanning the flames and turning up the heat? Will the love triangle prove too hot and spicy or will Charli, Mason, and Dash be able to put aside personal feelings to capture the villain before the town and its people get charred?</description>
      <author>Bella Falls</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400122059.mp3" length="8173988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400122059.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barbecue &amp;amp; Brooms
Series: #4 of Southern Charms Cozy Mystery
Author: Bella Falls
Narrator: Johanna Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Magic and mystery are only part of the Southern Charms of Honeysuckle Hollow . . . With Charleston&amp;#039;s council poised to take over Honeysuckle Hollow, the town and all of its people must band together to prove they don&amp;#039;t need to be absorbed into the big city magical district. What better way to show off the small supernatural Southern town than to host a barbecue contest and some classic broom racing? To keep their town safe, it&amp;#039;s imperative that nothing go wrong. But when one of Honeysuckle&amp;#039;s most important residents is attacked, leaving him on the brink of death, it&amp;#039;s up to Charli Goodwin to convince the two men pursuing her to work together to catch the culprit and save a life. Who&amp;#039;s fanning the flames and turning up the heat? Will the love triangle prove too hot and spicy or will Charli, Mason, and Dash be able to put aside personal feelings to capture the villain before the town and its people get charred?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barbecue &amp;amp; Brooms
Series: #4 of Southern Charms Cozy Mystery
Author: Bella Falls
Narrator: Johanna Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Magic and mystery are only part of the Southern Charms of Honeysuckle Hollow . . . With Charleston&amp;#039;s council poised to take over Honeysuckle Hollow, the town and all of its people must band together to prove they don&amp;#039;t need to be absorbed into the big city magical district. What better way to show off the small supernatural Southern town than to host a barbecue contest and some classic broom racing? To keep their town safe, it&amp;#039;s imperative that nothing go wrong. But when one of Honeysuckle&amp;#039;s most important residents is attacked, leaving him on the brink of death, it&amp;#039;s up to Charli Goodwin to convince the two men pursuing her to work together to catch the culprit and save a life. Who&amp;#039;s fanning the flames and turning up the heat? Will the love triangle prove too hot and spicy or will Charli, Mason, and Dash be able to put aside personal feelings to capture the villain before the town and its people get charred?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stitches and Witches by Nancy Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stitches and Witches
Series: #2 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Elderflower Tea Shop is next door to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, the yarn shop Lucy runs and home to the late-night Vampire Knitting Club. The tea shop owners are a pair of octogenarian spinsters and old family friends, so Lucy wants to help clear up the mystery that&amp;#039;s keeping their shop closed. But murder isn&amp;#039;t the only issue troubling the Miss Watts. A man has come between them. Miss Florence Watt is being romanced by an old flame, one Mary Watt distrusts.   In between figuring out who, among his many enemies, might have poisoned the unpleasant Colonel Montague, Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to brush up on her magic spells before the Wiccan potluck dinner her witchy cousin insists she attend. However, she&amp;#039;s still settling into being a witch and since she botched a spell and blew up her kitchen, she&amp;#039;s taking the magic slowly.   Her knitting endeavors aren&amp;#039;t much better. Between purling when she should knit and dropping so many stitches her hand-knit scarf looks like it was attacked by giant moths, there are days Lucy thinks she&amp;#039;ll pack it all in and move back to Boston. She might, except she&amp;#039;d miss her beloved undead grandmother, her new friends, one very sexy vampire, and a local detective who is very much alive.</description>
      <author>Nancy Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349897.mp3" length="8405055" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349897.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stitches and Witches
Series: #2 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Elderflower Tea Shop is next door to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, the yarn shop Lucy runs and home to the late-night Vampire Knitting Club. The tea shop owners are a pair of octogenarian spinsters and old family friends, so Lucy wants to help clear up the mystery that&amp;#039;s keeping their shop closed. But murder isn&amp;#039;t the only issue troubling the Miss Watts. A man has come between them. Miss Florence Watt is being romanced by an old flame, one Mary Watt distrusts.   In between figuring out who, among his many enemies, might have poisoned the unpleasant Colonel Montague, Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to brush up on her magic spells before the Wiccan potluck dinner her witchy cousin insists she attend. However, she&amp;#039;s still settling into being a witch and since she botched a spell and blew up her kitchen, she&amp;#039;s taking the magic slowly.   Her knitting endeavors aren&amp;#039;t much better. Between purling when she should knit and dropping so many stitches her hand-knit scarf looks like it was attacked by giant moths, there are days Lucy thinks she&amp;#039;ll pack it all in and move back to Boston. She might, except she&amp;#039;d miss her beloved undead grandmother, her new friends, one very sexy vampire, and a local detective who is very much alive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stitches and Witches
Series: #2 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Elderflower Tea Shop is next door to Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, the yarn shop Lucy runs and home to the late-night Vampire Knitting Club. The tea shop owners are a pair of octogenarian spinsters and old family friends, so Lucy wants to help clear up the mystery that&amp;#039;s keeping their shop closed. But murder isn&amp;#039;t the only issue troubling the Miss Watts. A man has come between them. Miss Florence Watt is being romanced by an old flame, one Mary Watt distrusts.   In between figuring out who, among his many enemies, might have poisoned the unpleasant Colonel Montague, Lucy&amp;#039;s trying to brush up on her magic spells before the Wiccan potluck dinner her witchy cousin insists she attend. However, she&amp;#039;s still settling into being a witch and since she botched a spell and blew up her kitchen, she&amp;#039;s taking the magic slowly.   Her knitting endeavors aren&amp;#039;t much better. Between purling when she should knit and dropping so many stitches her hand-knit scarf looks like it was attacked by giant moths, there are days Lucy thinks she&amp;#039;ll pack it all in and move back to Boston. She might, except she&amp;#039;d miss her beloved undead grandmother, her new friends, one very sexy vampire, and a local detective who is very much alive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sea of Lost Girls: A Novel by Carol Goodman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sea of Lost Girls: A Novel
Author: Carol Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Naudus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Daphne du Maurier, Shari Lapena, and Michelle Richmond comes a new thriller from the bestselling author of The Lake of Dead Languages—a twisty, harrowing story set at a prestigious prep school in which one woman&amp;#039;s carefully hidden past might destroy her future. Tess has worked hard to keep her past buried, where it belongs. Now she’s the wife to a respected professor at an elite boarding school, where she also teaches. Her seventeen-year-old son, Rudy, whose dark moods and complicated behavior she’s long worried about, seems to be thriving: he has a lead role in the school play and a smart and ambitious girlfriend. Tess tries not to think about the mistakes she made eighteen years ago, and mostly, she succeeds.  And then one more morning she gets a text at 2:50 AM: it’s Rudy, asking for help. When Tess picks him up she finds him drenched and shivering, with a dark stain on his sweatshirt. Four hours later, Tess gets a phone call from the Haywood school headmistress: Lila Zeller, Rudy&amp;#039;s girlfriend, has been found dead on the beach, not far from where Tess found Rudy just hours before.  As the investigation into Lila&amp;#039;s death escalates, Tess finds her family attacked on all sides. What first seemed like a tragic accidental death is turning into something far more sinister, and not only is Tess’s son a suspect but her husband is a person of interest too. But Lila’s death isn&amp;#039;t the first blemish on Haywood&amp;#039;s record, and the more Tess learns about Haywood’s fabled history, the more she realizes that not all skeletons will stay safely locked in the closet.</description>
      <author>Carol Goodman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062987785.mp3" length="1425338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062987785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sea of Lost Girls: A Novel
Author: Carol Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Naudus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Daphne du Maurier, Shari Lapena, and Michelle Richmond comes a new thriller from the bestselling author of The Lake of Dead Languages—a twisty, harrowing story set at a prestigious prep school in which one woman&amp;#039;s carefully hidden past might destroy her future. Tess has worked hard to keep her past buried, where it belongs. Now she’s the wife to a respected professor at an elite boarding school, where she also teaches. Her seventeen-year-old son, Rudy, whose dark moods and complicated behavior she’s long worried about, seems to be thriving: he has a lead role in the school play and a smart and ambitious girlfriend. Tess tries not to think about the mistakes she made eighteen years ago, and mostly, she succeeds.  And then one more morning she gets a text at 2:50 AM: it’s Rudy, asking for help. When Tess picks him up she finds him drenched and shivering, with a dark stain on his sweatshirt. Four hours later, Tess gets a phone call from the Haywood school headmistress: Lila Zeller, Rudy&amp;#039;s girlfriend, has been found dead on the beach, not far from where Tess found Rudy just hours before.  As the investigation into Lila&amp;#039;s death escalates, Tess finds her family attacked on all sides. What first seemed like a tragic accidental death is turning into something far more sinister, and not only is Tess’s son a suspect but her husband is a person of interest too. But Lila’s death isn&amp;#039;t the first blemish on Haywood&amp;#039;s record, and the more Tess learns about Haywood’s fabled history, the more she realizes that not all skeletons will stay safely locked in the closet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sea of Lost Girls: A Novel
Author: Carol Goodman
Narrator: Natalie Naudus
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Daphne du Maurier, Shari Lapena, and Michelle Richmond comes a new thriller from the bestselling author of The Lake of Dead Languages—a twisty, harrowing story set at a prestigious prep school in which one woman&amp;#039;s carefully hidden past might destroy her future. Tess has worked hard to keep her past buried, where it belongs. Now she’s the wife to a respected professor at an elite boarding school, where she also teaches. Her seventeen-year-old son, Rudy, whose dark moods and complicated behavior she’s long worried about, seems to be thriving: he has a lead role in the school play and a smart and ambitious girlfriend. Tess tries not to think about the mistakes she made eighteen years ago, and mostly, she succeeds.  And then one more morning she gets a text at 2:50 AM: it’s Rudy, asking for help. When Tess picks him up she finds him drenched and shivering, with a dark stain on his sweatshirt. Four hours later, Tess gets a phone call from the Haywood school headmistress: Lila Zeller, Rudy&amp;#039;s girlfriend, has been found dead on the beach, not far from where Tess found Rudy just hours before.  As the investigation into Lila&amp;#039;s death escalates, Tess finds her family attacked on all sides. What first seemed like a tragic accidental death is turning into something far more sinister, and not only is Tess’s son a suspect but her husband is a person of interest too. But Lila’s death isn&amp;#039;t the first blemish on Haywood&amp;#039;s record, and the more Tess learns about Haywood’s fabled history, the more she realizes that not all skeletons will stay safely locked in the closet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Ride Upon Sticks: A Novel (Alex Award Winner) by Quan Barry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Ride Upon Sticks: A Novel (Alex Award Winner)
Author: Quan Barry
Narrator: Isabel Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;We Ride Upon Sticks . . . is for the kind of adults who watch Stranger Things and still have, somewhere, an athletic award inscribed on a paper plate.&amp;#039; —NPR  ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: NPR • TIME • BOOK RIOT • LITHUB • KIRKUS REVIEWS  Acclaimed novelist Quan Barry delivers a tour de female force in this delightful novel. Set in the coastal town of Danvers, Massachusetts, where the accusations began that led to the 1692 witch trials, We Ride Upon Sticks follows the 1989 Danvers High School Falcons field hockey team, who will do anything to make it to the state finals—even if it means tapping into some devilishly dark powers. In chapters dense with 1980s iconography—from Heathers to &amp;#039;big hair&amp;#039;—Barry expertly weaves together the individual and collective progress of this enchanted team as they storm their way through an unforgettable season.     Helmed by good-girl captain Abby Putnam (a descendant of the infamous Salem accuser Ann Putnam) and her co-captain Jen Fiorenza (whose bleached blond “Claw” sees and knows all), the Falcons prove to be wily, original, and bold, flaunting society&amp;#039;s stale notions of femininity in order to find their glorious true selves through the crucible of team sport and, more importantly, friendship.</description>
      <author>Quan Barry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593170311.mp3" length="2821728" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593170311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Ride Upon Sticks: A Novel (Alex Award Winner)
Author: Quan Barry
Narrator: Isabel Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;We Ride Upon Sticks . . . is for the kind of adults who watch Stranger Things and still have, somewhere, an athletic award inscribed on a paper plate.&amp;#039; —NPR  ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: NPR • TIME • BOOK RIOT • LITHUB • KIRKUS REVIEWS  Acclaimed novelist Quan Barry delivers a tour de female force in this delightful novel. Set in the coastal town of Danvers, Massachusetts, where the accusations began that led to the 1692 witch trials, We Ride Upon Sticks follows the 1989 Danvers High School Falcons field hockey team, who will do anything to make it to the state finals—even if it means tapping into some devilishly dark powers. In chapters dense with 1980s iconography—from Heathers to &amp;#039;big hair&amp;#039;—Barry expertly weaves together the individual and collective progress of this enchanted team as they storm their way through an unforgettable season.     Helmed by good-girl captain Abby Putnam (a descendant of the infamous Salem accuser Ann Putnam) and her co-captain Jen Fiorenza (whose bleached blond “Claw” sees and knows all), the Falcons prove to be wily, original, and bold, flaunting society&amp;#039;s stale notions of femininity in order to find their glorious true selves through the crucible of team sport and, more importantly, friendship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Ride Upon Sticks: A Novel (Alex Award Winner)
Author: Quan Barry
Narrator: Isabel Keating
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;We Ride Upon Sticks . . . is for the kind of adults who watch Stranger Things and still have, somewhere, an athletic award inscribed on a paper plate.&amp;#039; —NPR  ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: NPR • TIME • BOOK RIOT • LITHUB • KIRKUS REVIEWS  Acclaimed novelist Quan Barry delivers a tour de female force in this delightful novel. Set in the coastal town of Danvers, Massachusetts, where the accusations began that led to the 1692 witch trials, We Ride Upon Sticks follows the 1989 Danvers High School Falcons field hockey team, who will do anything to make it to the state finals—even if it means tapping into some devilishly dark powers. In chapters dense with 1980s iconography—from Heathers to &amp;#039;big hair&amp;#039;—Barry expertly weaves together the individual and collective progress of this enchanted team as they storm their way through an unforgettable season.     Helmed by good-girl captain Abby Putnam (a descendant of the infamous Salem accuser Ann Putnam) and her co-captain Jen Fiorenza (whose bleached blond “Claw” sees and knows all), the Falcons prove to be wily, original, and bold, flaunting society&amp;#039;s stale notions of femininity in order to find their glorious true selves through the crucible of team sport and, more importantly, friendship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Séance: Tales of the Supernatural by Agatha Christie by Agatha Christie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Séance: Tales of the Supernatural by Agatha Christie
Series: Part of Collins Chillers
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Fenella Woolgar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Queen of Crime, the first time all of her spookiest and most macabre stories have been collected in one volume.           ‘From behind the curtains there still sounded the terrible high long-drawn scream – such a scream as Raoul had never heard. It died away with a horrible kind of gurgle. Then there came the thud of a body falling…’           For lovers of the supernatural and the macabre comes this collection of ghostly and chilling tales from Agatha Christie. Acknowledged the world over as the undisputed Queen of Crime, in fact she dabbled in her early writing career with mysteries of a more unearthly kind – stories featuring fantastic psychic visions, spectres looming in the shadows, encounters with deities, eerie messages from the Other Side, even a man who switches bodies with a cat…           This haunting compendium gathers together all of Christie’s spookiest and most macabre short stories, some featuring her timeless detectives Hercule Poirot and Miss Marple. Finally together in one volume, it shines a light on the darker side of Agatha Christie, one that she herself relished, identifying ten of them as ‘my own favourite stories written soon after The Mysterious Affair at Styles, some before that’.                        - Contains 20 stories: The Last Séance • In a Glass Darkly • The Adventure of the Egyptian Tomb • SOS • The Fourth Man • The Idol House of Astarte • The Gipsy • Philomel Cottage • The Dream • The Lamp • Wireless • The Mystery of the Blue Jar • The Blue Geranium • The Wife of the Kenite • The Strange Case of Sir Arthur Carmichael • The Call of Wings • The Red Signal • The Flock of Geryon • The Dressmaker’s Doll • The Hound of Death                      ‘Reading a perfectly plotted Agatha Christie is like crunching into a perfect apple: pure, crisp, absolute satisfaction.’ TANA FRENCH</description>
      <author>Agatha Christie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008371234.mp3" length="1401146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008371234.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Séance: Tales of the Supernatural by Agatha Christie
Series: Part of Collins Chillers
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Fenella Woolgar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Queen of Crime, the first time all of her spookiest and most macabre stories have been collected in one volume.           ‘From behind the curtains there still sounded the terrible high long-drawn scream – such a scream as Raoul had never heard. It died away with a horrible kind of gurgle. Then there came the thud of a body falling…’           For lovers of the supernatural and the macabre comes this collection of ghostly and chilling tales from Agatha Christie. Acknowledged the world over as the undisputed Queen of Crime, in fact she dabbled in her early writing career with mysteries of a more unearthly kind – stories featuring fantastic psychic visions, spectres looming in the shadows, encounters with deities, eerie messages from the Other Side, even a man who switches bodies with a cat…           This haunting compendium gathers together all of Christie’s spookiest and most macabre short stories, some featuring her timeless detectives Hercule Poirot and Miss Marple. Finally together in one volume, it shines a light on the darker side of Agatha Christie, one that she herself relished, identifying ten of them as ‘my own favourite stories written soon after The Mysterious Affair at Styles, some before that’.                        - Contains 20 stories: The Last Séance • In a Glass Darkly • The Adventure of the Egyptian Tomb • SOS • The Fourth Man • The Idol House of Astarte • The Gipsy • Philomel Cottage • The Dream • The Lamp • Wireless • The Mystery of the Blue Jar • The Blue Geranium • The Wife of the Kenite • The Strange Case of Sir Arthur Carmichael • The Call of Wings • The Red Signal • The Flock of Geryon • The Dressmaker’s Doll • The Hound of Death                      ‘Reading a perfectly plotted Agatha Christie is like crunching into a perfect apple: pure, crisp, absolute satisfaction.’ TANA FRENCH</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Séance: Tales of the Supernatural by Agatha Christie
Series: Part of Collins Chillers
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Fenella Woolgar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the Queen of Crime, the first time all of her spookiest and most macabre stories have been collected in one volume.           ‘From behind the curtains there still sounded the terrible high long-drawn scream – such a scream as Raoul had never heard. It died away with a horrible kind of gurgle. Then there came the thud of a body falling…’           For lovers of the supernatural and the macabre comes this collection of ghostly and chilling tales from Agatha Christie. Acknowledged the world over as the undisputed Queen of Crime, in fact she dabbled in her early writing career with mysteries of a more unearthly kind – stories featuring fantastic psychic visions, spectres looming in the shadows, encounters with deities, eerie messages from the Other Side, even a man who switches bodies with a cat…           This haunting compendium gathers together all of Christie’s spookiest and most macabre short stories, some featuring her timeless detectives Hercule Poirot and Miss Marple. Finally together in one volume, it shines a light on the darker side of Agatha Christie, one that she herself relished, identifying ten of them as ‘my own favourite stories written soon after The Mysterious Affair at Styles, some before that’.                        - Contains 20 stories: The Last Séance • In a Glass Darkly • The Adventure of the Egyptian Tomb • SOS • The Fourth Man • The Idol House of Astarte • The Gipsy • Philomel Cottage • The Dream • The Lamp • Wireless • The Mystery of the Blue Jar • The Blue Geranium • The Wife of the Kenite • The Strange Case of Sir Arthur Carmichael • The Call of Wings • The Red Signal • The Flock of Geryon • The Dressmaker’s Doll • The Hound of Death                      ‘Reading a perfectly plotted Agatha Christie is like crunching into a perfect apple: pure, crisp, absolute satisfaction.’ TANA FRENCH</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better Dead by Pamela Kopfler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Dead
Series: #1 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Burl Davis checked out of this life a little earlier than expected—before Holly could serve him with divorce papers over his extramarital flings. Unfortunately, it was not before he nearly bankrupted her beloved B&amp;amp;B, Holly Grove, a converted plantation that has been in her family for generations. Holly would never wish anyone dead, but three months later, she&amp;#039;s feeling a lot more relief than grief. But then Burl&amp;#039;s ghost appears as an unwelcome guest. Before his spirit can move on, her not-so-dearly departed needs Holly’s help to bust up the drug-smuggling ring he was involved with. She has reservations, to say the least, but agrees to assist him if he’ll make a show of haunting the B&amp;amp;B to draw in visitors. But when Holly’s former love, Jack McCann, mysteriously resurfaces in town and checks in, she has to wonder if her B&amp;amp;B is big enough for the ghost of her husband and the very real physical presence of her old flame.</description>
      <author>Pamela Kopfler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666572711.mp3" length="845410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666572711.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Dead
Series: #1 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Burl Davis checked out of this life a little earlier than expected—before Holly could serve him with divorce papers over his extramarital flings. Unfortunately, it was not before he nearly bankrupted her beloved B&amp;amp;B, Holly Grove, a converted plantation that has been in her family for generations. Holly would never wish anyone dead, but three months later, she&amp;#039;s feeling a lot more relief than grief. But then Burl&amp;#039;s ghost appears as an unwelcome guest. Before his spirit can move on, her not-so-dearly departed needs Holly’s help to bust up the drug-smuggling ring he was involved with. She has reservations, to say the least, but agrees to assist him if he’ll make a show of haunting the B&amp;amp;B to draw in visitors. But when Holly’s former love, Jack McCann, mysteriously resurfaces in town and checks in, she has to wonder if her B&amp;amp;B is big enough for the ghost of her husband and the very real physical presence of her old flame.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Dead
Series: #1 of A B&amp;amp;B Spirits Mystery Book
Author: Pamela Kopfler
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Burl Davis checked out of this life a little earlier than expected—before Holly could serve him with divorce papers over his extramarital flings. Unfortunately, it was not before he nearly bankrupted her beloved B&amp;amp;B, Holly Grove, a converted plantation that has been in her family for generations. Holly would never wish anyone dead, but three months later, she&amp;#039;s feeling a lot more relief than grief. But then Burl&amp;#039;s ghost appears as an unwelcome guest. Before his spirit can move on, her not-so-dearly departed needs Holly’s help to bust up the drug-smuggling ring he was involved with. She has reservations, to say the least, but agrees to assist him if he’ll make a show of haunting the B&amp;amp;B to draw in visitors. But when Holly’s former love, Jack McCann, mysteriously resurfaces in town and checks in, she has to wonder if her B&amp;amp;B is big enough for the ghost of her husband and the very real physical presence of her old flame.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trolls by Stefan Spjut</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trolls
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A large wolf escapes its captors. A cult leader breaks out of psychiatric care. A disillusioned woman is forced to end her self-imposed exile. Stefan Spjut&amp;#039;s latest novel explores the ancient notion that our forests may be inhabited by beings we do not understand, creatures neither animal nor human, living in the shadows . . . Thriller, horror fiction, suspense, Trolls is set ten years on from hit novel Stallo, as Susso Myrén&amp;#039;s world once again starts to shift around her.</description>
      <author>Stefan Spjut</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528875035.mp3" length="824033" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528875035.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trolls
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A large wolf escapes its captors. A cult leader breaks out of psychiatric care. A disillusioned woman is forced to end her self-imposed exile. Stefan Spjut&amp;#039;s latest novel explores the ancient notion that our forests may be inhabited by beings we do not understand, creatures neither animal nor human, living in the shadows . . . Thriller, horror fiction, suspense, Trolls is set ten years on from hit novel Stallo, as Susso Myrén&amp;#039;s world once again starts to shift around her.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trolls
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A large wolf escapes its captors. A cult leader breaks out of psychiatric care. A disillusioned woman is forced to end her self-imposed exile. Stefan Spjut&amp;#039;s latest novel explores the ancient notion that our forests may be inhabited by beings we do not understand, creatures neither animal nor human, living in the shadows . . . Thriller, horror fiction, suspense, Trolls is set ten years on from hit novel Stallo, as Susso Myrén&amp;#039;s world once again starts to shift around her.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Warm Up: A Tor.Com Original Prequel to &amp;#039;Vicious&amp;#039; by V. E. Schwab</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warm Up: A Tor.Com Original Prequel to &amp;#039;Vicious&amp;#039;
Series: #0.5 of Villains
Author: V. E. Schwab
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of the Shades of Magic series, The Near Witch, and The Archived, comes &amp;#039;Warm Up,&amp;#039; a Tor.com Original prequel story to V. E. Schwab&amp;#039;s Vicious  It&amp;#039;s been 297 days since David died--and came back. He may have survived the avalanche, but the aftermath has been far worse. His wife moved out, taking his son with her, and a devastated David hasn&amp;#039;t left his house since, terrified of the mysterious new power that followed him home from the ill-fated expedition. After months in seclusion, David&amp;#039;s ready for a fresh start, and ventures out, determined to keep his power in check.  But David&amp;#039;s power isn&amp;#039;t the one he needs to worry about.</description>
      <author>V. E. Schwab</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250624444.mp3" length="505185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250624444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warm Up: A Tor.Com Original Prequel to &amp;#039;Vicious&amp;#039;
Series: #0.5 of Villains
Author: V. E. Schwab
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of the Shades of Magic series, The Near Witch, and The Archived, comes &amp;#039;Warm Up,&amp;#039; a Tor.com Original prequel story to V. E. Schwab&amp;#039;s Vicious  It&amp;#039;s been 297 days since David died--and came back. He may have survived the avalanche, but the aftermath has been far worse. His wife moved out, taking his son with her, and a devastated David hasn&amp;#039;t left his house since, terrified of the mysterious new power that followed him home from the ill-fated expedition. After months in seclusion, David&amp;#039;s ready for a fresh start, and ventures out, determined to keep his power in check.  But David&amp;#039;s power isn&amp;#039;t the one he needs to worry about.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warm Up: A Tor.Com Original Prequel to &amp;#039;Vicious&amp;#039;
Series: #0.5 of Villains
Author: V. E. Schwab
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of the Shades of Magic series, The Near Witch, and The Archived, comes &amp;#039;Warm Up,&amp;#039; a Tor.com Original prequel story to V. E. Schwab&amp;#039;s Vicious  It&amp;#039;s been 297 days since David died--and came back. He may have survived the avalanche, but the aftermath has been far worse. His wife moved out, taking his son with her, and a devastated David hasn&amp;#039;t left his house since, terrified of the mysterious new power that followed him home from the ill-fated expedition. After months in seclusion, David&amp;#039;s ready for a fresh start, and ventures out, determined to keep his power in check.  But David&amp;#039;s power isn&amp;#039;t the one he needs to worry about.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Grave Conjuring by Michelle Dorey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grave Conjuring
Series: #2 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two orphaned sisters. A spirit without a grave. Can two orphans solve a murder before death claims another victim? Ashley and Maya wish they could take back the hurtful things they told their parents before the deadly car crash. Two years later, the young orphans try to make the most of their new life with their lonely aunt. But the remote lake house in upstate New York doesn&amp;#039;t feel like home without their mother&amp;#039;s touch. When the girls discover a Ouija board in the dusty attic, they think they&amp;#039;ve finally found a way to tell their deceased mother how they really feel. With help from a séance-savvy friend and a couple of neighborhood troublemakers, the girls summon the spirits . . . and an unsolved murder mystery. When a restless ghost terrorizes the household, the sisters know they&amp;#039;ll never be free of her menacing presence until they help her rest in peace. If the girls don&amp;#039;t find her body soon, the portal they opened will cast them all into the world of the dead.</description>
      <author>Michelle Dorey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170388.mp3" length="7786573" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170388.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grave Conjuring
Series: #2 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two orphaned sisters. A spirit without a grave. Can two orphans solve a murder before death claims another victim? Ashley and Maya wish they could take back the hurtful things they told their parents before the deadly car crash. Two years later, the young orphans try to make the most of their new life with their lonely aunt. But the remote lake house in upstate New York doesn&amp;#039;t feel like home without their mother&amp;#039;s touch. When the girls discover a Ouija board in the dusty attic, they think they&amp;#039;ve finally found a way to tell their deceased mother how they really feel. With help from a séance-savvy friend and a couple of neighborhood troublemakers, the girls summon the spirits . . . and an unsolved murder mystery. When a restless ghost terrorizes the household, the sisters know they&amp;#039;ll never be free of her menacing presence until they help her rest in peace. If the girls don&amp;#039;t find her body soon, the portal they opened will cast them all into the world of the dead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Grave Conjuring
Series: #2 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Two orphaned sisters. A spirit without a grave. Can two orphans solve a murder before death claims another victim? Ashley and Maya wish they could take back the hurtful things they told their parents before the deadly car crash. Two years later, the young orphans try to make the most of their new life with their lonely aunt. But the remote lake house in upstate New York doesn&amp;#039;t feel like home without their mother&amp;#039;s touch. When the girls discover a Ouija board in the dusty attic, they think they&amp;#039;ve finally found a way to tell their deceased mother how they really feel. With help from a séance-savvy friend and a couple of neighborhood troublemakers, the girls summon the spirits . . . and an unsolved murder mystery. When a restless ghost terrorizes the household, the sisters know they&amp;#039;ll never be free of her menacing presence until they help her rest in peace. If the girls don&amp;#039;t find her body soon, the portal they opened will cast them all into the world of the dead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Wake an Undead City by Hailey Edwards</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Wake an Undead City
Series: #6 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hailey Edwards presents Book 6 in the Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy series. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Hailey Edwards</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977342164.mp3" length="7624879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977342164.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Wake an Undead City
Series: #6 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hailey Edwards presents Book 6 in the Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy series. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Wake an Undead City
Series: #6 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hailey Edwards presents Book 6 in the Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy series. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Follow Me To Ground by Sue Rainsford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Me To Ground
Author: Sue Rainsford
Narrator: Jamael Westman, Crystal Clarke, Kate Handford, Francine Brody, Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Weird, tender, haunted. A deeply affecting spectacle, equal parts beauty and horror, and unlike anything you will read this year’  TEA OBREHT, author of Orange Prize winner, The Tiger’s Wife  LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 &amp;#039;Fierce, palpable, hynoptic. A dazzling, troubling dream&amp;#039; COLIN BARRETT In house in a wood, Ada and her father live peacefully, tending to their garden and the wildlife in it.  They are not human though. Ada was made by her father from the Ground, a unique patch of earth with birthing and healing properties. Though perhaps he didn’t get her quite right. They spend their days healing the local human folk – named Cures - who visit them, suspiciously, with their ailments.  When Ada embarks on a relationship with a local Cure named Samson, and is forced to choose between her old life with her father, and a new one with her human lover. Her decision will uproot the town – and the Ground itself – for ever. A poised and simmering tour-de-force, FOLLOW ME TO GROUND is a sinister vision of desire and freewill, voiced in earthy prose and eviscerating detail by an astoundingly original new writer. LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 (c) 2019, Sue Rainsford (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Sue Rainsford</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473575332.mp3" length="1015549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473575332.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Me To Ground
Author: Sue Rainsford
Narrator: Jamael Westman, Crystal Clarke, Kate Handford, Francine Brody, Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Weird, tender, haunted. A deeply affecting spectacle, equal parts beauty and horror, and unlike anything you will read this year’  TEA OBREHT, author of Orange Prize winner, The Tiger’s Wife  LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 &amp;#039;Fierce, palpable, hynoptic. A dazzling, troubling dream&amp;#039; COLIN BARRETT In house in a wood, Ada and her father live peacefully, tending to their garden and the wildlife in it.  They are not human though. Ada was made by her father from the Ground, a unique patch of earth with birthing and healing properties. Though perhaps he didn’t get her quite right. They spend their days healing the local human folk – named Cures - who visit them, suspiciously, with their ailments.  When Ada embarks on a relationship with a local Cure named Samson, and is forced to choose between her old life with her father, and a new one with her human lover. Her decision will uproot the town – and the Ground itself – for ever. A poised and simmering tour-de-force, FOLLOW ME TO GROUND is a sinister vision of desire and freewill, voiced in earthy prose and eviscerating detail by an astoundingly original new writer. LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 (c) 2019, Sue Rainsford (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Follow Me To Ground
Author: Sue Rainsford
Narrator: Jamael Westman, Crystal Clarke, Kate Handford, Francine Brody, Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  &amp;#039;Weird, tender, haunted. A deeply affecting spectacle, equal parts beauty and horror, and unlike anything you will read this year’  TEA OBREHT, author of Orange Prize winner, The Tiger’s Wife  LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 &amp;#039;Fierce, palpable, hynoptic. A dazzling, troubling dream&amp;#039; COLIN BARRETT In house in a wood, Ada and her father live peacefully, tending to their garden and the wildlife in it.  They are not human though. Ada was made by her father from the Ground, a unique patch of earth with birthing and healing properties. Though perhaps he didn’t get her quite right. They spend their days healing the local human folk – named Cures - who visit them, suspiciously, with their ailments.  When Ada embarks on a relationship with a local Cure named Samson, and is forced to choose between her old life with her father, and a new one with her human lover. Her decision will uproot the town – and the Ground itself – for ever. A poised and simmering tour-de-force, FOLLOW ME TO GROUND is a sinister vision of desire and freewill, voiced in earthy prose and eviscerating detail by an astoundingly original new writer. LONGLISTED FOR THE DESMOND ELLIOT PRIZE 2019 (c) 2019, Sue Rainsford (P) 2019 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kitty Confidential by Molly Fitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kitty Confidential
Series: #1 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I was just your normal twenty-something with seven associate degrees and no idea what I wanted to do with my life. That is, until I died . . . Well, almost. As if a near-death experience at the hands of an old coffeemaker wasn&amp;#039;t embarrassing enough, I woke up to find I could talk to animals. Or rather one animal in particular. His full name is Octavius Maxwell Ricardo Edmund Frederick Fulton, but since that&amp;#039;s way too long for anyone to remember, I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling him Octo-Cat. He talks so fast he can be difficult to understand, but seems to be telling me that his late owner didn&amp;#039;t die of natural causes like everyone believes. Well, now it looks like I no longer have a choice, apparently my life calling is to serve as Blueberry Bay&amp;#039;s first ever pet whisperer P.I. while maintaining my façade as a paralegal at the offices of Fulton, Thompson &amp;amp; Associates.   I just have one question: How did Dr. Doolittle make this gig look so easy?</description>
      <author>Molly Fitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155698.mp3" length="8440554" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155698.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kitty Confidential
Series: #1 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I was just your normal twenty-something with seven associate degrees and no idea what I wanted to do with my life. That is, until I died . . . Well, almost. As if a near-death experience at the hands of an old coffeemaker wasn&amp;#039;t embarrassing enough, I woke up to find I could talk to animals. Or rather one animal in particular. His full name is Octavius Maxwell Ricardo Edmund Frederick Fulton, but since that&amp;#039;s way too long for anyone to remember, I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling him Octo-Cat. He talks so fast he can be difficult to understand, but seems to be telling me that his late owner didn&amp;#039;t die of natural causes like everyone believes. Well, now it looks like I no longer have a choice, apparently my life calling is to serve as Blueberry Bay&amp;#039;s first ever pet whisperer P.I. while maintaining my façade as a paralegal at the offices of Fulton, Thompson &amp;amp; Associates.   I just have one question: How did Dr. Doolittle make this gig look so easy?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kitty Confidential
Series: #1 of Pet Whisperer P.I.
Author: Molly Fitz
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
I was just your normal twenty-something with seven associate degrees and no idea what I wanted to do with my life. That is, until I died . . . Well, almost. As if a near-death experience at the hands of an old coffeemaker wasn&amp;#039;t embarrassing enough, I woke up to find I could talk to animals. Or rather one animal in particular. His full name is Octavius Maxwell Ricardo Edmund Frederick Fulton, but since that&amp;#039;s way too long for anyone to remember, I&amp;#039;ve taken to calling him Octo-Cat. He talks so fast he can be difficult to understand, but seems to be telling me that his late owner didn&amp;#039;t die of natural causes like everyone believes. Well, now it looks like I no longer have a choice, apparently my life calling is to serve as Blueberry Bay&amp;#039;s first ever pet whisperer P.I. while maintaining my façade as a paralegal at the offices of Fulton, Thompson &amp;amp; Associates.   I just have one question: How did Dr. Doolittle make this gig look so easy?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sun Down Motel by Simone St. James</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sun Down Motel
Author: Simone St. James
Narrator: Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 116 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 40
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Something hasn’t been right at the roadside Sun Down Motel for a very long time, and Carly Kirk is about to find out why in this chilling new novel from the New York Times bestselling and award-winning author of The Broken Girls. Upstate New York, 1982. Viv Delaney wants to move to New York City, and to help pay for it she takes a job as the night clerk at the Sun Down Motel in Fell, New York. But something isnʼt right at the motel, something haunting and scary. Upstate New York, 2017. Carly Kirk has never been able to let go of the story of her aunt Viv, who mysteriously disappeared from the Sun Down before she was born. She decides to move to Fell and visit the motel, where she quickly learns that nothing has changed since 1982. And she soon finds herself ensnared in the same mysteries that claimed her aunt.</description>
      <author>Simone St. James</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165782.mp3" length="2627378" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sun Down Motel
Author: Simone St. James
Narrator: Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 116 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 40
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Something hasn’t been right at the roadside Sun Down Motel for a very long time, and Carly Kirk is about to find out why in this chilling new novel from the New York Times bestselling and award-winning author of The Broken Girls. Upstate New York, 1982. Viv Delaney wants to move to New York City, and to help pay for it she takes a job as the night clerk at the Sun Down Motel in Fell, New York. But something isnʼt right at the motel, something haunting and scary. Upstate New York, 2017. Carly Kirk has never been able to let go of the story of her aunt Viv, who mysteriously disappeared from the Sun Down before she was born. She decides to move to Fell and visit the motel, where she quickly learns that nothing has changed since 1982. And she soon finds herself ensnared in the same mysteries that claimed her aunt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sun Down Motel
Author: Simone St. James
Narrator: Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 116 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 40
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Something hasn’t been right at the roadside Sun Down Motel for a very long time, and Carly Kirk is about to find out why in this chilling new novel from the New York Times bestselling and award-winning author of The Broken Girls. Upstate New York, 1982. Viv Delaney wants to move to New York City, and to help pay for it she takes a job as the night clerk at the Sun Down Motel in Fell, New York. But something isnʼt right at the motel, something haunting and scary. Upstate New York, 2017. Carly Kirk has never been able to let go of the story of her aunt Viv, who mysteriously disappeared from the Sun Down before she was born. She decides to move to Fell and visit the motel, where she quickly learns that nothing has changed since 1982. And she soon finds herself ensnared in the same mysteries that claimed her aunt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Japanese Ghost Stories: Penguin Classics by Lafcadio Hearn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japanese Ghost Stories: Penguin Classics
Author: Lafcadio Hearn
Narrator: Eleanor Matsuura
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. This Penguin Classic is performed by Eleanor Matsuura, known for AMC&amp;#039;s The Walking Dead and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Paul Murray. In this collection of classic ghost stories from Japan, beautiful princesses turn out to be frogs, paintings come alive, deadly spectral brides haunt the living and a samurai delivers the baby of a Shinto goddess with mystical help. Here are all the phantoms and ghouls of Japanese folklore: &amp;#039;rokuro-kubi&amp;#039;, whose heads separate from their bodies at night; &amp;#039;jikininki&amp;#039;, or flesh-eating goblins; and terrifying faceless &amp;#039;mujina&amp;#039; who haunt lonely neighbourhoods. Lafcadio Hearn, a master storyteller, drew on traditional Japanese folklore, infused with memories of his own haunted childhood in Ireland, to create these chilling tales. They are today regarded in Japan as classics in their own right.</description>
      <author>Lafcadio Hearn</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241426050.mp3" length="1457218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241426050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japanese Ghost Stories: Penguin Classics
Author: Lafcadio Hearn
Narrator: Eleanor Matsuura
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. This Penguin Classic is performed by Eleanor Matsuura, known for AMC&amp;#039;s The Walking Dead and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Paul Murray. In this collection of classic ghost stories from Japan, beautiful princesses turn out to be frogs, paintings come alive, deadly spectral brides haunt the living and a samurai delivers the baby of a Shinto goddess with mystical help. Here are all the phantoms and ghouls of Japanese folklore: &amp;#039;rokuro-kubi&amp;#039;, whose heads separate from their bodies at night; &amp;#039;jikininki&amp;#039;, or flesh-eating goblins; and terrifying faceless &amp;#039;mujina&amp;#039; who haunt lonely neighbourhoods. Lafcadio Hearn, a master storyteller, drew on traditional Japanese folklore, infused with memories of his own haunted childhood in Ireland, to create these chilling tales. They are today regarded in Japan as classics in their own right.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japanese Ghost Stories: Penguin Classics
Author: Lafcadio Hearn
Narrator: Eleanor Matsuura
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. This Penguin Classic is performed by Eleanor Matsuura, known for AMC&amp;#039;s The Walking Dead and Spooks. This definitive recording includes an Introduction by Paul Murray. In this collection of classic ghost stories from Japan, beautiful princesses turn out to be frogs, paintings come alive, deadly spectral brides haunt the living and a samurai delivers the baby of a Shinto goddess with mystical help. Here are all the phantoms and ghouls of Japanese folklore: &amp;#039;rokuro-kubi&amp;#039;, whose heads separate from their bodies at night; &amp;#039;jikininki&amp;#039;, or flesh-eating goblins; and terrifying faceless &amp;#039;mujina&amp;#039; who haunt lonely neighbourhoods. Lafcadio Hearn, a master storyteller, drew on traditional Japanese folklore, infused with memories of his own haunted childhood in Ireland, to create these chilling tales. They are today regarded in Japan as classics in their own right.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Company of Death by Elisa Hansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Company of Death
Series: #1 of Immortal Journey
Author: Elisa Hansen
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The zombie apocalypse was just the beginning of vampire hunter Emily&amp;#039;s problems. Now she must team up with Death himself in this thrilling apocalyptic adventure series! It&amp;#039;s been two years since the zombie uprising devoured 99% of the world&amp;#039;s population—and the vampires have come out of the shadows to claim the spoils. It&amp;#039;s Emily Campbell&amp;#039;s job to destroy vampire communes and rescue their human herds, but when a mission goes wrong, and she faces certain undeath, she would rather die than ever let them transform her. The problem is that when she makes a desperate suicide attempt, not only does the Grim Reaper fail to take her life—he also somehow loses all his powers in the process. Now neither alive nor dead, Emily is stranded in the California desert with Death himself. She has heard the remnants of human civilization are developing a cure that could make her alive again in New York—all the way on the other side of the vampire- and zombie-swarmed continent. Only with Death&amp;#039;s help does she have a chance to complete the journey. But without his powers, Death is mired in a crisis of his own. And he is not used to having company.</description>
      <author>Elisa Hansen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400171330.mp3" length="7610193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400171330.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Company of Death
Series: #1 of Immortal Journey
Author: Elisa Hansen
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The zombie apocalypse was just the beginning of vampire hunter Emily&amp;#039;s problems. Now she must team up with Death himself in this thrilling apocalyptic adventure series! It&amp;#039;s been two years since the zombie uprising devoured 99% of the world&amp;#039;s population—and the vampires have come out of the shadows to claim the spoils. It&amp;#039;s Emily Campbell&amp;#039;s job to destroy vampire communes and rescue their human herds, but when a mission goes wrong, and she faces certain undeath, she would rather die than ever let them transform her. The problem is that when she makes a desperate suicide attempt, not only does the Grim Reaper fail to take her life—he also somehow loses all his powers in the process. Now neither alive nor dead, Emily is stranded in the California desert with Death himself. She has heard the remnants of human civilization are developing a cure that could make her alive again in New York—all the way on the other side of the vampire- and zombie-swarmed continent. Only with Death&amp;#039;s help does she have a chance to complete the journey. But without his powers, Death is mired in a crisis of his own. And he is not used to having company.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Company of Death
Series: #1 of Immortal Journey
Author: Elisa Hansen
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The zombie apocalypse was just the beginning of vampire hunter Emily&amp;#039;s problems. Now she must team up with Death himself in this thrilling apocalyptic adventure series! It&amp;#039;s been two years since the zombie uprising devoured 99% of the world&amp;#039;s population—and the vampires have come out of the shadows to claim the spoils. It&amp;#039;s Emily Campbell&amp;#039;s job to destroy vampire communes and rescue their human herds, but when a mission goes wrong, and she faces certain undeath, she would rather die than ever let them transform her. The problem is that when she makes a desperate suicide attempt, not only does the Grim Reaper fail to take her life—he also somehow loses all his powers in the process. Now neither alive nor dead, Emily is stranded in the California desert with Death himself. She has heard the remnants of human civilization are developing a cure that could make her alive again in New York—all the way on the other side of the vampire- and zombie-swarmed continent. Only with Death&amp;#039;s help does she have a chance to complete the journey. But without his powers, Death is mired in a crisis of his own. And he is not used to having company.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vampire Knitting Club by Nancy Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vampire Knitting Club
Series: #1 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 20
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
At a crossroads between a cringe-worthy past (Todd the Toad) and an uncertain future (she&amp;#039;s not exactly homeless, but it&amp;#039;s close), Lucy Swift travels to Oxford to visit her grandmother. With Gran&amp;#039;s undying love to count on and Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, Gran&amp;#039;s knitting shop, to keep her busy, Lucy can catch her breath and figure out what she&amp;#039;s going to do. Except it turns out that Gran is the undying. Or at least, the undead. But there&amp;#039;s a death certificate. And a will, leaving the knitting shop to Lucy. And a lot of people going in and out who never use the door—including Gran, who is just as loving as ever, and prone to knitting sweaters at warp speed, late at night. What exactly is going on? When Lucy discovers that Gran did not die peacefully in her sleep, but was murdered, she has to bring the killer to justice without tipping off the law that there&amp;#039;s no body in the grave. Between a hot 500-year-old vampire and a dishy detective inspector, both of whom always seem to be there for her, Lucy finds her life getting more complicated than a triple cable cardigan. The only one who seems to know what&amp;#039;s going on is her cat . . . or is it . . . her familiar?</description>
      <author>Nancy Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349880.mp3" length="8295753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349880.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vampire Knitting Club
Series: #1 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 20
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
At a crossroads between a cringe-worthy past (Todd the Toad) and an uncertain future (she&amp;#039;s not exactly homeless, but it&amp;#039;s close), Lucy Swift travels to Oxford to visit her grandmother. With Gran&amp;#039;s undying love to count on and Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, Gran&amp;#039;s knitting shop, to keep her busy, Lucy can catch her breath and figure out what she&amp;#039;s going to do. Except it turns out that Gran is the undying. Or at least, the undead. But there&amp;#039;s a death certificate. And a will, leaving the knitting shop to Lucy. And a lot of people going in and out who never use the door—including Gran, who is just as loving as ever, and prone to knitting sweaters at warp speed, late at night. What exactly is going on? When Lucy discovers that Gran did not die peacefully in her sleep, but was murdered, she has to bring the killer to justice without tipping off the law that there&amp;#039;s no body in the grave. Between a hot 500-year-old vampire and a dishy detective inspector, both of whom always seem to be there for her, Lucy finds her life getting more complicated than a triple cable cardigan. The only one who seems to know what&amp;#039;s going on is her cat . . . or is it . . . her familiar?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vampire Knitting Club
Series: #1 of Vampire Knitting Club
Author: Nancy Warren
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 20
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
At a crossroads between a cringe-worthy past (Todd the Toad) and an uncertain future (she&amp;#039;s not exactly homeless, but it&amp;#039;s close), Lucy Swift travels to Oxford to visit her grandmother. With Gran&amp;#039;s undying love to count on and Cardinal Woolsey&amp;#039;s, Gran&amp;#039;s knitting shop, to keep her busy, Lucy can catch her breath and figure out what she&amp;#039;s going to do. Except it turns out that Gran is the undying. Or at least, the undead. But there&amp;#039;s a death certificate. And a will, leaving the knitting shop to Lucy. And a lot of people going in and out who never use the door—including Gran, who is just as loving as ever, and prone to knitting sweaters at warp speed, late at night. What exactly is going on? When Lucy discovers that Gran did not die peacefully in her sleep, but was murdered, she has to bring the killer to justice without tipping off the law that there&amp;#039;s no body in the grave. Between a hot 500-year-old vampire and a dishy detective inspector, both of whom always seem to be there for her, Lucy finds her life getting more complicated than a triple cable cardigan. The only one who seems to know what&amp;#039;s going on is her cat . . . or is it . . . her familiar?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Belly of the Beast by Desmond Doane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Belly of the Beast
Series: #3 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
May all your nightmares come true. Lies. Deceit. Betrayal. These are the weapons of the damned. For paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford, and his partner, Mike Long, the stakes have never been higher as they ready themselves for a supernatural war with the most powerful demonic entity they have ever encountered. This isn&amp;#039;t just about ghosts and things that go bump in the night. This is abject fear. This is the ultimate horror. It&amp;#039;s good versus supreme evil in a winner-take-all fight for redemption, the soul of little Chelsea Hopper, and possibly even the future of humanity itself . . . because everything is worse than it seems in this thrilling, terrifying conclusion to the Graveyard Classified paranormal thriller series.</description>
      <author>Desmond Doane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347961.mp3" length="8694642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Belly of the Beast
Series: #3 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
May all your nightmares come true. Lies. Deceit. Betrayal. These are the weapons of the damned. For paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford, and his partner, Mike Long, the stakes have never been higher as they ready themselves for a supernatural war with the most powerful demonic entity they have ever encountered. This isn&amp;#039;t just about ghosts and things that go bump in the night. This is abject fear. This is the ultimate horror. It&amp;#039;s good versus supreme evil in a winner-take-all fight for redemption, the soul of little Chelsea Hopper, and possibly even the future of humanity itself . . . because everything is worse than it seems in this thrilling, terrifying conclusion to the Graveyard Classified paranormal thriller series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Belly of the Beast
Series: #3 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
May all your nightmares come true. Lies. Deceit. Betrayal. These are the weapons of the damned. For paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford, and his partner, Mike Long, the stakes have never been higher as they ready themselves for a supernatural war with the most powerful demonic entity they have ever encountered. This isn&amp;#039;t just about ghosts and things that go bump in the night. This is abject fear. This is the ultimate horror. It&amp;#039;s good versus supreme evil in a winner-take-all fight for redemption, the soul of little Chelsea Hopper, and possibly even the future of humanity itself . . . because everything is worse than it seems in this thrilling, terrifying conclusion to the Graveyard Classified paranormal thriller series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rising by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rising
Series: #2 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A big storm is brewing, there’s a killer on the loose, and the ghosts of Myrtle Beach are restless. Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his sexy cop boyfriend, homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, have their hands full helping the Grand Strand brace for rough surf, driving rain, and high winds as a winter storm roars toward shore.   Everyone&amp;#039;s on edge, and rumors are rampant about sightings of Blackcoat Benny, a ghostly omen of danger, and worse, the Gallows Nine, the spirits of nine infamous criminals hanged back in the 1700s, a harbinger of disaster. Rough tides wash the wreck of an old pirate ship into shallow waters, high winds threaten to damage an old mansion with a dark past, and the citizens of the beach town hunker down to ride out the storm. As the skies grow dark and the sea turns wild, several men from prominent local families end up dead under suspicious circumstances. Simon&amp;#039;s premonition confirms Vic&amp;#039;s gut feeling—the killing is just getting started. As Simon tries to reach out to the spirits of the murdered men to help the investigation, he&amp;#039;s attacked by malicious ghosts that don&amp;#039;t want anyone getting in the way of their long-overdue vengeance.</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341044.mp3" length="7938200" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341044.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rising
Series: #2 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A big storm is brewing, there’s a killer on the loose, and the ghosts of Myrtle Beach are restless. Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his sexy cop boyfriend, homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, have their hands full helping the Grand Strand brace for rough surf, driving rain, and high winds as a winter storm roars toward shore.   Everyone&amp;#039;s on edge, and rumors are rampant about sightings of Blackcoat Benny, a ghostly omen of danger, and worse, the Gallows Nine, the spirits of nine infamous criminals hanged back in the 1700s, a harbinger of disaster. Rough tides wash the wreck of an old pirate ship into shallow waters, high winds threaten to damage an old mansion with a dark past, and the citizens of the beach town hunker down to ride out the storm. As the skies grow dark and the sea turns wild, several men from prominent local families end up dead under suspicious circumstances. Simon&amp;#039;s premonition confirms Vic&amp;#039;s gut feeling—the killing is just getting started. As Simon tries to reach out to the spirits of the murdered men to help the investigation, he&amp;#039;s attacked by malicious ghosts that don&amp;#039;t want anyone getting in the way of their long-overdue vengeance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rising
Series: #2 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A big storm is brewing, there’s a killer on the loose, and the ghosts of Myrtle Beach are restless. Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his sexy cop boyfriend, homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, have their hands full helping the Grand Strand brace for rough surf, driving rain, and high winds as a winter storm roars toward shore.   Everyone&amp;#039;s on edge, and rumors are rampant about sightings of Blackcoat Benny, a ghostly omen of danger, and worse, the Gallows Nine, the spirits of nine infamous criminals hanged back in the 1700s, a harbinger of disaster. Rough tides wash the wreck of an old pirate ship into shallow waters, high winds threaten to damage an old mansion with a dark past, and the citizens of the beach town hunker down to ride out the storm. As the skies grow dark and the sea turns wild, several men from prominent local families end up dead under suspicious circumstances. Simon&amp;#039;s premonition confirms Vic&amp;#039;s gut feeling—the killing is just getting started. As Simon tries to reach out to the spirits of the murdered men to help the investigation, he&amp;#039;s attacked by malicious ghosts that don&amp;#039;t want anyone getting in the way of their long-overdue vengeance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stallo by Stefan Spjut</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallo
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1970s, a young boy disappears from a summer cabin in the Swedish woods. His mother claims that he was abducted by a giant. The boy is never found. Twenty-five years later, an old woman claims that a creature has been standing outside her house, observing her and her five year old grandson for hours. When Susso - a blogger who&amp;#039;s dedicated her life to the search for creatures whose existences have not been proved - hears of this, and sees a possible link between the two incidents, she takes to the road on a terrifying adventure into the unknown. “Very scary. Never mind Scandi crime fiction, the time has come for Scandi horror.” METRO “Ratchets up the tension to an almost unbearable level ... Astonishing.” IDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY</description>
      <author>Stefan Spjut</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781528867153.mp3" length="747139" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781528867153.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallo
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1970s, a young boy disappears from a summer cabin in the Swedish woods. His mother claims that he was abducted by a giant. The boy is never found. Twenty-five years later, an old woman claims that a creature has been standing outside her house, observing her and her five year old grandson for hours. When Susso - a blogger who&amp;#039;s dedicated her life to the search for creatures whose existences have not been proved - hears of this, and sees a possible link between the two incidents, she takes to the road on a terrifying adventure into the unknown. “Very scary. Never mind Scandi crime fiction, the time has come for Scandi horror.” METRO “Ratchets up the tension to an almost unbearable level ... Astonishing.” IDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallo
Author: Stefan Spjut
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 1970s, a young boy disappears from a summer cabin in the Swedish woods. His mother claims that he was abducted by a giant. The boy is never found. Twenty-five years later, an old woman claims that a creature has been standing outside her house, observing her and her five year old grandson for hours. When Susso - a blogger who&amp;#039;s dedicated her life to the search for creatures whose existences have not been proved - hears of this, and sees a possible link between the two incidents, she takes to the road on a terrifying adventure into the unknown. “Very scary. Never mind Scandi crime fiction, the time has come for Scandi horror.” METRO “Ratchets up the tension to an almost unbearable level ... Astonishing.” IDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where Winter Finds You: A Caldwell Christmas by J.R. Ward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Winter Finds You: A Caldwell Christmas
Series: #17.5 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author J.R. Ward is heating things up this winter with a holiday novel featuring some of her most iconic Black Dagger Brothers. When Trez lost his beloved to a tragic death (The Shadows, Black Dagger Brotherhood #13), his soul was crushed and his destiny seemed relegated to suffering. But when he meets a mysterious female, he becomes convinced his true love has been reincarnated. Is he right? Or has his grief created a disastrous delusion?   Therese has come to Caldwell to escape a rift with her bloodline. The revelation that she was adopted and not born into her family shakes the foundations of her identity, and she is determined to make it on her own. Her attraction to Trez is not what she’s looking for, except the sexy Shadow proves to be undeniable.   Has fate provided a grieving widower with a second chance...or is Trez too blinded by the past to see the present for what it really is? In this sensual, arresting book full of the themes of redemption and self-discovery, two lost souls find themselves at a crossroads where the heart is the only compass that can be trusted...but that may require a courage that neither of them possesses.</description>
      <author>J.R. Ward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102474.mp3" length="809099" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102474.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Winter Finds You: A Caldwell Christmas
Series: #17.5 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author J.R. Ward is heating things up this winter with a holiday novel featuring some of her most iconic Black Dagger Brothers. When Trez lost his beloved to a tragic death (The Shadows, Black Dagger Brotherhood #13), his soul was crushed and his destiny seemed relegated to suffering. But when he meets a mysterious female, he becomes convinced his true love has been reincarnated. Is he right? Or has his grief created a disastrous delusion?   Therese has come to Caldwell to escape a rift with her bloodline. The revelation that she was adopted and not born into her family shakes the foundations of her identity, and she is determined to make it on her own. Her attraction to Trez is not what she’s looking for, except the sexy Shadow proves to be undeniable.   Has fate provided a grieving widower with a second chance...or is Trez too blinded by the past to see the present for what it really is? In this sensual, arresting book full of the themes of redemption and self-discovery, two lost souls find themselves at a crossroads where the heart is the only compass that can be trusted...but that may require a courage that neither of them possesses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where Winter Finds You: A Caldwell Christmas
Series: #17.5 of Black Dagger Brotherhood
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 New York Times bestselling author J.R. Ward is heating things up this winter with a holiday novel featuring some of her most iconic Black Dagger Brothers. When Trez lost his beloved to a tragic death (The Shadows, Black Dagger Brotherhood #13), his soul was crushed and his destiny seemed relegated to suffering. But when he meets a mysterious female, he becomes convinced his true love has been reincarnated. Is he right? Or has his grief created a disastrous delusion?   Therese has come to Caldwell to escape a rift with her bloodline. The revelation that she was adopted and not born into her family shakes the foundations of her identity, and she is determined to make it on her own. Her attraction to Trez is not what she’s looking for, except the sexy Shadow proves to be undeniable.   Has fate provided a grieving widower with a second chance...or is Trez too blinded by the past to see the present for what it really is? In this sensual, arresting book full of the themes of redemption and self-discovery, two lost souls find themselves at a crossroads where the heart is the only compass that can be trusted...but that may require a courage that neither of them possesses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sparkling Cyanide by Agatha Christie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sparkling Cyanide
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Peter Wight, Naomi Frederick, Sean Baker, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There’s Rosemary, that’s for remembrance.’   Published in 1945, Sparkling Cyanide is all about remembrance. It begins with six characters recalling the horrific death of Rosemary Barton, a beautiful but shallow young heiress poisoned by a cyanide-spiked glass of champagne whilst celebrating her birthday at a smart London restaurant.   Rosemary haunts all six characters, each of them a suspect, throughout the story – and it’s not until her killer is found and her ghost laid to rest that the group can move on, though they will never forget.   With a distinguished cast including Naomi Frederick, Peter Wight and Sean Baker, this wonderfully entertaining production retains the thrill of Agatha Christie’s clever, compulsive story.</description>
      <author>Agatha Christie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2012 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781408495056.mp3" length="1585995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781408495056.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sparkling Cyanide
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Peter Wight, Naomi Frederick, Sean Baker, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There’s Rosemary, that’s for remembrance.’   Published in 1945, Sparkling Cyanide is all about remembrance. It begins with six characters recalling the horrific death of Rosemary Barton, a beautiful but shallow young heiress poisoned by a cyanide-spiked glass of champagne whilst celebrating her birthday at a smart London restaurant.   Rosemary haunts all six characters, each of them a suspect, throughout the story – and it’s not until her killer is found and her ghost laid to rest that the group can move on, though they will never forget.   With a distinguished cast including Naomi Frederick, Peter Wight and Sean Baker, this wonderfully entertaining production retains the thrill of Agatha Christie’s clever, compulsive story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sparkling Cyanide
Author: Agatha Christie
Narrator: Peter Wight, Naomi Frederick, Sean Baker, Full Cast
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
‘There’s Rosemary, that’s for remembrance.’   Published in 1945, Sparkling Cyanide is all about remembrance. It begins with six characters recalling the horrific death of Rosemary Barton, a beautiful but shallow young heiress poisoned by a cyanide-spiked glass of champagne whilst celebrating her birthday at a smart London restaurant.   Rosemary haunts all six characters, each of them a suspect, throughout the story – and it’s not until her killer is found and her ghost laid to rest that the group can move on, though they will never forget.   With a distinguished cast including Naomi Frederick, Peter Wight and Sean Baker, this wonderfully entertaining production retains the thrill of Agatha Christie’s clever, compulsive story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel: Season One by Larry N. Martin, Gail Z. Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel: Season One
Series: #1 of Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel
Author: Larry N. Martin, Gail Z. Martin
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“When all else fails, the ass end of a carp makes a damn fine weapon.”   Your new favorite monster hunter has arrived! Bubba the Monster Hunter has some competition in this horror comedy collection from bestselling author duo Gail Z. and Larry N. Martin! By day, Mark Wojcik can be found elbow-deep in engine grease, making cars and trucks safe for the highway. By night, he can be found traipsing through the wilds of Pennsylvania, making the world safe for humans. He&amp;#039;s more than just a mechanic, he&amp;#039;s a New Templar Knight. He travels the backroads and byways fighting weresquonks, ningen, selkies, ghosts, and . . . gnomes? Is that gnome . . . naked? (Sigh). Season One collects the first four novellas in the Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel series: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel; Open Season; Deep Trouble; and Close Encounters.</description>
      <author>Larry N. Martin, Gail Z. Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349439.mp3" length="7296964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel: Season One
Series: #1 of Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel
Author: Larry N. Martin, Gail Z. Martin
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“When all else fails, the ass end of a carp makes a damn fine weapon.”   Your new favorite monster hunter has arrived! Bubba the Monster Hunter has some competition in this horror comedy collection from bestselling author duo Gail Z. and Larry N. Martin! By day, Mark Wojcik can be found elbow-deep in engine grease, making cars and trucks safe for the highway. By night, he can be found traipsing through the wilds of Pennsylvania, making the world safe for humans. He&amp;#039;s more than just a mechanic, he&amp;#039;s a New Templar Knight. He travels the backroads and byways fighting weresquonks, ningen, selkies, ghosts, and . . . gnomes? Is that gnome . . . naked? (Sigh). Season One collects the first four novellas in the Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel series: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel; Open Season; Deep Trouble; and Close Encounters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383176</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel: Season One
Series: #1 of Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel
Author: Larry N. Martin, Gail Z. Martin
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“When all else fails, the ass end of a carp makes a damn fine weapon.”   Your new favorite monster hunter has arrived! Bubba the Monster Hunter has some competition in this horror comedy collection from bestselling author duo Gail Z. and Larry N. Martin! By day, Mark Wojcik can be found elbow-deep in engine grease, making cars and trucks safe for the highway. By night, he can be found traipsing through the wilds of Pennsylvania, making the world safe for humans. He&amp;#039;s more than just a mechanic, he&amp;#039;s a New Templar Knight. He travels the backroads and byways fighting weresquonks, ningen, selkies, ghosts, and . . . gnomes? Is that gnome . . . naked? (Sigh). Season One collects the first four novellas in the Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel series: Spells, Salt, &amp;amp; Steel; Open Season; Deep Trouble; and Close Encounters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Girl Who Fights Witches by Rick Gualtieri</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl Who Fights Witches
Series: #2 of The Hybrid of High Moon
Author: Rick Gualtieri
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Half witch, half werewolf, all attitude. My name&amp;#039;s Tamara Bentley and I should be happy to be heading home for the holidays. Too bad tensions between the supernatural forces surrounding my hometown are at an all-time high—witches and werewolves, ancient enemies who would happily slaughter each other. One side fears me, the other doesn&amp;#039;t know I exist, and I aim to keep it that way lest they both decide to find common ground in killing me.   Now an offer for peace has been extended, a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for the two warring races to settle their differences. So, of course, someone is looking to screw it all up. Not only do they want to put an end to the fragile peace before it can even begin, but they&amp;#039;re looking to shift the balance of power by blowing open the gates that protect our world from the things that lay beyond.   After a surprise attack leaves both sides crippled, me and my friends are the only ones left who can stop to their plans. Sadly we&amp;#039;re outnumbered and outgunned. Even my unique heritage might not be enough to save my family, my friends, and everything I hold dear before Hell itself is unleashed upon the Earth. Note: Was previously titled Bent Outta Shape with the series name of The Hybrid of High Moon</description>
      <author>Rick Gualtieri</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347725.mp3" length="8085107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347725.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl Who Fights Witches
Series: #2 of The Hybrid of High Moon
Author: Rick Gualtieri
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Half witch, half werewolf, all attitude. My name&amp;#039;s Tamara Bentley and I should be happy to be heading home for the holidays. Too bad tensions between the supernatural forces surrounding my hometown are at an all-time high—witches and werewolves, ancient enemies who would happily slaughter each other. One side fears me, the other doesn&amp;#039;t know I exist, and I aim to keep it that way lest they both decide to find common ground in killing me.   Now an offer for peace has been extended, a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for the two warring races to settle their differences. So, of course, someone is looking to screw it all up. Not only do they want to put an end to the fragile peace before it can even begin, but they&amp;#039;re looking to shift the balance of power by blowing open the gates that protect our world from the things that lay beyond.   After a surprise attack leaves both sides crippled, me and my friends are the only ones left who can stop to their plans. Sadly we&amp;#039;re outnumbered and outgunned. Even my unique heritage might not be enough to save my family, my friends, and everything I hold dear before Hell itself is unleashed upon the Earth. Note: Was previously titled Bent Outta Shape with the series name of The Hybrid of High Moon</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Girl Who Fights Witches
Series: #2 of The Hybrid of High Moon
Author: Rick Gualtieri
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Half witch, half werewolf, all attitude. My name&amp;#039;s Tamara Bentley and I should be happy to be heading home for the holidays. Too bad tensions between the supernatural forces surrounding my hometown are at an all-time high—witches and werewolves, ancient enemies who would happily slaughter each other. One side fears me, the other doesn&amp;#039;t know I exist, and I aim to keep it that way lest they both decide to find common ground in killing me.   Now an offer for peace has been extended, a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for the two warring races to settle their differences. So, of course, someone is looking to screw it all up. Not only do they want to put an end to the fragile peace before it can even begin, but they&amp;#039;re looking to shift the balance of power by blowing open the gates that protect our world from the things that lay beyond.   After a surprise attack leaves both sides crippled, me and my friends are the only ones left who can stop to their plans. Sadly we&amp;#039;re outnumbered and outgunned. Even my unique heritage might not be enough to save my family, my friends, and everything I hold dear before Hell itself is unleashed upon the Earth. Note: Was previously titled Bent Outta Shape with the series name of The Hybrid of High Moon</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>True Believer: Booktrack Edition by Nicholas Sparks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Believer: Booktrack Edition
Author: Nicholas Sparks
Narrator: David Aaron Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
True Believer: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience!  From New York Times bestselling author Nicholas Sparks, a supernatural love story between a journalist and a librarian who dare to believe in the impossible.  Science journalist Jeremy Marsh specializes in debunking the supernatural–until he falls in love with the granddaughter of the town psychic, Lexie Darnell.  When Jeremy receives a letter from Boone Creek, North Carolina, about ghostly lights appearing in a cemetery, he can&amp;#039;t resist driving down to investigate. From the moment Jeremy sets eyes on Lexie, the town librarian, he is intrigued. And Lexie finds herself thinking of him more than she cares to admit.   Now, if they are to be together, Jeremy must do something he&amp;#039;s never done before–take a giant leap of faith. True Believer will make you believe in the miracle of love.  *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Sparks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549152894.mp3" length="966319" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549152894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Believer: Booktrack Edition
Author: Nicholas Sparks
Narrator: David Aaron Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
True Believer: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience!  From New York Times bestselling author Nicholas Sparks, a supernatural love story between a journalist and a librarian who dare to believe in the impossible.  Science journalist Jeremy Marsh specializes in debunking the supernatural–until he falls in love with the granddaughter of the town psychic, Lexie Darnell.  When Jeremy receives a letter from Boone Creek, North Carolina, about ghostly lights appearing in a cemetery, he can&amp;#039;t resist driving down to investigate. From the moment Jeremy sets eyes on Lexie, the town librarian, he is intrigued. And Lexie finds herself thinking of him more than she cares to admit.   Now, if they are to be together, Jeremy must do something he&amp;#039;s never done before–take a giant leap of faith. True Believer will make you believe in the miracle of love.  *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Believer: Booktrack Edition
Author: Nicholas Sparks
Narrator: David Aaron Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
True Believer: Booktrack Edition adds an immersive musical soundtrack to your audiobook listening experience!  From New York Times bestselling author Nicholas Sparks, a supernatural love story between a journalist and a librarian who dare to believe in the impossible.  Science journalist Jeremy Marsh specializes in debunking the supernatural–until he falls in love with the granddaughter of the town psychic, Lexie Darnell.  When Jeremy receives a letter from Boone Creek, North Carolina, about ghostly lights appearing in a cemetery, he can&amp;#039;t resist driving down to investigate. From the moment Jeremy sets eyes on Lexie, the town librarian, he is intrigued. And Lexie finds herself thinking of him more than she cares to admit.   Now, if they are to be together, Jeremy must do something he&amp;#039;s never done before–take a giant leap of faith. True Believer will make you believe in the miracle of love.  *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Her Fearful Symmetry by Audrey Niffenegger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Her Fearful Symmetry
Author: Audrey Niffenegger
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2009
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Elspeth Noblin dies she leaves her beautiful flat overlooking Highgate Cemetery to her twin nieces, Julia and Valentina Poole, on the condition that their mother is never allowed to cross the threshold. But until the solicitor&amp;#039;s letter falls through the door of their suburban American home, either Julia nor Valentina knew their aunt existed. The twins hope that in London their own, separate, lives can finally begin but they have no idea that they&amp;#039;ve been summoned into a tangle of fraying lives, from the obsessive-compulsive crossword setter who lives above them to their aunt&amp;#039;s mysterious and elusive lover who lives below them and works in the cemetery itself.  As the twins unravel the secrets of their aunt, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem quite ready to leave her flat, even after death, Niffenegger weaves together a delicious and deadly ghost story about love, loss and identity.</description>
      <author>Audrey Niffenegger</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2009 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781409077510.mp3" length="1378896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781409077510.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Her Fearful Symmetry
Author: Audrey Niffenegger
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2009
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Elspeth Noblin dies she leaves her beautiful flat overlooking Highgate Cemetery to her twin nieces, Julia and Valentina Poole, on the condition that their mother is never allowed to cross the threshold. But until the solicitor&amp;#039;s letter falls through the door of their suburban American home, either Julia nor Valentina knew their aunt existed. The twins hope that in London their own, separate, lives can finally begin but they have no idea that they&amp;#039;ve been summoned into a tangle of fraying lives, from the obsessive-compulsive crossword setter who lives above them to their aunt&amp;#039;s mysterious and elusive lover who lives below them and works in the cemetery itself.  As the twins unravel the secrets of their aunt, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem quite ready to leave her flat, even after death, Niffenegger weaves together a delicious and deadly ghost story about love, loss and identity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382862</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Her Fearful Symmetry
Author: Audrey Niffenegger
Narrator: Sian Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2009
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Elspeth Noblin dies she leaves her beautiful flat overlooking Highgate Cemetery to her twin nieces, Julia and Valentina Poole, on the condition that their mother is never allowed to cross the threshold. But until the solicitor&amp;#039;s letter falls through the door of their suburban American home, either Julia nor Valentina knew their aunt existed. The twins hope that in London their own, separate, lives can finally begin but they have no idea that they&amp;#039;ve been summoned into a tangle of fraying lives, from the obsessive-compulsive crossword setter who lives above them to their aunt&amp;#039;s mysterious and elusive lover who lives below them and works in the cemetery itself.  As the twins unravel the secrets of their aunt, who doesn&amp;#039;t seem quite ready to leave her flat, even after death, Niffenegger weaves together a delicious and deadly ghost story about love, loss and identity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Haunted Hideout by Michelle Dorey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted Hideout
Series: #1 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The FBI safe house is haunted? They didn&amp;#039;t know it was the last day of normal. Liam—husband, father—the rock who anchored them in a comfortable life in sunny Miami had been gunned down by a hit man. The wounds of losing him are raw when Lydia and her two children are snatched for their own protection. The FBI scoop the family into the Witness Protection Program. Their safety from the drug cartel is assured. Or is it? The FBI makes a serious mistake in the relocation plan. The secluded farmhouse in a northern state is anything but a sanctuary. No one questioned why they could buy the house so cheap. No one listened to the local yokel tale of what happened there.   A tale of a dark and tragic history. Ghosts of the past have abided there for years, forcing other families to flee for their lives. At first the entities toy with Lydia and her children, flickering the lights, banging doors, and revealing fleeting glimpses.   When a raging blizzard traps the family there, the haunting escalates. What had been frightening escapades become dangerous threats. Deadly threats. Years before there had been a massacre in this house. It&amp;#039;s time for another.   Will they survive the night?</description>
      <author>Michelle Dorey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400170333.mp3" length="7495532" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400170333.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted Hideout
Series: #1 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The FBI safe house is haunted? They didn&amp;#039;t know it was the last day of normal. Liam—husband, father—the rock who anchored them in a comfortable life in sunny Miami had been gunned down by a hit man. The wounds of losing him are raw when Lydia and her two children are snatched for their own protection. The FBI scoop the family into the Witness Protection Program. Their safety from the drug cartel is assured. Or is it? The FBI makes a serious mistake in the relocation plan. The secluded farmhouse in a northern state is anything but a sanctuary. No one questioned why they could buy the house so cheap. No one listened to the local yokel tale of what happened there.   A tale of a dark and tragic history. Ghosts of the past have abided there for years, forcing other families to flee for their lives. At first the entities toy with Lydia and her children, flickering the lights, banging doors, and revealing fleeting glimpses.   When a raging blizzard traps the family there, the haunting escalates. What had been frightening escapades become dangerous threats. Deadly threats. Years before there had been a massacre in this house. It&amp;#039;s time for another.   Will they survive the night?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Haunted Hideout
Series: #1 of Haunted Ones
Author: Michelle Dorey
Narrator: Kristin James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The FBI safe house is haunted? They didn&amp;#039;t know it was the last day of normal. Liam—husband, father—the rock who anchored them in a comfortable life in sunny Miami had been gunned down by a hit man. The wounds of losing him are raw when Lydia and her two children are snatched for their own protection. The FBI scoop the family into the Witness Protection Program. Their safety from the drug cartel is assured. Or is it? The FBI makes a serious mistake in the relocation plan. The secluded farmhouse in a northern state is anything but a sanctuary. No one questioned why they could buy the house so cheap. No one listened to the local yokel tale of what happened there.   A tale of a dark and tragic history. Ghosts of the past have abided there for years, forcing other families to flee for their lives. At first the entities toy with Lydia and her children, flickering the lights, banging doors, and revealing fleeting glimpses.   When a raging blizzard traps the family there, the haunting escalates. What had been frightening escapades become dangerous threats. Deadly threats. Years before there had been a massacre in this house. It&amp;#039;s time for another.   Will they survive the night?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elysium by Nora Sakavic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elysium
Author: Nora Sakavic
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An urban fantasy novel from the author of the All for the Game series.</description>
      <author>Nora Sakavic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494535582.mp3" length="8633285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494535582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elysium
Author: Nora Sakavic
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An urban fantasy novel from the author of the All for the Game series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382725</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elysium
Author: Nora Sakavic
Narrator: Eva Wilhelm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
An urban fantasy novel from the author of the All for the Game series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The White Night by Desmond Doane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The White Night
Series: #2 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, you should be afraid of the dark . . . A powerful demon is hell-bent on revenge, and he knows paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford by name. As Ford wrestles with the uncertain nature of his future, a different kind of evil storms into his world, proving that not all demons are inhuman. Trailing in Lauren Coeburn&amp;#039;s wake are some of the most elusive and terrifying paranormal entities in existence—the black-eyed children. For Mike Long, a panicked, early morning phone call from a haunted angel brings new hope, but it&amp;#039;s costly, and he may learn what it&amp;#039;s like to be on the other side of judgment&amp;#039;s gavel. Then there&amp;#039;s little Chelsea Hopper . . . and the threatening darkness lurking inside her dreams.</description>
      <author>Desmond Doane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347954.mp3" length="8841380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347954.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The White Night
Series: #2 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, you should be afraid of the dark . . . A powerful demon is hell-bent on revenge, and he knows paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford by name. As Ford wrestles with the uncertain nature of his future, a different kind of evil storms into his world, proving that not all demons are inhuman. Trailing in Lauren Coeburn&amp;#039;s wake are some of the most elusive and terrifying paranormal entities in existence—the black-eyed children. For Mike Long, a panicked, early morning phone call from a haunted angel brings new hope, but it&amp;#039;s costly, and he may learn what it&amp;#039;s like to be on the other side of judgment&amp;#039;s gavel. Then there&amp;#039;s little Chelsea Hopper . . . and the threatening darkness lurking inside her dreams.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The White Night
Series: #2 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, you should be afraid of the dark . . . A powerful demon is hell-bent on revenge, and he knows paranormal investigator Ford Atticus Ford by name. As Ford wrestles with the uncertain nature of his future, a different kind of evil storms into his world, proving that not all demons are inhuman. Trailing in Lauren Coeburn&amp;#039;s wake are some of the most elusive and terrifying paranormal entities in existence—the black-eyed children. For Mike Long, a panicked, early morning phone call from a haunted angel brings new hope, but it&amp;#039;s costly, and he may learn what it&amp;#039;s like to be on the other side of judgment&amp;#039;s gavel. Then there&amp;#039;s little Chelsea Hopper . . . and the threatening darkness lurking inside her dreams.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Illusion by Christine Feehan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Illusion
Series: #33 of Dark
Author: Christine Feehan
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A mage and a warrior must see beyond their facades and embrace the bond that links their souls in this powerful Carpathian novel from #1 New York Times bestselling author Christine Feehan. At any other time, Julija Brennan would find solace in the quiet of the Sierra Mountains, but now the mage is in the race of her life. Having broken free from her controlling family, Julija&amp;#039;s attempt to warn the Carpathians of the coming threat has failed and put a target on her back-and those who are hunting her are close behind.. After centuries locked away in a monastery in the Carpathian Mountains, Isai Florea can&amp;#039;t believe he&amp;#039;s finally found his lifemate-the missing half of his soul. The second he sees Julija, his world blazes with color. But despite their explosive connection, Julija rebels against what she sees as Isai&amp;#039;s intent to control her and rejects the bond that would prevent him from becoming a monster. As their unfulfilled bond continues to call to them both, Julija and Isai aim to complete the task that brought them together. They are used to facing danger alone, but now the mage and the ancient warrior must learn how to rely on each other in order to stop a plot that threatens all Carpathians..</description>
      <author>Christine Feehan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980010395.mp3" length="1325742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980010395.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Illusion
Series: #33 of Dark
Author: Christine Feehan
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A mage and a warrior must see beyond their facades and embrace the bond that links their souls in this powerful Carpathian novel from #1 New York Times bestselling author Christine Feehan. At any other time, Julija Brennan would find solace in the quiet of the Sierra Mountains, but now the mage is in the race of her life. Having broken free from her controlling family, Julija&amp;#039;s attempt to warn the Carpathians of the coming threat has failed and put a target on her back-and those who are hunting her are close behind.. After centuries locked away in a monastery in the Carpathian Mountains, Isai Florea can&amp;#039;t believe he&amp;#039;s finally found his lifemate-the missing half of his soul. The second he sees Julija, his world blazes with color. But despite their explosive connection, Julija rebels against what she sees as Isai&amp;#039;s intent to control her and rejects the bond that would prevent him from becoming a monster. As their unfulfilled bond continues to call to them both, Julija and Isai aim to complete the task that brought them together. They are used to facing danger alone, but now the mage and the ancient warrior must learn how to rely on each other in order to stop a plot that threatens all Carpathians..</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Illusion
Series: #33 of Dark
Author: Christine Feehan
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A mage and a warrior must see beyond their facades and embrace the bond that links their souls in this powerful Carpathian novel from #1 New York Times bestselling author Christine Feehan. At any other time, Julija Brennan would find solace in the quiet of the Sierra Mountains, but now the mage is in the race of her life. Having broken free from her controlling family, Julija&amp;#039;s attempt to warn the Carpathians of the coming threat has failed and put a target on her back-and those who are hunting her are close behind.. After centuries locked away in a monastery in the Carpathian Mountains, Isai Florea can&amp;#039;t believe he&amp;#039;s finally found his lifemate-the missing half of his soul. The second he sees Julija, his world blazes with color. But despite their explosive connection, Julija rebels against what she sees as Isai&amp;#039;s intent to control her and rejects the bond that would prevent him from becoming a monster. As their unfulfilled bond continues to call to them both, Julija and Isai aim to complete the task that brought them together. They are used to facing danger alone, but now the mage and the ancient warrior must learn how to rely on each other in order to stop a plot that threatens all Carpathians..</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Resurrectionist of Caligo by Alicia Zaloga, Wendy Trimboli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Resurrectionist of Caligo
Author: Alicia Zaloga, Wendy Trimboli
Narrator: Henrietta Meire, Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With a murderer on the loose, it’s up to an enlightened bodysnatcher and a rebellious princess to save the city, in this wonderfully inventive Victorian-tinged fantasy noir. “Man of Science” Roger Weathersby scrapes out a risky living digging up corpses for medical schools. When he’s framed for the murder of one of his cadavers, he’s forced to trust in the superstitions he’s always rejected: his former friend, princess Sibylla, offers to commute Roger’s execution in a blood magic ritual which will bind him to her forever. With little choice, he finds himself indentured to Sibylla and propelled into an investigation. There’s a murderer loose in the city of Caligo, and the duo must navigate science and sorcery, palace intrigue and dank boneyards to catch the butcher before the killings tear their whole country apart.</description>
      <author>Alicia Zaloga, Wendy Trimboli</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781978683686.mp3" length="863620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781978683686.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Resurrectionist of Caligo
Author: Alicia Zaloga, Wendy Trimboli
Narrator: Henrietta Meire, Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With a murderer on the loose, it’s up to an enlightened bodysnatcher and a rebellious princess to save the city, in this wonderfully inventive Victorian-tinged fantasy noir. “Man of Science” Roger Weathersby scrapes out a risky living digging up corpses for medical schools. When he’s framed for the murder of one of his cadavers, he’s forced to trust in the superstitions he’s always rejected: his former friend, princess Sibylla, offers to commute Roger’s execution in a blood magic ritual which will bind him to her forever. With little choice, he finds himself indentured to Sibylla and propelled into an investigation. There’s a murderer loose in the city of Caligo, and the duo must navigate science and sorcery, palace intrigue and dank boneyards to catch the butcher before the killings tear their whole country apart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382513</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Resurrectionist of Caligo
Author: Alicia Zaloga, Wendy Trimboli
Narrator: Henrietta Meire, Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
With a murderer on the loose, it’s up to an enlightened bodysnatcher and a rebellious princess to save the city, in this wonderfully inventive Victorian-tinged fantasy noir. “Man of Science” Roger Weathersby scrapes out a risky living digging up corpses for medical schools. When he’s framed for the murder of one of his cadavers, he’s forced to trust in the superstitions he’s always rejected: his former friend, princess Sibylla, offers to commute Roger’s execution in a blood magic ritual which will bind him to her forever. With little choice, he finds himself indentured to Sibylla and propelled into an investigation. There’s a murderer loose in the city of Caligo, and the duo must navigate science and sorcery, palace intrigue and dank boneyards to catch the butcher before the killings tear their whole country apart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent by John Martin Leahy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent
Author: John Martin Leahy
Narrator: Edward E. French
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent&amp;#039; is a short horror fiction  inspired in part by various expeditions to the South Pole, beginning in the late 1890s.  These culminated in the famous effort led by Roald Amundsen, who was the first to reach the South Pole on December 14, 1911. In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent, a  three man expedition to Antarctica arrives at the deserted camp of an earlier trio of explorers.  In the tent is the journal of  Robert Drumgold, who with two other men, perished mysteriously near the South Pole.    The  journal relates the horror  and madness that ensued when the explorers were  stalked by a mysterious being  of supernatural or extraterrestrial origin.   Also in the tent is Mr. Drumgold&amp;#039;s frozen dismembered head.</description>
      <author>John Martin Leahy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982750015.mp3" length="801434" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982750015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent
Author: John Martin Leahy
Narrator: Edward E. French
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent&amp;#039; is a short horror fiction  inspired in part by various expeditions to the South Pole, beginning in the late 1890s.  These culminated in the famous effort led by Roald Amundsen, who was the first to reach the South Pole on December 14, 1911. In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent, a  three man expedition to Antarctica arrives at the deserted camp of an earlier trio of explorers.  In the tent is the journal of  Robert Drumgold, who with two other men, perished mysteriously near the South Pole.    The  journal relates the horror  and madness that ensued when the explorers were  stalked by a mysterious being  of supernatural or extraterrestrial origin.   Also in the tent is Mr. Drumgold&amp;#039;s frozen dismembered head.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent
Author: John Martin Leahy
Narrator: Edward E. French
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent&amp;#039; is a short horror fiction  inspired in part by various expeditions to the South Pole, beginning in the late 1890s.  These culminated in the famous effort led by Roald Amundsen, who was the first to reach the South Pole on December 14, 1911. In Amundsen&amp;#039;s Tent, a  three man expedition to Antarctica arrives at the deserted camp of an earlier trio of explorers.  In the tent is the journal of  Robert Drumgold, who with two other men, perished mysteriously near the South Pole.    The  journal relates the horror  and madness that ensued when the explorers were  stalked by a mysterious being  of supernatural or extraterrestrial origin.   Also in the tent is Mr. Drumgold&amp;#039;s frozen dismembered head.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Widow of Pale Harbor by Hester Fox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Widow of Pale Harbor
Author: Hester Fox
Narrator: Lauren Ezzo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A town gripped by fear. A woman accused of witchcraft. Who can save Pale Harbor from itself? Maine, 1846. Gabriel Stone is desperate to escape the ghosts that haunt him in Massachusetts after his wife’s death, so he moves to Maine, taking a position as a minister in the remote village of Pale Harbor. But not all is as it seems in the sleepy town. Strange, unsettling things have been happening, and the townspeople claim that only one person can be responsible: Sophronia Carver, a reclusive widow who lives with a spinster maid in the eerie Castle Carver. Sophronia must be a witch, and she almost certainly killed her husband. As the incidents escalate, one thing becomes clear: they are the work of a twisted person inspired by the wildly popular stories of Mr. Edgar Allan Poe. And Gabriel must find answers, or Pale Harbor will suffer a fate worthy of Poe’s darkest tales. Hester Fox comes to writing from a background in the museum field as a collections maintenance technician. This job has taken her from historic houses to fine art museums, where she has the privilege of cleaning and caring for collections that range from paintings by old masters to ancient artifacts to early-American furniture. She is a keen painter and has a master’s degree in historical archaeology, as well as a background in medieval studies and art history. Hester lives outside Boston with her husband. Delve into the magical power of flowers in Hester Fox&amp;#039;s captivating new novel, THE BOOK OF THORNS, where long-lost sisters reunite on opposite sides of the Napoleonic Wars and must uncover the secrets of their mother&amp;#039;s disappearance and their mystical powers… Look for these other gothic mysteries from Hester Fox:  - The Last Heir to Blackwood Library - The Witch of Willow Hall - The Orphan of Cemetery Hill - A Lullaby for Witches</description>
      <author>Hester Fox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488206948.mp3" length="1340326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488206948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Widow of Pale Harbor
Author: Hester Fox
Narrator: Lauren Ezzo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A town gripped by fear. A woman accused of witchcraft. Who can save Pale Harbor from itself? Maine, 1846. Gabriel Stone is desperate to escape the ghosts that haunt him in Massachusetts after his wife’s death, so he moves to Maine, taking a position as a minister in the remote village of Pale Harbor. But not all is as it seems in the sleepy town. Strange, unsettling things have been happening, and the townspeople claim that only one person can be responsible: Sophronia Carver, a reclusive widow who lives with a spinster maid in the eerie Castle Carver. Sophronia must be a witch, and she almost certainly killed her husband. As the incidents escalate, one thing becomes clear: they are the work of a twisted person inspired by the wildly popular stories of Mr. Edgar Allan Poe. And Gabriel must find answers, or Pale Harbor will suffer a fate worthy of Poe’s darkest tales. Hester Fox comes to writing from a background in the museum field as a collections maintenance technician. This job has taken her from historic houses to fine art museums, where she has the privilege of cleaning and caring for collections that range from paintings by old masters to ancient artifacts to early-American furniture. She is a keen painter and has a master’s degree in historical archaeology, as well as a background in medieval studies and art history. Hester lives outside Boston with her husband. Delve into the magical power of flowers in Hester Fox&amp;#039;s captivating new novel, THE BOOK OF THORNS, where long-lost sisters reunite on opposite sides of the Napoleonic Wars and must uncover the secrets of their mother&amp;#039;s disappearance and their mystical powers… Look for these other gothic mysteries from Hester Fox:  - The Last Heir to Blackwood Library - The Witch of Willow Hall - The Orphan of Cemetery Hill - A Lullaby for Witches</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Widow of Pale Harbor
Author: Hester Fox
Narrator: Lauren Ezzo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A town gripped by fear. A woman accused of witchcraft. Who can save Pale Harbor from itself? Maine, 1846. Gabriel Stone is desperate to escape the ghosts that haunt him in Massachusetts after his wife’s death, so he moves to Maine, taking a position as a minister in the remote village of Pale Harbor. But not all is as it seems in the sleepy town. Strange, unsettling things have been happening, and the townspeople claim that only one person can be responsible: Sophronia Carver, a reclusive widow who lives with a spinster maid in the eerie Castle Carver. Sophronia must be a witch, and she almost certainly killed her husband. As the incidents escalate, one thing becomes clear: they are the work of a twisted person inspired by the wildly popular stories of Mr. Edgar Allan Poe. And Gabriel must find answers, or Pale Harbor will suffer a fate worthy of Poe’s darkest tales. Hester Fox comes to writing from a background in the museum field as a collections maintenance technician. This job has taken her from historic houses to fine art museums, where she has the privilege of cleaning and caring for collections that range from paintings by old masters to ancient artifacts to early-American furniture. She is a keen painter and has a master’s degree in historical archaeology, as well as a background in medieval studies and art history. Hester lives outside Boston with her husband. Delve into the magical power of flowers in Hester Fox&amp;#039;s captivating new novel, THE BOOK OF THORNS, where long-lost sisters reunite on opposite sides of the Napoleonic Wars and must uncover the secrets of their mother&amp;#039;s disappearance and their mystical powers… Look for these other gothic mysteries from Hester Fox:  - The Last Heir to Blackwood Library - The Witch of Willow Hall - The Orphan of Cemetery Hill - A Lullaby for Witches</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gwendy&amp;#039;s Magic Feather by Richard Chizmar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gwendy&amp;#039;s Magic Feather
Series: #2 of Gwendy&amp;#039;s Button Box Trilogy
Author: Richard Chizmar
Narrator: Maggie Siff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A FOREWORD BY STEPHEN KING IS INCLUDED ON PDF! A USA TODAY BESTSELLER   In this thrilling sequel to the New York Times bestselling novella by Stephen King and award-winning author Richard Chizmar, an adult Gwendy is summoned back to Castle Rock after the mysterious reappearance of the button box.  Something evil has swept into the small Maine town of Castle Rock on the heels of the latest winter storm. Sheriff Norris Ridgewick and his team are desperately searching for two missing girls, but time is running out.   In Washington, DC, thirty-seven-year-old Gwendy Peterson couldn’t be more different from the self-conscious teenaged girl who once spent a summer running up Castle Rock’s Suicide Stairs. That same summer, she had been entrusted—or some might say cursed—with the extraordinary button box by Richard Farris, the mysterious stranger in the black suit. The seductive and powerful box offered Gwendy small gifts in exchange for its care and feeding until Farris eventually returned, promising the young girl she’d never see the box again.   One day, though, the button box suddenly reappears but this time, without Richard Farris to explain why, or what she’s supposed to do with it. Between this and the troubling disappearances back in Castle Rock, Gwendy decides to return home. She just might be able to help rescue the missing girls and stop a dangerous madman before he does something ghastly.   With breathtaking and lyrical prose, Gwendy’s Magic Feather explores whether our lives are controlled by fate or the choices we make and what price we sometimes have to pay. Prepare to return again to Stephen King’s Castle Rock, the sleepy little town built on a bedrock of deep, dark secrets, just as it’s about to awaken from its quiet slumber once more.</description>
      <author>Richard Chizmar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797101781.mp3" length="826702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797101781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gwendy&amp;#039;s Magic Feather
Series: #2 of Gwendy&amp;#039;s Button Box Trilogy
Author: Richard Chizmar
Narrator: Maggie Siff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A FOREWORD BY STEPHEN KING IS INCLUDED ON PDF! A USA TODAY BESTSELLER   In this thrilling sequel to the New York Times bestselling novella by Stephen King and award-winning author Richard Chizmar, an adult Gwendy is summoned back to Castle Rock after the mysterious reappearance of the button box.  Something evil has swept into the small Maine town of Castle Rock on the heels of the latest winter storm. Sheriff Norris Ridgewick and his team are desperately searching for two missing girls, but time is running out.   In Washington, DC, thirty-seven-year-old Gwendy Peterson couldn’t be more different from the self-conscious teenaged girl who once spent a summer running up Castle Rock’s Suicide Stairs. That same summer, she had been entrusted—or some might say cursed—with the extraordinary button box by Richard Farris, the mysterious stranger in the black suit. The seductive and powerful box offered Gwendy small gifts in exchange for its care and feeding until Farris eventually returned, promising the young girl she’d never see the box again.   One day, though, the button box suddenly reappears but this time, without Richard Farris to explain why, or what she’s supposed to do with it. Between this and the troubling disappearances back in Castle Rock, Gwendy decides to return home. She just might be able to help rescue the missing girls and stop a dangerous madman before he does something ghastly.   With breathtaking and lyrical prose, Gwendy’s Magic Feather explores whether our lives are controlled by fate or the choices we make and what price we sometimes have to pay. Prepare to return again to Stephen King’s Castle Rock, the sleepy little town built on a bedrock of deep, dark secrets, just as it’s about to awaken from its quiet slumber once more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gwendy&amp;#039;s Magic Feather
Series: #2 of Gwendy&amp;#039;s Button Box Trilogy
Author: Richard Chizmar
Narrator: Maggie Siff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A FOREWORD BY STEPHEN KING IS INCLUDED ON PDF! A USA TODAY BESTSELLER   In this thrilling sequel to the New York Times bestselling novella by Stephen King and award-winning author Richard Chizmar, an adult Gwendy is summoned back to Castle Rock after the mysterious reappearance of the button box.  Something evil has swept into the small Maine town of Castle Rock on the heels of the latest winter storm. Sheriff Norris Ridgewick and his team are desperately searching for two missing girls, but time is running out.   In Washington, DC, thirty-seven-year-old Gwendy Peterson couldn’t be more different from the self-conscious teenaged girl who once spent a summer running up Castle Rock’s Suicide Stairs. That same summer, she had been entrusted—or some might say cursed—with the extraordinary button box by Richard Farris, the mysterious stranger in the black suit. The seductive and powerful box offered Gwendy small gifts in exchange for its care and feeding until Farris eventually returned, promising the young girl she’d never see the box again.   One day, though, the button box suddenly reappears but this time, without Richard Farris to explain why, or what she’s supposed to do with it. Between this and the troubling disappearances back in Castle Rock, Gwendy decides to return home. She just might be able to help rescue the missing girls and stop a dangerous madman before he does something ghastly.   With breathtaking and lyrical prose, Gwendy’s Magic Feather explores whether our lives are controlled by fate or the choices we make and what price we sometimes have to pay. Prepare to return again to Stephen King’s Castle Rock, the sleepy little town built on a bedrock of deep, dark secrets, just as it’s about to awaken from its quiet slumber once more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Frost and Flame by Gena Showalter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frost and Flame
Series: #2 of Gods of War
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Melissa Moran, Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Gena Showalter, the New York Times bestselling author of the Lords of the Underworld saga, comes Frost and Flame, the second book in the scorching paranormal romance series Gods of War. Bane of Adwaeweth is the most feared immortal warrior in All War history. Possessed by a bloodthirsty beast, he will stop at nothing to win. Then he meets irresistible Nola Lee. He hates the power she wields over him, but she alone can rain vengeance upon his wife’s killer. Unaware of her destiny to rule as queen of beasts, Nola battles illness, addiction and vulnerability. With Bane, however, she experiences pleasure for the first time, and only wants more. But being with him comes with a terrible price. With enemies lurking around every corner, Bane and Nola must fight to survive. But time is running out, and neither can resist the sizzling attraction blazing between them. Will their romance save the beast and his beauty, or destroy everything they’ve come to love? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</description>
      <author>Gena Showalter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488207006.mp3" length="1401901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488207006.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frost and Flame
Series: #2 of Gods of War
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Melissa Moran, Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Gena Showalter, the New York Times bestselling author of the Lords of the Underworld saga, comes Frost and Flame, the second book in the scorching paranormal romance series Gods of War. Bane of Adwaeweth is the most feared immortal warrior in All War history. Possessed by a bloodthirsty beast, he will stop at nothing to win. Then he meets irresistible Nola Lee. He hates the power she wields over him, but she alone can rain vengeance upon his wife’s killer. Unaware of her destiny to rule as queen of beasts, Nola battles illness, addiction and vulnerability. With Bane, however, she experiences pleasure for the first time, and only wants more. But being with him comes with a terrible price. With enemies lurking around every corner, Bane and Nola must fight to survive. But time is running out, and neither can resist the sizzling attraction blazing between them. Will their romance save the beast and his beauty, or destroy everything they’ve come to love? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Frost and Flame
Series: #2 of Gods of War
Author: Gena Showalter
Narrator: Melissa Moran, Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Gena Showalter, the New York Times bestselling author of the Lords of the Underworld saga, comes Frost and Flame, the second book in the scorching paranormal romance series Gods of War. Bane of Adwaeweth is the most feared immortal warrior in All War history. Possessed by a bloodthirsty beast, he will stop at nothing to win. Then he meets irresistible Nola Lee. He hates the power she wields over him, but she alone can rain vengeance upon his wife’s killer. Unaware of her destiny to rule as queen of beasts, Nola battles illness, addiction and vulnerability. With Bane, however, she experiences pleasure for the first time, and only wants more. But being with him comes with a terrible price. With enemies lurking around every corner, Bane and Nola must fight to survive. But time is running out, and neither can resist the sizzling attraction blazing between them. Will their romance save the beast and his beauty, or destroy everything they’ve come to love? Don&amp;#039;t miss Ruthless, the second book in New York Times bestselling author Gena Showalter&amp;#039;s captivating and unforgettable Immortal Enemies series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Blight of Blackwings by Kevin Hearne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Blight of Blackwings
Series: #2 of The Seven Kennings
Author: Kevin Hearne
Narrator: Xe Sands, Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling creator of the Iron Druid Chronicles comes the sequel to A Plague of Giants: A world-breaking war—an invasion of giant warriors—inspires a movement to fight back.    SOLDIER AND AVENGER  Daryck is from a city that was devastated by the war with the Bone Giants, and now he and a band of warriors seek revenge against the giants for the loved ones they’ve lost. But will vengeance be enough to salve their grief?  DREAMER AND LEADER  Hanima is part of a new generation with extraordinary magical talents: She can speak to fantastical animals. But when this gift becomes a threat to the powers-that-be, Hanima becomes the leader of a movement to use this magic to bring power to the people.  SISTER AND SEEKER  Koesha is the captain of an all-female crew on a perilous voyage to explore unknown waters. Though her crew is seeking a path around the globe, Koesha is also looking for her sister, lost at sea two years ago. But what lies beyond the edges of the map is far more dangerous than storms and sea monsters. . . .   In this sequel to A Plague of Giants, these characters and more will become the voices of a new generation bringing hope and revolution to a war-torn world. Don’t miss any of Kevin Hearne’s action-packed Seven Kennings series A PLAGUE OF GIANTS • A BLIGHT OF BLACKWINGS • A CURSE OF KRAKENS (Coming Later!)</description>
      <author>Kevin Hearne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780804128841.mp3" length="2693586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780804128841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Blight of Blackwings
Series: #2 of The Seven Kennings
Author: Kevin Hearne
Narrator: Xe Sands, Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling creator of the Iron Druid Chronicles comes the sequel to A Plague of Giants: A world-breaking war—an invasion of giant warriors—inspires a movement to fight back.    SOLDIER AND AVENGER  Daryck is from a city that was devastated by the war with the Bone Giants, and now he and a band of warriors seek revenge against the giants for the loved ones they’ve lost. But will vengeance be enough to salve their grief?  DREAMER AND LEADER  Hanima is part of a new generation with extraordinary magical talents: She can speak to fantastical animals. But when this gift becomes a threat to the powers-that-be, Hanima becomes the leader of a movement to use this magic to bring power to the people.  SISTER AND SEEKER  Koesha is the captain of an all-female crew on a perilous voyage to explore unknown waters. Though her crew is seeking a path around the globe, Koesha is also looking for her sister, lost at sea two years ago. But what lies beyond the edges of the map is far more dangerous than storms and sea monsters. . . .   In this sequel to A Plague of Giants, these characters and more will become the voices of a new generation bringing hope and revolution to a war-torn world. Don’t miss any of Kevin Hearne’s action-packed Seven Kennings series A PLAGUE OF GIANTS • A BLIGHT OF BLACKWINGS • A CURSE OF KRAKENS (Coming Later!)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Blight of Blackwings
Series: #2 of The Seven Kennings
Author: Kevin Hearne
Narrator: Xe Sands, Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling creator of the Iron Druid Chronicles comes the sequel to A Plague of Giants: A world-breaking war—an invasion of giant warriors—inspires a movement to fight back.    SOLDIER AND AVENGER  Daryck is from a city that was devastated by the war with the Bone Giants, and now he and a band of warriors seek revenge against the giants for the loved ones they’ve lost. But will vengeance be enough to salve their grief?  DREAMER AND LEADER  Hanima is part of a new generation with extraordinary magical talents: She can speak to fantastical animals. But when this gift becomes a threat to the powers-that-be, Hanima becomes the leader of a movement to use this magic to bring power to the people.  SISTER AND SEEKER  Koesha is the captain of an all-female crew on a perilous voyage to explore unknown waters. Though her crew is seeking a path around the globe, Koesha is also looking for her sister, lost at sea two years ago. But what lies beyond the edges of the map is far more dangerous than storms and sea monsters. . . .   In this sequel to A Plague of Giants, these characters and more will become the voices of a new generation bringing hope and revolution to a war-torn world. Don’t miss any of Kevin Hearne’s action-packed Seven Kennings series A PLAGUE OF GIANTS • A BLIGHT OF BLACKWINGS • A CURSE OF KRAKENS (Coming Later!)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bitten At Daybreak by Deanna Chase</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitten At Daybreak
Series: #3 of Last Witch Standing
Author: Deanna Chase
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Badass witch Phoebe Kilsen has spent years looking for her brother. Now that she&amp;#039;s found him, her world is turned upside down and everything she has ever known to be true appears to be false. Cut off from everyone except her brother, can she find a way back to her partner Dax, her best friend Willow, and her life&amp;#039;s work with the Void? Or will she be destined to live a lie with a vampire she&amp;#039;s never trusted? Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Deanna Chase</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977388957.mp3" length="7747606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977388957.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitten At Daybreak
Series: #3 of Last Witch Standing
Author: Deanna Chase
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Badass witch Phoebe Kilsen has spent years looking for her brother. Now that she&amp;#039;s found him, her world is turned upside down and everything she has ever known to be true appears to be false. Cut off from everyone except her brother, can she find a way back to her partner Dax, her best friend Willow, and her life&amp;#039;s work with the Void? Or will she be destined to live a lie with a vampire she&amp;#039;s never trusted? Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitten At Daybreak
Series: #3 of Last Witch Standing
Author: Deanna Chase
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Badass witch Phoebe Kilsen has spent years looking for her brother. Now that she&amp;#039;s found him, her world is turned upside down and everything she has ever known to be true appears to be false. Cut off from everyone except her brother, can she find a way back to her partner Dax, her best friend Willow, and her life&amp;#039;s work with the Void? Or will she be destined to live a lie with a vampire she&amp;#039;s never trusted? Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kingdom of Exiles by Maxym M. Martineau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Exiles
Series: #1 of Beast Charmer
Author: Maxym M. Martineau
Narrator: Brian Pallino, Jennifer O&amp;#039;Donnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My heart wasn&amp;#039;t part of the deal when I bargained for my life, But assassins so rarely keep their word. Exiled Charmer Leena Edenfrell is running out of time. Empty pockets forced her to sell her beloved magical beasts-an offense punishable by death-and now there&amp;#039;s a price on her head. With the realm&amp;#039;s most talented murderer-for-hire nipping at her heels, Leena makes Noc an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse: powerful mythical creatures in exchange for her life. Plagued by a curse that kills everyone he loves, Noc agrees to Leena&amp;#039;s terms in hopes of finding a cure. Never mind that the dark magic binding the assassin&amp;#039;s oath will eventually force him to choose between Leena&amp;#039;s continued survival...and his own. In a game of trust and half-lies, only one thing can be certain: traps capture more than beasts and ensnared hearts are impossible to untangle.</description>
      <author>Maxym M. Martineau</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980039198.mp3" length="1235846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980039198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Exiles
Series: #1 of Beast Charmer
Author: Maxym M. Martineau
Narrator: Brian Pallino, Jennifer O&amp;#039;Donnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My heart wasn&amp;#039;t part of the deal when I bargained for my life, But assassins so rarely keep their word. Exiled Charmer Leena Edenfrell is running out of time. Empty pockets forced her to sell her beloved magical beasts-an offense punishable by death-and now there&amp;#039;s a price on her head. With the realm&amp;#039;s most talented murderer-for-hire nipping at her heels, Leena makes Noc an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse: powerful mythical creatures in exchange for her life. Plagued by a curse that kills everyone he loves, Noc agrees to Leena&amp;#039;s terms in hopes of finding a cure. Never mind that the dark magic binding the assassin&amp;#039;s oath will eventually force him to choose between Leena&amp;#039;s continued survival...and his own. In a game of trust and half-lies, only one thing can be certain: traps capture more than beasts and ensnared hearts are impossible to untangle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kingdom of Exiles
Series: #1 of Beast Charmer
Author: Maxym M. Martineau
Narrator: Brian Pallino, Jennifer O&amp;#039;Donnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My heart wasn&amp;#039;t part of the deal when I bargained for my life, But assassins so rarely keep their word. Exiled Charmer Leena Edenfrell is running out of time. Empty pockets forced her to sell her beloved magical beasts-an offense punishable by death-and now there&amp;#039;s a price on her head. With the realm&amp;#039;s most talented murderer-for-hire nipping at her heels, Leena makes Noc an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse: powerful mythical creatures in exchange for her life. Plagued by a curse that kills everyone he loves, Noc agrees to Leena&amp;#039;s terms in hopes of finding a cure. Never mind that the dark magic binding the assassin&amp;#039;s oath will eventually force him to choose between Leena&amp;#039;s continued survival...and his own. In a game of trust and half-lies, only one thing can be certain: traps capture more than beasts and ensnared hearts are impossible to untangle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stalking by Heather Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stalking
Series: #29 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark legends come to life With the execution of a serial killer known as the Artiste, Cheyenne Donegal thinks a grim part of her past is finally put to rest. Her cousin had been the twisted killer’s final victim, and then-teenage Cheyenne was integral in bringing him to justice. That tragedy drove her to become an FBI agent. And now she’s back in Louisiana because someone is murdering young women in the same manner as the Artiste. Krewe of Hunters agent Andre Broussard has deep ties in New Orleans and Cajun country beyond. He knows that more than one monster has stalked the bayou. Has a deadly threat been resurrected, or does someone have a dark inspiration? With the life of a missing woman on the line, Cheyenne and Andre have to set aside their doubts about each other and work to discover the truth. The case is too close and too personal—but they can’t let it go, especially now that a ruthless killer has turned the tables and is hunting them.</description>
      <author>Heather Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488207334.mp3" length="1280534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488207334.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stalking
Series: #29 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark legends come to life With the execution of a serial killer known as the Artiste, Cheyenne Donegal thinks a grim part of her past is finally put to rest. Her cousin had been the twisted killer’s final victim, and then-teenage Cheyenne was integral in bringing him to justice. That tragedy drove her to become an FBI agent. And now she’s back in Louisiana because someone is murdering young women in the same manner as the Artiste. Krewe of Hunters agent Andre Broussard has deep ties in New Orleans and Cajun country beyond. He knows that more than one monster has stalked the bayou. Has a deadly threat been resurrected, or does someone have a dark inspiration? With the life of a missing woman on the line, Cheyenne and Andre have to set aside their doubts about each other and work to discover the truth. The case is too close and too personal—but they can’t let it go, especially now that a ruthless killer has turned the tables and is hunting them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stalking
Series: #29 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark legends come to life With the execution of a serial killer known as the Artiste, Cheyenne Donegal thinks a grim part of her past is finally put to rest. Her cousin had been the twisted killer’s final victim, and then-teenage Cheyenne was integral in bringing him to justice. That tragedy drove her to become an FBI agent. And now she’s back in Louisiana because someone is murdering young women in the same manner as the Artiste. Krewe of Hunters agent Andre Broussard has deep ties in New Orleans and Cajun country beyond. He knows that more than one monster has stalked the bayou. Has a deadly threat been resurrected, or does someone have a dark inspiration? With the life of a missing woman on the line, Cheyenne and Andre have to set aside their doubts about each other and work to discover the truth. The case is too close and too personal—but they can’t let it go, especially now that a ruthless killer has turned the tables and is hunting them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dark Man by Desmond Doane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Man
Series: #1 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ford Atticus Ford, former lead ghost hunter on the hit paranormal reality show Graveyard: Classified, has more than a few regrets—especially after young Chelsea Hopper was attacked by a demon . . . on live television. Assisting police departments by conducting paranormal investigations and uncovering buried clues now provides him with an ounce of redemption, but it will never be enough.   What occurred on that long-ago Halloween night was unforgivable, and Ford, chasing ratings and stardom, let it happen. With Graveyard cancelled and his reputation destroyed, Ford sets out to avenge little Chelsea, and save his own soul—if he can.</description>
      <author>Desmond Doane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347947.mp3" length="8688597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347947.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Man
Series: #1 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ford Atticus Ford, former lead ghost hunter on the hit paranormal reality show Graveyard: Classified, has more than a few regrets—especially after young Chelsea Hopper was attacked by a demon . . . on live television. Assisting police departments by conducting paranormal investigations and uncovering buried clues now provides him with an ounce of redemption, but it will never be enough.   What occurred on that long-ago Halloween night was unforgivable, and Ford, chasing ratings and stardom, let it happen. With Graveyard cancelled and his reputation destroyed, Ford sets out to avenge little Chelsea, and save his own soul—if he can.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Man
Series: #1 of Graveyard Classified
Author: Desmond Doane
Narrator: Daniel Thomas May
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ford Atticus Ford, former lead ghost hunter on the hit paranormal reality show Graveyard: Classified, has more than a few regrets—especially after young Chelsea Hopper was attacked by a demon . . . on live television. Assisting police departments by conducting paranormal investigations and uncovering buried clues now provides him with an ounce of redemption, but it will never be enough.   What occurred on that long-ago Halloween night was unforgivable, and Ford, chasing ratings and stardom, let it happen. With Graveyard cancelled and his reputation destroyed, Ford sets out to avenge little Chelsea, and save his own soul—if he can.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Red Square by Martin Cruz Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Square
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Back from exile, Renko must defeat the powerful black-market crime lords in this third installment to the Arkady Renko series by internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith.  Back from exile in the hellish reaches of the Soviet Union, homicide investigator Arkady Renko discovers that his country, his Moscow, even his job, are nearly dead. But his enemies are very much alive, and foremost among them are the powerful black-market crime lords of the Russian mafia. Hounded by this terrifying new underworld, chased by the ruthless minions of the newly rich and powerful, and tempted by his great love, defector Irina Asanova, Arkady can only hope desperately for escape. But fate has something else in store.</description>
      <author>Martin Cruz Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797100050.mp3" length="855083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797100050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Square
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Back from exile, Renko must defeat the powerful black-market crime lords in this third installment to the Arkady Renko series by internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith.  Back from exile in the hellish reaches of the Soviet Union, homicide investigator Arkady Renko discovers that his country, his Moscow, even his job, are nearly dead. But his enemies are very much alive, and foremost among them are the powerful black-market crime lords of the Russian mafia. Hounded by this terrifying new underworld, chased by the ruthless minions of the newly rich and powerful, and tempted by his great love, defector Irina Asanova, Arkady can only hope desperately for escape. But fate has something else in store.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Red Square
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Back from exile, Renko must defeat the powerful black-market crime lords in this third installment to the Arkady Renko series by internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith.  Back from exile in the hellish reaches of the Soviet Union, homicide investigator Arkady Renko discovers that his country, his Moscow, even his job, are nearly dead. But his enemies are very much alive, and foremost among them are the powerful black-market crime lords of the Russian mafia. Hounded by this terrifying new underworld, chased by the ruthless minions of the newly rich and powerful, and tempted by his great love, defector Irina Asanova, Arkady can only hope desperately for escape. But fate has something else in store.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Haunting of Cabin Green: A Modern Gothic Horror Novel by April A. Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Haunting of Cabin Green: A Modern Gothic Horror Novel
Author: April A. Taylor
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Cabin Green, where the setting is familiar, but the story is completely unexpected. A terrifying slow-burn that combines the literary Gothic prose of Shirley Jackson, Ambrose Bierce, and Thomas Tryon with the &amp;#039;what&amp;#039;s really real?&amp;#039; aspects of The Shining. Cabin Green has also been compared to the devastation of Hereditary and the socially progressive, ambiguous approach of Paul Tremblay. Going to Cabin Green alone after the death of his fiancée was Ben&amp;#039;s first mistake. His second mistake was tempting fate by saying, &amp;#039;There&amp;#039;s no such thing as an evil building.&amp;#039; Now he&amp;#039;s caught in a nightmare of his own making deep in the woods of Northern Michigan. Even worse, a family history of mental illness makes it impossible for him to know if the ghosts haunting the cabin are real or all in his head. This modern Gothic horror story takes the listener directly into Ben&amp;#039;s hellish experience. Is he crazy? Is a ghost haunting him? The only way to find out is to make it to the end of this deep, dark thrill ride that&amp;#039;s filled with more twists than a roller coaster.</description>
      <author>April A. Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541406452.mp3" length="7269605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541406452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Haunting of Cabin Green: A Modern Gothic Horror Novel
Author: April A. Taylor
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Cabin Green, where the setting is familiar, but the story is completely unexpected. A terrifying slow-burn that combines the literary Gothic prose of Shirley Jackson, Ambrose Bierce, and Thomas Tryon with the &amp;#039;what&amp;#039;s really real?&amp;#039; aspects of The Shining. Cabin Green has also been compared to the devastation of Hereditary and the socially progressive, ambiguous approach of Paul Tremblay. Going to Cabin Green alone after the death of his fiancée was Ben&amp;#039;s first mistake. His second mistake was tempting fate by saying, &amp;#039;There&amp;#039;s no such thing as an evil building.&amp;#039; Now he&amp;#039;s caught in a nightmare of his own making deep in the woods of Northern Michigan. Even worse, a family history of mental illness makes it impossible for him to know if the ghosts haunting the cabin are real or all in his head. This modern Gothic horror story takes the listener directly into Ben&amp;#039;s hellish experience. Is he crazy? Is a ghost haunting him? The only way to find out is to make it to the end of this deep, dark thrill ride that&amp;#039;s filled with more twists than a roller coaster.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Haunting of Cabin Green: A Modern Gothic Horror Novel
Author: April A. Taylor
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Cabin Green, where the setting is familiar, but the story is completely unexpected. A terrifying slow-burn that combines the literary Gothic prose of Shirley Jackson, Ambrose Bierce, and Thomas Tryon with the &amp;#039;what&amp;#039;s really real?&amp;#039; aspects of The Shining. Cabin Green has also been compared to the devastation of Hereditary and the socially progressive, ambiguous approach of Paul Tremblay. Going to Cabin Green alone after the death of his fiancée was Ben&amp;#039;s first mistake. His second mistake was tempting fate by saying, &amp;#039;There&amp;#039;s no such thing as an evil building.&amp;#039; Now he&amp;#039;s caught in a nightmare of his own making deep in the woods of Northern Michigan. Even worse, a family history of mental illness makes it impossible for him to know if the ghosts haunting the cabin are real or all in his head. This modern Gothic horror story takes the listener directly into Ben&amp;#039;s hellish experience. Is he crazy? Is a ghost haunting him? The only way to find out is to make it to the end of this deep, dark thrill ride that&amp;#039;s filled with more twists than a roller coaster.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Havana Bay by Martin Cruz Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Havana Bay
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a mystery that reaches international proportions in this entertaining fourth title in the Arkady Renko series. Former Inspector for the Moscow Militsiya, Arkady Renko, is summoned to Cuba to identify a liquefying corpse, dragged from the oily waters of Havana Bay. Renko finds himself in a decaying country, the final recess of Communism—a place where Russia is despised, exotic rituals take precedence and unexpected danger meets bewildering contradictions. After a harrowing experience that has left Renko on the verge of suicide, this mystery leads him on a trail of deceit that reaches international proportions, and gives him a reason to relish his own life again.</description>
      <author>Martin Cruz Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299943.mp3" length="833165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Havana Bay
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a mystery that reaches international proportions in this entertaining fourth title in the Arkady Renko series. Former Inspector for the Moscow Militsiya, Arkady Renko, is summoned to Cuba to identify a liquefying corpse, dragged from the oily waters of Havana Bay. Renko finds himself in a decaying country, the final recess of Communism—a place where Russia is despised, exotic rituals take precedence and unexpected danger meets bewildering contradictions. After a harrowing experience that has left Renko on the verge of suicide, this mystery leads him on a trail of deceit that reaches international proportions, and gives him a reason to relish his own life again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Havana Bay
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a mystery that reaches international proportions in this entertaining fourth title in the Arkady Renko series. Former Inspector for the Moscow Militsiya, Arkady Renko, is summoned to Cuba to identify a liquefying corpse, dragged from the oily waters of Havana Bay. Renko finds himself in a decaying country, the final recess of Communism—a place where Russia is despised, exotic rituals take precedence and unexpected danger meets bewildering contradictions. After a harrowing experience that has left Renko on the verge of suicide, this mystery leads him on a trail of deceit that reaches international proportions, and gives him a reason to relish his own life again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Polar Star by Martin Cruz Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polar Star
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the second installment in the Arkady Renko series from internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith, Renko goes up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web and discovering more than he bargained for.  Arkady Renko, former Chief Investigator of the Moscow Town Prosecutor&amp;#039;s Office, made too many enemies and lost the favor of his party. After a self-imposed exile in Siberia, Renko toils on the &amp;#039;slime line&amp;#039; of a factory ship in the Bering Sea. But when an adventurous Georgian woman comes up with the day&amp;#039;s catch, the signs of murder are undeniable. Up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web, Renko must again become the obsessed, dedicated cop he once was. And in doing so, he discovers much more than he bargained for.</description>
      <author>Martin Cruz Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299912.mp3" length="844987" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299912.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polar Star
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the second installment in the Arkady Renko series from internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith, Renko goes up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web and discovering more than he bargained for.  Arkady Renko, former Chief Investigator of the Moscow Town Prosecutor&amp;#039;s Office, made too many enemies and lost the favor of his party. After a self-imposed exile in Siberia, Renko toils on the &amp;#039;slime line&amp;#039; of a factory ship in the Bering Sea. But when an adventurous Georgian woman comes up with the day&amp;#039;s catch, the signs of murder are undeniable. Up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web, Renko must again become the obsessed, dedicated cop he once was. And in doing so, he discovers much more than he bargained for.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polar Star
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In the second installment in the Arkady Renko series from internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith, Renko goes up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web and discovering more than he bargained for.  Arkady Renko, former Chief Investigator of the Moscow Town Prosecutor&amp;#039;s Office, made too many enemies and lost the favor of his party. After a self-imposed exile in Siberia, Renko toils on the &amp;#039;slime line&amp;#039; of a factory ship in the Bering Sea. But when an adventurous Georgian woman comes up with the day&amp;#039;s catch, the signs of murder are undeniable. Up against the Soviet bureaucracy in a complex international web, Renko must again become the obsessed, dedicated cop he once was. And in doing so, he discovers much more than he bargained for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stallion Gate by Martin Cruz Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallion Gate
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith comes an epic story of a physicist, a general, a spy, and a hero who will change history forever.  In a New Mexico blizzard, four men cross a barbed-wire fence at Stallion Gate to select a test site for the first atomic weapon. They are Oppenheimer, the physicist; Groves, the general; Fuchs, the spy. The fourth man is Sergeant Joe Pena, a hero, informer, fighter, musician, Indian. These four men—and a cast of soldiers, roughnecks and scientists—will change history forever.</description>
      <author>Martin Cruz Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797100012.mp3" length="886718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797100012.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallion Gate
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith comes an epic story of a physicist, a general, a spy, and a hero who will change history forever.  In a New Mexico blizzard, four men cross a barbed-wire fence at Stallion Gate to select a test site for the first atomic weapon. They are Oppenheimer, the physicist; Groves, the general; Fuchs, the spy. The fourth man is Sergeant Joe Pena, a hero, informer, fighter, musician, Indian. These four men—and a cast of soldiers, roughnecks and scientists—will change history forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stallion Gate
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Frank Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From internationally bestselling author Martin Cruz Smith comes an epic story of a physicist, a general, a spy, and a hero who will change history forever.  In a New Mexico blizzard, four men cross a barbed-wire fence at Stallion Gate to select a test site for the first atomic weapon. They are Oppenheimer, the physicist; Groves, the general; Fuchs, the spy. The fourth man is Sergeant Joe Pena, a hero, informer, fighter, musician, Indian. These four men—and a cast of soldiers, roughnecks and scientists—will change history forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nightwing by Martin Cruz Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nightwing
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a reissue of Nightwing, the million-copy bestseller that Stephen King called “one of the best horror novels in the last twenty years.” As darkness gathers, the sky is filled with frantic motion and maddening murmurs. In an effort to end the world, an unhappy, aging Native American shaman invokes the Hopi god of death. Those around him remain skeptical, dismissing him as crazy old man. Then they discover his mutilated, bloody body and soon other similarly disfigured bodies begin to appear. Horses, sheep, cattle—no living thing is safe. But what is causing the horrible deaths? Deputy Sheriff Duran is called back to the reservation to investigate. Immediately, Duran recognizes the significance of the shaman’s spell and, with the help of two scientists, he works to combat the supernatural scourge—before there’s nothing left to save.   Written “in the tradition of Stephen King” (Kirkus Reviews), Nightwing is part love triangle, part Native American case study, part supernatural thriller…and “genuinely horrifying” (The Washington Post Book World).</description>
      <author>Martin Cruz Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508299974.mp3" length="902502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508299974.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nightwing
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a reissue of Nightwing, the million-copy bestseller that Stephen King called “one of the best horror novels in the last twenty years.” As darkness gathers, the sky is filled with frantic motion and maddening murmurs. In an effort to end the world, an unhappy, aging Native American shaman invokes the Hopi god of death. Those around him remain skeptical, dismissing him as crazy old man. Then they discover his mutilated, bloody body and soon other similarly disfigured bodies begin to appear. Horses, sheep, cattle—no living thing is safe. But what is causing the horrible deaths? Deputy Sheriff Duran is called back to the reservation to investigate. Immediately, Duran recognizes the significance of the shaman’s spell and, with the help of two scientists, he works to combat the supernatural scourge—before there’s nothing left to save.   Written “in the tradition of Stephen King” (Kirkus Reviews), Nightwing is part love triangle, part Native American case study, part supernatural thriller…and “genuinely horrifying” (The Washington Post Book World).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nightwing
Author: Martin Cruz Smith
Narrator: Richard Ferrone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From Martin Cruz Smith, the internationally bestselling author of Gorky Park, comes a reissue of Nightwing, the million-copy bestseller that Stephen King called “one of the best horror novels in the last twenty years.” As darkness gathers, the sky is filled with frantic motion and maddening murmurs. In an effort to end the world, an unhappy, aging Native American shaman invokes the Hopi god of death. Those around him remain skeptical, dismissing him as crazy old man. Then they discover his mutilated, bloody body and soon other similarly disfigured bodies begin to appear. Horses, sheep, cattle—no living thing is safe. But what is causing the horrible deaths? Deputy Sheriff Duran is called back to the reservation to investigate. Immediately, Duran recognizes the significance of the shaman’s spell and, with the help of two scientists, he works to combat the supernatural scourge—before there’s nothing left to save.   Written “in the tradition of Stephen King” (Kirkus Reviews), Nightwing is part love triangle, part Native American case study, part supernatural thriller…and “genuinely horrifying” (The Washington Post Book World).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running with the Demon by Terry Brooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with the Demon
Series: #1 of Pre-Shannara: Word and Void
Author: Terry Brooks
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In a sleepy steel-mill town, the ultimate battle between Good and Evil is about to begin . . . Sinnissippi Park, in Hopewell, Illinois, has long hidden a mysterious evil, locked away from humankind by powers greater than most could even imagine. But now the malevolent creatures that normally skulk in the shadows of the park grow bolder, and old secrets hint at a violent explosion. The brewing conflict draws John Ross to Hopewell. A Knight of the Word, Ross is plagued by nightmares that tell him someone evil is coming to unleash an ancient horror upon the world. Caught between them is fourteen-year-old Nest Freemark, who senses that something is terribly wrong but has not yet learned to wield the budding power that sets her apart from her friends. Now the future of humanity depends upon a man haunted by his dreams and a gifted young girl--two souls who will discover what survives when hope and innocence are shattered forever . . .</description>
      <author>Terry Brooks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593163009.mp3" length="2880787" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593163009.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with the Demon
Series: #1 of Pre-Shannara: Word and Void
Author: Terry Brooks
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In a sleepy steel-mill town, the ultimate battle between Good and Evil is about to begin . . . Sinnissippi Park, in Hopewell, Illinois, has long hidden a mysterious evil, locked away from humankind by powers greater than most could even imagine. But now the malevolent creatures that normally skulk in the shadows of the park grow bolder, and old secrets hint at a violent explosion. The brewing conflict draws John Ross to Hopewell. A Knight of the Word, Ross is plagued by nightmares that tell him someone evil is coming to unleash an ancient horror upon the world. Caught between them is fourteen-year-old Nest Freemark, who senses that something is terribly wrong but has not yet learned to wield the budding power that sets her apart from her friends. Now the future of humanity depends upon a man haunted by his dreams and a gifted young girl--two souls who will discover what survives when hope and innocence are shattered forever . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running with the Demon
Series: #1 of Pre-Shannara: Word and Void
Author: Terry Brooks
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
In a sleepy steel-mill town, the ultimate battle between Good and Evil is about to begin . . . Sinnissippi Park, in Hopewell, Illinois, has long hidden a mysterious evil, locked away from humankind by powers greater than most could even imagine. But now the malevolent creatures that normally skulk in the shadows of the park grow bolder, and old secrets hint at a violent explosion. The brewing conflict draws John Ross to Hopewell. A Knight of the Word, Ross is plagued by nightmares that tell him someone evil is coming to unleash an ancient horror upon the world. Caught between them is fourteen-year-old Nest Freemark, who senses that something is terribly wrong but has not yet learned to wield the budding power that sets her apart from her friends. Now the future of humanity depends upon a man haunted by his dreams and a gifted young girl--two souls who will discover what survives when hope and innocence are shattered forever . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>River of No Return by Annie Bellet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River of No Return
Series: #9 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Supposedly, nature abhors a vacuum. I&amp;#039;m finding this is true in the worst way . . .    Defeating her evil ex-boyfriend hasn&amp;#039;t exactly been the reprieve from trouble that Jade hoped for. When Alek&amp;#039;s mentor shows up with an injured Justice and government agents start asking questions she doesn&amp;#039;t want to answer, Jade&amp;#039;s problems are just beginning. Enemies new and old make their moves as a war looms on the horizon in this exciting ninth book in the Twenty-Sided Sorceress series.</description>
      <author>Annie Bellet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349583.mp3" length="1297653" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River of No Return
Series: #9 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Supposedly, nature abhors a vacuum. I&amp;#039;m finding this is true in the worst way . . .    Defeating her evil ex-boyfriend hasn&amp;#039;t exactly been the reprieve from trouble that Jade hoped for. When Alek&amp;#039;s mentor shows up with an injured Justice and government agents start asking questions she doesn&amp;#039;t want to answer, Jade&amp;#039;s problems are just beginning. Enemies new and old make their moves as a war looms on the horizon in this exciting ninth book in the Twenty-Sided Sorceress series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: River of No Return
Series: #9 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Supposedly, nature abhors a vacuum. I&amp;#039;m finding this is true in the worst way . . .    Defeating her evil ex-boyfriend hasn&amp;#039;t exactly been the reprieve from trouble that Jade hoped for. When Alek&amp;#039;s mentor shows up with an injured Justice and government agents start asking questions she doesn&amp;#039;t want to answer, Jade&amp;#039;s problems are just beginning. Enemies new and old make their moves as a war looms on the horizon in this exciting ninth book in the Twenty-Sided Sorceress series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dungeon Crawl by Annie Bellet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dungeon Crawl
Series: #8 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
New Rule: Never owe a vampire a favor . . .  Nearly a year after defeating her evil ex, sorceress Jade Crow has found some peace running her comic book store and gaming with her friends. Until the vampire who helped her win against Samir comes knocking and wants the favor repaid.   The Archivist&amp;#039;s request looks simple on its surface. Go into an empty house and check for magic items.   There&amp;#039;s just a tiny problem: simple is not Jade&amp;#039;s forte. There are lies around every turn and soon she&amp;#039;s neck deep in undead.   Not all quests are what they seem and laid to rest doesn&amp;#039;t mean the dead stay buried . . .</description>
      <author>Annie Bellet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349576.mp3" length="1316060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dungeon Crawl
Series: #8 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
New Rule: Never owe a vampire a favor . . .  Nearly a year after defeating her evil ex, sorceress Jade Crow has found some peace running her comic book store and gaming with her friends. Until the vampire who helped her win against Samir comes knocking and wants the favor repaid.   The Archivist&amp;#039;s request looks simple on its surface. Go into an empty house and check for magic items.   There&amp;#039;s just a tiny problem: simple is not Jade&amp;#039;s forte. There are lies around every turn and soon she&amp;#039;s neck deep in undead.   Not all quests are what they seem and laid to rest doesn&amp;#039;t mean the dead stay buried . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dungeon Crawl
Series: #8 of Twenty-Sided Sorceress
Author: Annie Bellet
Narrator: Hollie Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
New Rule: Never owe a vampire a favor . . .  Nearly a year after defeating her evil ex, sorceress Jade Crow has found some peace running her comic book store and gaming with her friends. Until the vampire who helped her win against Samir comes knocking and wants the favor repaid.   The Archivist&amp;#039;s request looks simple on its surface. Go into an empty house and check for magic items.   There&amp;#039;s just a tiny problem: simple is not Jade&amp;#039;s forte. There are lies around every turn and soon she&amp;#039;s neck deep in undead.   Not all quests are what they seem and laid to rest doesn&amp;#039;t mean the dead stay buried . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Salvation: Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter Year Four by John G. Hartness</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salvation: Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter Year Four
Series: #4 of Quincy Harker Collection
Author: John G. Hartness
Narrator: James Anderson Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From John G. Hartness, a must-listen collection of four Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter novellas She Talks to Angels: In the fifth part of the Quincy Harker crossover series, Gabby helps hunt down a rogue archangel in St. Louis, learning more about herself, about history, and about that cute doctor&amp;#039;s son than she expected. Shout at the Devil: The Quest for Glory continues as Quincy Harker travels west to hunt down a rogue Archangel and avenge the murder of a good friend. Angel of Harlem: The Quest for Glory rushes toward its conclusion as Quincy Harker steps in for a missing Shadow Council member and goes to New York City to find the last Archangel. But when pieces of his past come back to haunt him, Quincy must face feelings long buried and horrors brand new. Sympathy for the Devil: It&amp;#039;s been a two-year quest that has spanned the continent, and now Quincy Harker is crossing dimensions to do battle with Lucifer and restore his Guardian Angel Glory&amp;#039;s divinity. Is he really hero enough to stand toe to toe with the Devil himself and come out alive?</description>
      <author>John G. Hartness</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349446.mp3" length="8180981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349446.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salvation: Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter Year Four
Series: #4 of Quincy Harker Collection
Author: John G. Hartness
Narrator: James Anderson Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From John G. Hartness, a must-listen collection of four Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter novellas She Talks to Angels: In the fifth part of the Quincy Harker crossover series, Gabby helps hunt down a rogue archangel in St. Louis, learning more about herself, about history, and about that cute doctor&amp;#039;s son than she expected. Shout at the Devil: The Quest for Glory continues as Quincy Harker travels west to hunt down a rogue Archangel and avenge the murder of a good friend. Angel of Harlem: The Quest for Glory rushes toward its conclusion as Quincy Harker steps in for a missing Shadow Council member and goes to New York City to find the last Archangel. But when pieces of his past come back to haunt him, Quincy must face feelings long buried and horrors brand new. Sympathy for the Devil: It&amp;#039;s been a two-year quest that has spanned the continent, and now Quincy Harker is crossing dimensions to do battle with Lucifer and restore his Guardian Angel Glory&amp;#039;s divinity. Is he really hero enough to stand toe to toe with the Devil himself and come out alive?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salvation: Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter Year Four
Series: #4 of Quincy Harker Collection
Author: John G. Hartness
Narrator: James Anderson Foster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From John G. Hartness, a must-listen collection of four Quincy Harker, Demon Hunter novellas She Talks to Angels: In the fifth part of the Quincy Harker crossover series, Gabby helps hunt down a rogue archangel in St. Louis, learning more about herself, about history, and about that cute doctor&amp;#039;s son than she expected. Shout at the Devil: The Quest for Glory continues as Quincy Harker travels west to hunt down a rogue Archangel and avenge the murder of a good friend. Angel of Harlem: The Quest for Glory rushes toward its conclusion as Quincy Harker steps in for a missing Shadow Council member and goes to New York City to find the last Archangel. But when pieces of his past come back to haunt him, Quincy must face feelings long buried and horrors brand new. Sympathy for the Devil: It&amp;#039;s been a two-year quest that has spanned the continent, and now Quincy Harker is crossing dimensions to do battle with Lucifer and restore his Guardian Angel Glory&amp;#039;s divinity. Is he really hero enough to stand toe to toe with the Devil himself and come out alive?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fashions Fade, Haunted Is Eternal by Rose Pressey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fashions Fade, Haunted Is Eternal
Series: #7 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A photo shoot in a graveyard ends in a grave shooting . . .  Cookie Chanel—owner of the chic clothing store It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All in Sugar Creek, Georgia—has been hired to dress models for a fashion shoot. The spread will be featured in Fashion and Style magazine&amp;#039;s October issue—so the models are posing in a cemetery. As someone who can see and talk to ghosts, Cookie&amp;#039;s not spooked by the location. But she is surprised when a new ghost appears, decked out in 1920&amp;#039;s couture. And she&amp;#039;s shocked when she hears a gunshot. Then a model runs toward her, saying the grumpy photographer has been edited out of the picture—for good. With help from her ghostly pals, Cookie must zoom in on the truth before she&amp;#039;s the next to strike a final pose . . .</description>
      <author>Rose Pressey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349231.mp3" length="7472910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fashions Fade, Haunted Is Eternal
Series: #7 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A photo shoot in a graveyard ends in a grave shooting . . .  Cookie Chanel—owner of the chic clothing store It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All in Sugar Creek, Georgia—has been hired to dress models for a fashion shoot. The spread will be featured in Fashion and Style magazine&amp;#039;s October issue—so the models are posing in a cemetery. As someone who can see and talk to ghosts, Cookie&amp;#039;s not spooked by the location. But she is surprised when a new ghost appears, decked out in 1920&amp;#039;s couture. And she&amp;#039;s shocked when she hears a gunshot. Then a model runs toward her, saying the grumpy photographer has been edited out of the picture—for good. With help from her ghostly pals, Cookie must zoom in on the truth before she&amp;#039;s the next to strike a final pose . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fashions Fade, Haunted Is Eternal
Series: #7 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A photo shoot in a graveyard ends in a grave shooting . . .  Cookie Chanel—owner of the chic clothing store It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All in Sugar Creek, Georgia—has been hired to dress models for a fashion shoot. The spread will be featured in Fashion and Style magazine&amp;#039;s October issue—so the models are posing in a cemetery. As someone who can see and talk to ghosts, Cookie&amp;#039;s not spooked by the location. But she is surprised when a new ghost appears, decked out in 1920&amp;#039;s couture. And she&amp;#039;s shocked when she hears a gunshot. Then a model runs toward her, saying the grumpy photographer has been edited out of the picture—for good. With help from her ghostly pals, Cookie must zoom in on the truth before she&amp;#039;s the next to strike a final pose . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Passion for Haunted Fashion by Rose Pressey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Passion for Haunted Fashion
Series: #6 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Cookie Chanel moonlights as a costume designer for a local theater, murder takes center stage . . .    Folks say the Sugar Creek Theater is haunted. But that doesn&amp;#039;t scare off Cookie Chanel, owner of Georgia&amp;#039;s chicest vintage clothing store, It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All—especially since Cookie talks to the ghost of her grandmother every day through her cat Wind Song. Still, after she agrees to be in charge of costumes for a production of Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, she&amp;#039;s surprised to find the specter of a young woman in the theater, keeping watch over a trunk of 1950&amp;#039;s dresses. And when Cookie&amp;#039;s best friend Heather is found standing over a stabbed actor, she has two mysteries to solve. This is not a dress rehearsal. A desperate killer is waiting in the wings. If Cookie doesn&amp;#039;t tread the boards lightly, it&amp;#039;ll be curtains for her as well . . .</description>
      <author>Rose Pressey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349224.mp3" length="7484832" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349224.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Passion for Haunted Fashion
Series: #6 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Cookie Chanel moonlights as a costume designer for a local theater, murder takes center stage . . .    Folks say the Sugar Creek Theater is haunted. But that doesn&amp;#039;t scare off Cookie Chanel, owner of Georgia&amp;#039;s chicest vintage clothing store, It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All—especially since Cookie talks to the ghost of her grandmother every day through her cat Wind Song. Still, after she agrees to be in charge of costumes for a production of Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, she&amp;#039;s surprised to find the specter of a young woman in the theater, keeping watch over a trunk of 1950&amp;#039;s dresses. And when Cookie&amp;#039;s best friend Heather is found standing over a stabbed actor, she has two mysteries to solve. This is not a dress rehearsal. A desperate killer is waiting in the wings. If Cookie doesn&amp;#039;t tread the boards lightly, it&amp;#039;ll be curtains for her as well . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Passion for Haunted Fashion
Series: #6 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Cookie Chanel moonlights as a costume designer for a local theater, murder takes center stage . . .    Folks say the Sugar Creek Theater is haunted. But that doesn&amp;#039;t scare off Cookie Chanel, owner of Georgia&amp;#039;s chicest vintage clothing store, It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All—especially since Cookie talks to the ghost of her grandmother every day through her cat Wind Song. Still, after she agrees to be in charge of costumes for a production of Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, she&amp;#039;s surprised to find the specter of a young woman in the theater, keeping watch over a trunk of 1950&amp;#039;s dresses. And when Cookie&amp;#039;s best friend Heather is found standing over a stabbed actor, she has two mysteries to solve. This is not a dress rehearsal. A desperate killer is waiting in the wings. If Cookie doesn&amp;#039;t tread the boards lightly, it&amp;#039;ll be curtains for her as well . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unholy Trinity: A Michael Biorn Novel by Marc Daniel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy Trinity: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #2 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Warlocks are a rare and dangerous breed. Shape-shifter Michael Biörn has walked this earth a thousand years and never met one. That’s about to change. Vampires walking the streets in broad daylight. Students disappearing at an alarming rate. Rumors of a mysterious necromancer. Something is seriously amiss in Michael&amp;#039;s neck of the woods. The Elves have chosen to ignore the problem, so it falls to Michael to look into it. Hidden in the heart of the forest is a foe more powerful than anything he&amp;#039;s ever faced. And when Michael finds him, the unthinkable happens. Now Michael must race to lift the veil of deception and expose the enemy&amp;#039;s true nature, all while keeping a headstrong werewolf pup named Olivia out of trouble. In a case where nothing is what it seems, Michael could sure use Sheila&amp;#039;s investigative skills. But for that, the journalist would have to return his calls. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Marc Daniel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977348739.mp3" length="8554496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977348739.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy Trinity: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #2 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Warlocks are a rare and dangerous breed. Shape-shifter Michael Biörn has walked this earth a thousand years and never met one. That’s about to change. Vampires walking the streets in broad daylight. Students disappearing at an alarming rate. Rumors of a mysterious necromancer. Something is seriously amiss in Michael&amp;#039;s neck of the woods. The Elves have chosen to ignore the problem, so it falls to Michael to look into it. Hidden in the heart of the forest is a foe more powerful than anything he&amp;#039;s ever faced. And when Michael finds him, the unthinkable happens. Now Michael must race to lift the veil of deception and expose the enemy&amp;#039;s true nature, all while keeping a headstrong werewolf pup named Olivia out of trouble. In a case where nothing is what it seems, Michael could sure use Sheila&amp;#039;s investigative skills. But for that, the journalist would have to return his calls. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy Trinity: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #2 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Warlocks are a rare and dangerous breed. Shape-shifter Michael Biörn has walked this earth a thousand years and never met one. That’s about to change. Vampires walking the streets in broad daylight. Students disappearing at an alarming rate. Rumors of a mysterious necromancer. Something is seriously amiss in Michael&amp;#039;s neck of the woods. The Elves have chosen to ignore the problem, so it falls to Michael to look into it. Hidden in the heart of the forest is a foe more powerful than anything he&amp;#039;s ever faced. And when Michael finds him, the unthinkable happens. Now Michael must race to lift the veil of deception and expose the enemy&amp;#039;s true nature, all while keeping a headstrong werewolf pup named Olivia out of trouble. In a case where nothing is what it seems, Michael could sure use Sheila&amp;#039;s investigative skills. But for that, the journalist would have to return his calls. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shadow Pack: A Michael Biorn Novel by Marc Daniel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Pack: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #1 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Werewolves sit atop the food chain. Hiding in plain sight, they murder with impunity. But nothing lasts forever. They thought his bloodline extinct. They were wrong. The beast came at night. Murdered the cop in his home. Tore his Rottweilers to pieces. And it&amp;#039;s only the latest in a series of gruesome attacks. Overwhelmed, Houston PD is at a loss. But shape-shifter Michael Biörn isn&amp;#039;t. Michael discerns the secret nature of the killer; a werewolf&amp;#039;s handiwork is unmistakable. Werewolves move in packs, however. And the local pack is forty-member strong. But a young woman&amp;#039;s life is at stake. And so, after centuries spent avoiding the wolves, Michael abandons his retreat to confront his ancestral enemies. To succeed, Michael must untangle the intricate web of lies and deceit surrounding the case. Fortunately, he can count on his friends for help. Friends like Ezekiel, a wizard of the Second Circle, and Sheila, an attractive journalist who uncovered his true nature. A nature she doesn&amp;#039;t find particularly repelling. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Marc Daniel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977348722.mp3" length="7844177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977348722.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Pack: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #1 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Werewolves sit atop the food chain. Hiding in plain sight, they murder with impunity. But nothing lasts forever. They thought his bloodline extinct. They were wrong. The beast came at night. Murdered the cop in his home. Tore his Rottweilers to pieces. And it&amp;#039;s only the latest in a series of gruesome attacks. Overwhelmed, Houston PD is at a loss. But shape-shifter Michael Biörn isn&amp;#039;t. Michael discerns the secret nature of the killer; a werewolf&amp;#039;s handiwork is unmistakable. Werewolves move in packs, however. And the local pack is forty-member strong. But a young woman&amp;#039;s life is at stake. And so, after centuries spent avoiding the wolves, Michael abandons his retreat to confront his ancestral enemies. To succeed, Michael must untangle the intricate web of lies and deceit surrounding the case. Fortunately, he can count on his friends for help. Friends like Ezekiel, a wizard of the Second Circle, and Sheila, an attractive journalist who uncovered his true nature. A nature she doesn&amp;#039;t find particularly repelling. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Pack: A Michael Biorn Novel
Series: #1 of Michael Biorn
Author: Marc Daniel
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Werewolves sit atop the food chain. Hiding in plain sight, they murder with impunity. But nothing lasts forever. They thought his bloodline extinct. They were wrong. The beast came at night. Murdered the cop in his home. Tore his Rottweilers to pieces. And it&amp;#039;s only the latest in a series of gruesome attacks. Overwhelmed, Houston PD is at a loss. But shape-shifter Michael Biörn isn&amp;#039;t. Michael discerns the secret nature of the killer; a werewolf&amp;#039;s handiwork is unmistakable. Werewolves move in packs, however. And the local pack is forty-member strong. But a young woman&amp;#039;s life is at stake. And so, after centuries spent avoiding the wolves, Michael abandons his retreat to confront his ancestral enemies. To succeed, Michael must untangle the intricate web of lies and deceit surrounding the case. Fortunately, he can count on his friends for help. Friends like Ezekiel, a wizard of the Second Circle, and Sheila, an attractive journalist who uncovered his true nature. A nature she doesn&amp;#039;t find particularly repelling. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Furtive Dawn by Helen Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Furtive Dawn
Series: #3 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s been almost a year since the magical apocalypse closed off the city of Manchester from the rest of the world. The vampires, werewolves and humans within the city all now live together in relative harmony . . . but trouble is brewing on the horizon. Supplies are starting to run out and, despite their best efforts to grow crops and create a sustainable future, everyone knows that it will be an uphill battle. Still, the magic swirling in the city air is an incredible bonus. Charley, the most magical of them all, is determined to do whatever she can to help out her new community and with Monroe by her side, she&amp;#039;s confident that things will turn out alright. But when someone from beyond Manchester&amp;#039;s walls makes contact, what happens next will be anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</description>
      <author>Helen Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347770.mp3" length="8313372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347770.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Furtive Dawn
Series: #3 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s been almost a year since the magical apocalypse closed off the city of Manchester from the rest of the world. The vampires, werewolves and humans within the city all now live together in relative harmony . . . but trouble is brewing on the horizon. Supplies are starting to run out and, despite their best efforts to grow crops and create a sustainable future, everyone knows that it will be an uphill battle. Still, the magic swirling in the city air is an incredible bonus. Charley, the most magical of them all, is determined to do whatever she can to help out her new community and with Monroe by her side, she&amp;#039;s confident that things will turn out alright. But when someone from beyond Manchester&amp;#039;s walls makes contact, what happens next will be anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375869</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Furtive Dawn
Series: #3 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s been almost a year since the magical apocalypse closed off the city of Manchester from the rest of the world. The vampires, werewolves and humans within the city all now live together in relative harmony . . . but trouble is brewing on the horizon. Supplies are starting to run out and, despite their best efforts to grow crops and create a sustainable future, everyone knows that it will be an uphill battle. Still, the magic swirling in the city air is an incredible bonus. Charley, the most magical of them all, is determined to do whatever she can to help out her new community and with Monroe by her side, she&amp;#039;s confident that things will turn out alright. But when someone from beyond Manchester&amp;#039;s walls makes contact, what happens next will be anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brittle Midnight by Helen Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brittle Midnight
Series: #2 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Who ever thought that life after an apocalyptic event would be easy?   Charley is under pressure. The demands of her new community are piling on stress after stress and, even with her developing magical skills, she&amp;#039;s finding it hard to cope. Things aren&amp;#039;t any better for Monroe—his grief and guilt over what happened to his werewolf pack are overwhelming him. When dead bodies start to appear across the city, they&amp;#039;re going to have to work together to prevent more killings. But whether they&amp;#039;ll be able to survive together too is anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</description>
      <author>Helen Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347763.mp3" length="8332979" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347763.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brittle Midnight
Series: #2 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Who ever thought that life after an apocalyptic event would be easy?   Charley is under pressure. The demands of her new community are piling on stress after stress and, even with her developing magical skills, she&amp;#039;s finding it hard to cope. Things aren&amp;#039;t any better for Monroe—his grief and guilt over what happened to his werewolf pack are overwhelming him. When dead bodies start to appear across the city, they&amp;#039;re going to have to work together to prevent more killings. But whether they&amp;#039;ll be able to survive together too is anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brittle Midnight
Series: #2 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Who ever thought that life after an apocalyptic event would be easy?   Charley is under pressure. The demands of her new community are piling on stress after stress and, even with her developing magical skills, she&amp;#039;s finding it hard to cope. Things aren&amp;#039;t any better for Monroe—his grief and guilt over what happened to his werewolf pack are overwhelming him. When dead bodies start to appear across the city, they&amp;#039;re going to have to work together to prevent more killings. But whether they&amp;#039;ll be able to survive together too is anyone&amp;#039;s guess.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost of Christmas Secrets by Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Christmas Secrets
Series: #19 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s hard to know who to trust when you&amp;#039;re worth billions. Christmas brings uninvited family members to Marlow House, vying for Chris Glandon&amp;#039;s favor. One of them may have already killed for it. In the midst of the mystery Lily is distracted with one question—what isn&amp;#039;t Danielle telling her?</description>
      <author>Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346018.mp3" length="7921172" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346018.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Christmas Secrets
Series: #19 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s hard to know who to trust when you&amp;#039;re worth billions. Christmas brings uninvited family members to Marlow House, vying for Chris Glandon&amp;#039;s favor. One of them may have already killed for it. In the midst of the mystery Lily is distracted with one question—what isn&amp;#039;t Danielle telling her?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Christmas Secrets
Series: #19 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s hard to know who to trust when you&amp;#039;re worth billions. Christmas brings uninvited family members to Marlow House, vying for Chris Glandon&amp;#039;s favor. One of them may have already killed for it. In the midst of the mystery Lily is distracted with one question—what isn&amp;#039;t Danielle telling her?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost Who Dream Hopped by Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Who Dream Hopped
Series: #18 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Officer Brian Henderson knows there is something just not right about Walt Marlow, and he&amp;#039;s determined to find out what it is.   Meanwhile, Beverly&amp;#039;s dead husband visits Danielle in a dream hop, telling her about his wife&amp;#039;s part in his death.   Can Danielle convince Brian to stop worrying about Walt and be a little more concerned about his new girlfriend, Beverly?</description>
      <author>Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346001.mp3" length="7956961" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346001.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Who Dream Hopped
Series: #18 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Officer Brian Henderson knows there is something just not right about Walt Marlow, and he&amp;#039;s determined to find out what it is.   Meanwhile, Beverly&amp;#039;s dead husband visits Danielle in a dream hop, telling her about his wife&amp;#039;s part in his death.   Can Danielle convince Brian to stop worrying about Walt and be a little more concerned about his new girlfriend, Beverly?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Who Dream Hopped
Series: #18 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Officer Brian Henderson knows there is something just not right about Walt Marlow, and he&amp;#039;s determined to find out what it is.   Meanwhile, Beverly&amp;#039;s dead husband visits Danielle in a dream hop, telling her about his wife&amp;#039;s part in his death.   Can Danielle convince Brian to stop worrying about Walt and be a little more concerned about his new girlfriend, Beverly?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost of Second Chances by Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Second Chances
Series: #17 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Clint Marlow&amp;#039;s partner in crime is found murdered in the basement of Marlow House, Clint is the likely suspect. The only problem, Clint is dead. But that doesn&amp;#039;t matter to the FBI agents investigating the case. Clint looks alive to them. Meanwhile, Danielle&amp;#039;s housemate Walt is coming to terms with his new reality, which is complicated with the FBI underfoot. Fortunately for Walt, he still has a few paranormal tricks up his sleeve.</description>
      <author>Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977345998.mp3" length="7919035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977345998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Second Chances
Series: #17 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Clint Marlow&amp;#039;s partner in crime is found murdered in the basement of Marlow House, Clint is the likely suspect. The only problem, Clint is dead. But that doesn&amp;#039;t matter to the FBI agents investigating the case. Clint looks alive to them. Meanwhile, Danielle&amp;#039;s housemate Walt is coming to terms with his new reality, which is complicated with the FBI underfoot. Fortunately for Walt, he still has a few paranormal tricks up his sleeve.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost of Second Chances
Series: #17 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Bobbi Holmes, Anna J. McIntyre
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When Clint Marlow&amp;#039;s partner in crime is found murdered in the basement of Marlow House, Clint is the likely suspect. The only problem, Clint is dead. But that doesn&amp;#039;t matter to the FBI agents investigating the case. Clint looks alive to them. Meanwhile, Danielle&amp;#039;s housemate Walt is coming to terms with his new reality, which is complicated with the FBI underfoot. Fortunately for Walt, he still has a few paranormal tricks up his sleeve.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Knight Shift by E.A. Copen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight Shift
Series: #4 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunting ghouls bites. Literally, as Lazarus found out on his last job. Now, to keep from turning into a ghoul himself, he has no choice but to wait in Faerie while his friends work on a cure. Lucky for Laz, he&amp;#039;s got friends in high places inside the Summer Court. Laz is barely settled in when he&amp;#039;s caught up in an assassination plot against the Summer Princess, who just happens to be his ex-girlfriend. With the Summer Knight injured, who better to step in and take his place protecting the royal family than Lazarus himself? In a land with no death, however, the Pale Horseman finds himself at an extreme disadvantage. With his powers limited, and the clock ticking as the ghoul virus ravages his body, Laz had better find the assassins and cure himself fast, or he&amp;#039;s dead meat.</description>
      <author>E.A. Copen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977344731.mp3" length="8121079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977344731.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight Shift
Series: #4 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunting ghouls bites. Literally, as Lazarus found out on his last job. Now, to keep from turning into a ghoul himself, he has no choice but to wait in Faerie while his friends work on a cure. Lucky for Laz, he&amp;#039;s got friends in high places inside the Summer Court. Laz is barely settled in when he&amp;#039;s caught up in an assassination plot against the Summer Princess, who just happens to be his ex-girlfriend. With the Summer Knight injured, who better to step in and take his place protecting the royal family than Lazarus himself? In a land with no death, however, the Pale Horseman finds himself at an extreme disadvantage. With his powers limited, and the clock ticking as the ghoul virus ravages his body, Laz had better find the assassins and cure himself fast, or he&amp;#039;s dead meat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Knight Shift
Series: #4 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunting ghouls bites. Literally, as Lazarus found out on his last job. Now, to keep from turning into a ghoul himself, he has no choice but to wait in Faerie while his friends work on a cure. Lucky for Laz, he&amp;#039;s got friends in high places inside the Summer Court. Laz is barely settled in when he&amp;#039;s caught up in an assassination plot against the Summer Princess, who just happens to be his ex-girlfriend. With the Summer Knight injured, who better to step in and take his place protecting the royal family than Lazarus himself? In a land with no death, however, the Pale Horseman finds himself at an extreme disadvantage. With his powers limited, and the clock ticking as the ghoul virus ravages his body, Laz had better find the assassins and cure himself fast, or he&amp;#039;s dead meat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shallow Grave by E.A. Copen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shallow Grave
Series: #3 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dead men tell no tales . . . Unless you&amp;#039;re a necromancer. Then they never shut up. Life is finally going right for Lazarus Kerrigan, necromancer and Pale Horseman. Business is booming, and no gods have tried to kill him for a whole month. But the past is catching up to him. There&amp;#039;s a serial killer on the loose in New Orleans, one that targets children and leaves behind only bones. When the case develops eerie similarities to his sister&amp;#039;s murder, Laz knows the police are in over their heads. They need help, and the dead aren&amp;#039;t talking. Well, except for the ghost of a two-hundred-year-old pirate, and Laz doesn&amp;#039;t like what he has to say. If he&amp;#039;s right, the creature Laz is chasing is a monster way out of his league. If he&amp;#039;s not careful, Laz might just end up in Davey Jones&amp;#039;s Locker, or worse . . .</description>
      <author>E.A. Copen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977344724.mp3" length="8179760" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977344724.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shallow Grave
Series: #3 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dead men tell no tales . . . Unless you&amp;#039;re a necromancer. Then they never shut up. Life is finally going right for Lazarus Kerrigan, necromancer and Pale Horseman. Business is booming, and no gods have tried to kill him for a whole month. But the past is catching up to him. There&amp;#039;s a serial killer on the loose in New Orleans, one that targets children and leaves behind only bones. When the case develops eerie similarities to his sister&amp;#039;s murder, Laz knows the police are in over their heads. They need help, and the dead aren&amp;#039;t talking. Well, except for the ghost of a two-hundred-year-old pirate, and Laz doesn&amp;#039;t like what he has to say. If he&amp;#039;s right, the creature Laz is chasing is a monster way out of his league. If he&amp;#039;s not careful, Laz might just end up in Davey Jones&amp;#039;s Locker, or worse . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375704</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shallow Grave
Series: #3 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Dead men tell no tales . . . Unless you&amp;#039;re a necromancer. Then they never shut up. Life is finally going right for Lazarus Kerrigan, necromancer and Pale Horseman. Business is booming, and no gods have tried to kill him for a whole month. But the past is catching up to him. There&amp;#039;s a serial killer on the loose in New Orleans, one that targets children and leaves behind only bones. When the case develops eerie similarities to his sister&amp;#039;s murder, Laz knows the police are in over their heads. They need help, and the dead aren&amp;#039;t talking. Well, except for the ghost of a two-hundred-year-old pirate, and Laz doesn&amp;#039;t like what he has to say. If he&amp;#039;s right, the creature Laz is chasing is a monster way out of his league. If he&amp;#039;s not careful, Laz might just end up in Davey Jones&amp;#039;s Locker, or worse . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heart of Fire by Lisa Edmonds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Fire
Series: #2 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It has been a rough month for mage private investigator Alice Worth. Alice hasn&amp;#039;t had a decent night&amp;#039;s sleep in weeks, her relationship with werewolf Sean Maclin is on the rocks, a federal agent hounds her every step, and a powerful vampire whose ulterior motives have ulterior motives watches her every move. It&amp;#039;s enough to drive any woman to drink. Just when Alice&amp;#039;s ghost sidekick Malcolm is about to stage an intervention, her former employer, Mark Dunlap, enlists her help to find out who&amp;#039;s been kidnapping women off the streets. As the list of the missing grows, the city&amp;#039;s anger turns against the vampires, and the Vampire Court hires Mark and Alice to find those responsible. After the case reunites her with Sean, Alice is forced to confront painful demons from her past, as well as the very real demon who wants her dead and the vampire determined to control her power. When tragedy strikes close to home and a friend&amp;#039;s life hangs in the balance, Alice goes up against the most powerful adversary she&amp;#039;s ever faced in an explosive showdown that will leave Alice and her city forever changed. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Lisa Edmonds</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343505.mp3" length="7788351" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Fire
Series: #2 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It has been a rough month for mage private investigator Alice Worth. Alice hasn&amp;#039;t had a decent night&amp;#039;s sleep in weeks, her relationship with werewolf Sean Maclin is on the rocks, a federal agent hounds her every step, and a powerful vampire whose ulterior motives have ulterior motives watches her every move. It&amp;#039;s enough to drive any woman to drink. Just when Alice&amp;#039;s ghost sidekick Malcolm is about to stage an intervention, her former employer, Mark Dunlap, enlists her help to find out who&amp;#039;s been kidnapping women off the streets. As the list of the missing grows, the city&amp;#039;s anger turns against the vampires, and the Vampire Court hires Mark and Alice to find those responsible. After the case reunites her with Sean, Alice is forced to confront painful demons from her past, as well as the very real demon who wants her dead and the vampire determined to control her power. When tragedy strikes close to home and a friend&amp;#039;s life hangs in the balance, Alice goes up against the most powerful adversary she&amp;#039;s ever faced in an explosive showdown that will leave Alice and her city forever changed. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Fire
Series: #2 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
It has been a rough month for mage private investigator Alice Worth. Alice hasn&amp;#039;t had a decent night&amp;#039;s sleep in weeks, her relationship with werewolf Sean Maclin is on the rocks, a federal agent hounds her every step, and a powerful vampire whose ulterior motives have ulterior motives watches her every move. It&amp;#039;s enough to drive any woman to drink. Just when Alice&amp;#039;s ghost sidekick Malcolm is about to stage an intervention, her former employer, Mark Dunlap, enlists her help to find out who&amp;#039;s been kidnapping women off the streets. As the list of the missing grows, the city&amp;#039;s anger turns against the vampires, and the Vampire Court hires Mark and Alice to find those responsible. After the case reunites her with Sean, Alice is forced to confront painful demons from her past, as well as the very real demon who wants her dead and the vampire determined to control her power. When tragedy strikes close to home and a friend&amp;#039;s life hangs in the balance, Alice goes up against the most powerful adversary she&amp;#039;s ever faced in an explosive showdown that will leave Alice and her city forever changed. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heart of Ice by Lisa Edmonds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Ice
Series: #3 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the coldest hearts can burn . . . After closing a big case for the Vampire Court, mage private investigator Alice Worth is relieved to be back solving magical mysteries with her ghost sidekick Malcolm and spending quality time with sexy alpha werewolf Sean. Her latest case puts her on the trail of a burglary ring targeting wealthy collectors of magical objects. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s grandfather, crime lord Moses Murphy, fights a local boss for control of the city. Soon a new danger emerges: Moses&amp;#039;s new lieutenant is someone Alice knows and this is one family reunion she wants to avoid at all costs. When Sean is injured as a result of her investigation, Alice faces the wrath of his pack and finds herself in a carefully laid trap. To save the city from Moses and his lieutenant, she risks capture by her grandfather and unimaginable torture at his hands. To save Sean, she risks losing everything she&amp;#039;s fought so hard to gain. But Alice has never backed down from anything in her life and she&amp;#039;s not about to start now . . . Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Lisa Edmonds</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343512.mp3" length="8070481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Ice
Series: #3 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the coldest hearts can burn . . . After closing a big case for the Vampire Court, mage private investigator Alice Worth is relieved to be back solving magical mysteries with her ghost sidekick Malcolm and spending quality time with sexy alpha werewolf Sean. Her latest case puts her on the trail of a burglary ring targeting wealthy collectors of magical objects. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s grandfather, crime lord Moses Murphy, fights a local boss for control of the city. Soon a new danger emerges: Moses&amp;#039;s new lieutenant is someone Alice knows and this is one family reunion she wants to avoid at all costs. When Sean is injured as a result of her investigation, Alice faces the wrath of his pack and finds herself in a carefully laid trap. To save the city from Moses and his lieutenant, she risks capture by her grandfather and unimaginable torture at his hands. To save Sean, she risks losing everything she&amp;#039;s fought so hard to gain. But Alice has never backed down from anything in her life and she&amp;#039;s not about to start now . . . Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375651</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart of Ice
Series: #3 of Alice Worth
Author: Lisa Edmonds
Narrator: Felicity Munroe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the coldest hearts can burn . . . After closing a big case for the Vampire Court, mage private investigator Alice Worth is relieved to be back solving magical mysteries with her ghost sidekick Malcolm and spending quality time with sexy alpha werewolf Sean. Her latest case puts her on the trail of a burglary ring targeting wealthy collectors of magical objects. Meanwhile, Alice&amp;#039;s grandfather, crime lord Moses Murphy, fights a local boss for control of the city. Soon a new danger emerges: Moses&amp;#039;s new lieutenant is someone Alice knows and this is one family reunion she wants to avoid at all costs. When Sean is injured as a result of her investigation, Alice faces the wrath of his pack and finds herself in a carefully laid trap. To save the city from Moses and his lieutenant, she risks capture by her grandfather and unimaginable torture at his hands. To save Sean, she risks losing everything she&amp;#039;s fought so hard to gain. But Alice has never backed down from anything in her life and she&amp;#039;s not about to start now . . . Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For Pete&amp;#039;s Sake by Shannon Esposito</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Pete&amp;#039;s Sake
Series: #4 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A picture perfect wedding in paradise . . . what could possibly go wrong?   Pet boutique owner and reluctant pet psychic, Darwin Winters, is looking forward to watching her best friend and business partner, Sylvia, say &amp;#039;I do&amp;#039; to the man of her dreams. But when their wedding photographer turns up dead on the big day—and Sylvia&amp;#039;s superstitious mother believes his heart attack is a sign their marriage will be cursed—Sylvia&amp;#039;s dream wedding quickly becomes a nightmare.   Darwin only has a week to help her detective boyfriend prove the photographer&amp;#039;s death was not from natural causes before Sylvia&amp;#039;s family jets back home to Portugal, and the wedding is off for good.    As more than a few suspects come into focus—including Peter&amp;#039;s model clients, a rival photographer and the director of an animal shelter being investigated for fraud—time is running out. With just one clue from the photographer&amp;#039;s orphaned Yorkie pup to go on, can Darwin help save Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding and capture a killer? Or will both justice and Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding cake go unserved?</description>
      <author>Shannon Esposito</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343222.mp3" length="7069588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Pete&amp;#039;s Sake
Series: #4 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A picture perfect wedding in paradise . . . what could possibly go wrong?   Pet boutique owner and reluctant pet psychic, Darwin Winters, is looking forward to watching her best friend and business partner, Sylvia, say &amp;#039;I do&amp;#039; to the man of her dreams. But when their wedding photographer turns up dead on the big day—and Sylvia&amp;#039;s superstitious mother believes his heart attack is a sign their marriage will be cursed—Sylvia&amp;#039;s dream wedding quickly becomes a nightmare.   Darwin only has a week to help her detective boyfriend prove the photographer&amp;#039;s death was not from natural causes before Sylvia&amp;#039;s family jets back home to Portugal, and the wedding is off for good.    As more than a few suspects come into focus—including Peter&amp;#039;s model clients, a rival photographer and the director of an animal shelter being investigated for fraud—time is running out. With just one clue from the photographer&amp;#039;s orphaned Yorkie pup to go on, can Darwin help save Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding and capture a killer? Or will both justice and Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding cake go unserved?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Pete&amp;#039;s Sake
Series: #4 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A picture perfect wedding in paradise . . . what could possibly go wrong?   Pet boutique owner and reluctant pet psychic, Darwin Winters, is looking forward to watching her best friend and business partner, Sylvia, say &amp;#039;I do&amp;#039; to the man of her dreams. But when their wedding photographer turns up dead on the big day—and Sylvia&amp;#039;s superstitious mother believes his heart attack is a sign their marriage will be cursed—Sylvia&amp;#039;s dream wedding quickly becomes a nightmare.   Darwin only has a week to help her detective boyfriend prove the photographer&amp;#039;s death was not from natural causes before Sylvia&amp;#039;s family jets back home to Portugal, and the wedding is off for good.    As more than a few suspects come into focus—including Peter&amp;#039;s model clients, a rival photographer and the director of an animal shelter being investigated for fraud—time is running out. With just one clue from the photographer&amp;#039;s orphaned Yorkie pup to go on, can Darwin help save Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding and capture a killer? Or will both justice and Sylvia&amp;#039;s wedding cake go unserved?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Silence Is Golden by Shannon Esposito</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Silence Is Golden
Series: #3 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a St. Pete native is killed in a hit and run, pet psychic Darwin Winters gets a vision from the victim&amp;#039;s prized golden retriever that leads her to believe it was no accident. As suspects start piling up, Darwin finds herself in the middle of the dead woman&amp;#039;s family and friends, not knowing who she can trust. Stories of artifacts and pirate legends, strange disturbances at the Pinellas Point Indian Mound, and show dog shenanigans all add up to one thing . . . motive for murder. Can Darwin separate family secrets from cover-ups and lies to dig up the truth? Or will it be silenced forever along with the victim?</description>
      <author>Shannon Esposito</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343215.mp3" length="6992680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343215.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Silence Is Golden
Series: #3 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a St. Pete native is killed in a hit and run, pet psychic Darwin Winters gets a vision from the victim&amp;#039;s prized golden retriever that leads her to believe it was no accident. As suspects start piling up, Darwin finds herself in the middle of the dead woman&amp;#039;s family and friends, not knowing who she can trust. Stories of artifacts and pirate legends, strange disturbances at the Pinellas Point Indian Mound, and show dog shenanigans all add up to one thing . . . motive for murder. Can Darwin separate family secrets from cover-ups and lies to dig up the truth? Or will it be silenced forever along with the victim?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Silence Is Golden
Series: #3 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a St. Pete native is killed in a hit and run, pet psychic Darwin Winters gets a vision from the victim&amp;#039;s prized golden retriever that leads her to believe it was no accident. As suspects start piling up, Darwin finds herself in the middle of the dead woman&amp;#039;s family and friends, not knowing who she can trust. Stories of artifacts and pirate legends, strange disturbances at the Pinellas Point Indian Mound, and show dog shenanigans all add up to one thing . . . motive for murder. Can Darwin separate family secrets from cover-ups and lies to dig up the truth? Or will it be silenced forever along with the victim?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lady Luck Runs Out by Shannon Esposito</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Luck Runs Out
Series: #2 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fall tourist season in St. Pete has kicked into high gear for Darwin Winters, pet psychic, but that doesn&amp;#039;t stop her from getting tangled up in a new murder investigation.   Rose Faraday, a gypsy fortune teller, has succumbed to a rattlesnake bite in her own condo. After a run-in with the victim&amp;#039;s traumatized cat, Darwin knows it was no freak accident. Can she find a way to prove it? Or will the killer get lucky and get away with murder?</description>
      <author>Shannon Esposito</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343208.mp3" length="7047842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Luck Runs Out
Series: #2 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fall tourist season in St. Pete has kicked into high gear for Darwin Winters, pet psychic, but that doesn&amp;#039;t stop her from getting tangled up in a new murder investigation.   Rose Faraday, a gypsy fortune teller, has succumbed to a rattlesnake bite in her own condo. After a run-in with the victim&amp;#039;s traumatized cat, Darwin knows it was no freak accident. Can she find a way to prove it? Or will the killer get lucky and get away with murder?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Luck Runs Out
Series: #2 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fall tourist season in St. Pete has kicked into high gear for Darwin Winters, pet psychic, but that doesn&amp;#039;t stop her from getting tangled up in a new murder investigation.   Rose Faraday, a gypsy fortune teller, has succumbed to a rattlesnake bite in her own condo. After a run-in with the victim&amp;#039;s traumatized cat, Darwin knows it was no freak accident. Can she find a way to prove it? Or will the killer get lucky and get away with murder?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Live an Undead Lie by Hailey Edwards</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live an Undead Lie
Series: #5 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a fledgling vampire arrives at Woolworth House searching for his maker, Grier is forced to relive her time in Atramentous. Most of those years are as dark and empty in her memory as she was in her cell. She can&amp;#039;t remember her progeny, or the night she resuscitated him, but she can protect him from the Society. As long as she&amp;#039;s willing to barter with her grandfather to do it. But Lacroix has plans of his own. He envisions the city—her city—under his rule, and Grier under his thumb. Now all he needs is the right leverage to force her cooperation, and he has just the person in mind. Grier is ready to trade her freedom until a grim truth is revealed that splits her heart in two. Yet another person she loves has betrayed her, and Grier is left agonizing over how much of their relationship is real and how much was a lie. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Hailey Edwards</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977342157.mp3" length="7365551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977342157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live an Undead Lie
Series: #5 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a fledgling vampire arrives at Woolworth House searching for his maker, Grier is forced to relive her time in Atramentous. Most of those years are as dark and empty in her memory as she was in her cell. She can&amp;#039;t remember her progeny, or the night she resuscitated him, but she can protect him from the Society. As long as she&amp;#039;s willing to barter with her grandfather to do it. But Lacroix has plans of his own. He envisions the city—her city—under his rule, and Grier under his thumb. Now all he needs is the right leverage to force her cooperation, and he has just the person in mind. Grier is ready to trade her freedom until a grim truth is revealed that splits her heart in two. Yet another person she loves has betrayed her, and Grier is left agonizing over how much of their relationship is real and how much was a lie. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Live an Undead Lie
Series: #5 of Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Necromancy
Author: Hailey Edwards
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When a fledgling vampire arrives at Woolworth House searching for his maker, Grier is forced to relive her time in Atramentous. Most of those years are as dark and empty in her memory as she was in her cell. She can&amp;#039;t remember her progeny, or the night she resuscitated him, but she can protect him from the Society. As long as she&amp;#039;s willing to barter with her grandfather to do it. But Lacroix has plans of his own. He envisions the city—her city—under his rule, and Grier under his thumb. Now all he needs is the right leverage to force her cooperation, and he has just the person in mind. Grier is ready to trade her freedom until a grim truth is revealed that splits her heart in two. Yet another person she loves has betrayed her, and Grier is left agonizing over how much of their relationship is real and how much was a lie. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Legends by Lydia Sherrer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Legends
Series: #4 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Legends exist in the past . . . until now. How inconvenient. The battle has been won, but the war is far from over. With her greatest ally at death&amp;#039;s door, it&amp;#039;s up to Lily Singer to make things right. Troublemaking witch friend and talking cat in tow, she must pursue her father as he seeks to discover an ancient evil and steal its power for himself. But her father isn&amp;#039;t the only one seeking that power. When a queen of the fae gets involved and Sebastian&amp;#039;s past comes back to haunt him, the three friends have to think fast and act faster to defeat legends that are, unfortunately, no longer in the past. Far from home and facing perilous odds, Lily fears she&amp;#039;s not strong enough to keep her friends safe and win the day. Can she rise to the occasion or will this adventure be the end of them all?</description>
      <author>Lydia Sherrer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341167.mp3" length="7503943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Legends
Series: #4 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Legends exist in the past . . . until now. How inconvenient. The battle has been won, but the war is far from over. With her greatest ally at death&amp;#039;s door, it&amp;#039;s up to Lily Singer to make things right. Troublemaking witch friend and talking cat in tow, she must pursue her father as he seeks to discover an ancient evil and steal its power for himself. But her father isn&amp;#039;t the only one seeking that power. When a queen of the fae gets involved and Sebastian&amp;#039;s past comes back to haunt him, the three friends have to think fast and act faster to defeat legends that are, unfortunately, no longer in the past. Far from home and facing perilous odds, Lily fears she&amp;#039;s not strong enough to keep her friends safe and win the day. Can she rise to the occasion or will this adventure be the end of them all?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Legends
Series: #4 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Legends exist in the past . . . until now. How inconvenient. The battle has been won, but the war is far from over. With her greatest ally at death&amp;#039;s door, it&amp;#039;s up to Lily Singer to make things right. Troublemaking witch friend and talking cat in tow, she must pursue her father as he seeks to discover an ancient evil and steal its power for himself. But her father isn&amp;#039;t the only one seeking that power. When a queen of the fae gets involved and Sebastian&amp;#039;s past comes back to haunt him, the three friends have to think fast and act faster to defeat legends that are, unfortunately, no longer in the past. Far from home and facing perilous odds, Lily fears she&amp;#039;s not strong enough to keep her friends safe and win the day. Can she rise to the occasion or will this adventure be the end of them all?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Allies by Lydia Sherrer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Allies
Series: #3 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s worse than fighting with allies? Fighting without them. Lily Singer—wizard and library archivist—has a problem. After finally learning the truth about her family&amp;#039;s past, she finds she doesn&amp;#039;t like it one bit. Now she must reconcile old grudges, make questionable allies, and bend the law to fix a problem that&amp;#039;s not even her fault. Add to that having inconvenient feelings for her troublemaking witch friend while trying to date an overeager FBI agent, and Lily isn&amp;#039;t sure she&amp;#039;s strong enough to face the future, much less overcome it. With old friends and new allies making life complicated, Lily, Sebastian, and Sir Kipling must race to stop her father&amp;#039;s evil plans before it&amp;#039;s too late. Can they work together to save the day? Or will they let their differences divide them?</description>
      <author>Lydia Sherrer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341150.mp3" length="7834681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341150.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Allies
Series: #3 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s worse than fighting with allies? Fighting without them. Lily Singer—wizard and library archivist—has a problem. After finally learning the truth about her family&amp;#039;s past, she finds she doesn&amp;#039;t like it one bit. Now she must reconcile old grudges, make questionable allies, and bend the law to fix a problem that&amp;#039;s not even her fault. Add to that having inconvenient feelings for her troublemaking witch friend while trying to date an overeager FBI agent, and Lily isn&amp;#039;t sure she&amp;#039;s strong enough to face the future, much less overcome it. With old friends and new allies making life complicated, Lily, Sebastian, and Sir Kipling must race to stop her father&amp;#039;s evil plans before it&amp;#039;s too late. Can they work together to save the day? Or will they let their differences divide them?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Allies
Series: #3 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s worse than fighting with allies? Fighting without them. Lily Singer—wizard and library archivist—has a problem. After finally learning the truth about her family&amp;#039;s past, she finds she doesn&amp;#039;t like it one bit. Now she must reconcile old grudges, make questionable allies, and bend the law to fix a problem that&amp;#039;s not even her fault. Add to that having inconvenient feelings for her troublemaking witch friend while trying to date an overeager FBI agent, and Lily isn&amp;#039;t sure she&amp;#039;s strong enough to face the future, much less overcome it. With old friends and new allies making life complicated, Lily, Sebastian, and Sir Kipling must race to stop her father&amp;#039;s evil plans before it&amp;#039;s too late. Can they work together to save the day? Or will they let their differences divide them?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Rivers by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Rivers
Series: #2 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth Tanner uncovers the cycle of ritual killings that feeds the power of the witch–disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on getting vengeance for Jesse and stopping the murders. His fledgling romantic relationship with Evan Malone complicates his mission, but Seth can&amp;#039;t walk away. Seth and Evan are learning to navigate their partnership—as lovers and monster hunters—while they chase down the next witch–disciple and avoid attracting the wrong kind of attention.   When the hunt takes Seth and Evan to Pittsburgh on the trail of the next killer, they&amp;#039;ll have to save the intended victim and take down the powerful witch. If the skills they possess and the bond between them isn&amp;#039;t enough, the evil will remain unchallenged, and more people will die . . .</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341075.mp3" length="7965977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341075.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Rivers
Series: #2 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth Tanner uncovers the cycle of ritual killings that feeds the power of the witch–disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on getting vengeance for Jesse and stopping the murders. His fledgling romantic relationship with Evan Malone complicates his mission, but Seth can&amp;#039;t walk away. Seth and Evan are learning to navigate their partnership—as lovers and monster hunters—while they chase down the next witch–disciple and avoid attracting the wrong kind of attention.   When the hunt takes Seth and Evan to Pittsburgh on the trail of the next killer, they&amp;#039;ll have to save the intended victim and take down the powerful witch. If the skills they possess and the bond between them isn&amp;#039;t enough, the evil will remain unchallenged, and more people will die . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Rivers
Series: #2 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth Tanner uncovers the cycle of ritual killings that feeds the power of the witch–disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on getting vengeance for Jesse and stopping the murders. His fledgling romantic relationship with Evan Malone complicates his mission, but Seth can&amp;#039;t walk away. Seth and Evan are learning to navigate their partnership—as lovers and monster hunters—while they chase down the next witch–disciple and avoid attracting the wrong kind of attention.   When the hunt takes Seth and Evan to Pittsburgh on the trail of the next killer, they&amp;#039;ll have to save the intended victim and take down the powerful witch. If the skills they possess and the bond between them isn&amp;#039;t enough, the evil will remain unchallenged, and more people will die . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Revelations by Lydia Sherrer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Revelations
Series: #2 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The truth shall make you free . . . sort of. Modern–day wizard Lily Singer prefers to stay tucked away in her library, studying magic and drinking tea. But with a troublesome witch friend and a past riddled with dangerous secrets, her chances of peace and quiet are slim. Armed with only wits and magic, she must manage her argumentative cat, thwart a plot to steal a powerful artifact, and decide who, amid all this, she can trust. The past, both ancient and modern, is catching up with her. Will discovering its secrets reveal her future, or doom it? Perhaps some truths are better left unknown . . .</description>
      <author>Lydia Sherrer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341143.mp3" length="7733679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341143.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Revelations
Series: #2 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The truth shall make you free . . . sort of. Modern–day wizard Lily Singer prefers to stay tucked away in her library, studying magic and drinking tea. But with a troublesome witch friend and a past riddled with dangerous secrets, her chances of peace and quiet are slim. Armed with only wits and magic, she must manage her argumentative cat, thwart a plot to steal a powerful artifact, and decide who, amid all this, she can trust. The past, both ancient and modern, is catching up with her. Will discovering its secrets reveal her future, or doom it? Perhaps some truths are better left unknown . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Revelations
Series: #2 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The truth shall make you free . . . sort of. Modern–day wizard Lily Singer prefers to stay tucked away in her library, studying magic and drinking tea. But with a troublesome witch friend and a past riddled with dangerous secrets, her chances of peace and quiet are slim. Armed with only wits and magic, she must manage her argumentative cat, thwart a plot to steal a powerful artifact, and decide who, amid all this, she can trust. The past, both ancient and modern, is catching up with her. Will discovering its secrets reveal her future, or doom it? Perhaps some truths are better left unknown . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burn: A Witchbane Novella by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: A Witchbane Novella
Series: #1.5 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual murders that feed the witch–disciples&amp;#039; power, and he saves Evan Malone, one of the warlock&amp;#039;s potential victims. Neither Seth nor Evan expected to fall in love, but when the dust settles, they find themselves on the run and on the road together, heading toward Pittsburgh, on the trail of the next killer. Seth wonders whether Evan will come to regret his choice to stay together, now that he&amp;#039;s living the reality of Seth&amp;#039;s nomadic life and the risks that come with it. He wants Evan to stay, but he&amp;#039;s afraid that Evan would be better off without him, living a normal life. Evan&amp;#039;s whole world has been upended, but there&amp;#039;s one thing he&amp;#039;s sure of, his love for Seth. Evan worries that he&amp;#039;s a liability, not yet able to hold his own in Seth&amp;#039;s rough–and–tumble world, but determined to do whatever necessary to have Seth&amp;#039;s back. On the way to face the next warlock, supernatural threats abound, forcing them to learn to fight as a team.</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341068.mp3" length="7944267" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341068.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: A Witchbane Novella
Series: #1.5 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual murders that feed the witch–disciples&amp;#039; power, and he saves Evan Malone, one of the warlock&amp;#039;s potential victims. Neither Seth nor Evan expected to fall in love, but when the dust settles, they find themselves on the run and on the road together, heading toward Pittsburgh, on the trail of the next killer. Seth wonders whether Evan will come to regret his choice to stay together, now that he&amp;#039;s living the reality of Seth&amp;#039;s nomadic life and the risks that come with it. He wants Evan to stay, but he&amp;#039;s afraid that Evan would be better off without him, living a normal life. Evan&amp;#039;s whole world has been upended, but there&amp;#039;s one thing he&amp;#039;s sure of, his love for Seth. Evan worries that he&amp;#039;s a liability, not yet able to hold his own in Seth&amp;#039;s rough–and–tumble world, but determined to do whatever necessary to have Seth&amp;#039;s back. On the way to face the next warlock, supernatural threats abound, forcing them to learn to fight as a team.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burn: A Witchbane Novella
Series: #1.5 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One hundred years ago, a sheriff&amp;#039;s posse killed dark warlock Rhyfel Gremory, but his witch–disciples escaped, and their magic made them nearly immortal. To keep their power, each year one of the witch–disciples kills a descendant of one of the men in the posse, a twelve–year cycle that has cost dozens of lives, including that of Seth Tanner&amp;#039;s brother, Jesse. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual murders that feed the witch–disciples&amp;#039; power, and he saves Evan Malone, one of the warlock&amp;#039;s potential victims. Neither Seth nor Evan expected to fall in love, but when the dust settles, they find themselves on the run and on the road together, heading toward Pittsburgh, on the trail of the next killer. Seth wonders whether Evan will come to regret his choice to stay together, now that he&amp;#039;s living the reality of Seth&amp;#039;s nomadic life and the risks that come with it. He wants Evan to stay, but he&amp;#039;s afraid that Evan would be better off without him, living a normal life. Evan&amp;#039;s whole world has been upended, but there&amp;#039;s one thing he&amp;#039;s sure of, his love for Seth. Evan worries that he&amp;#039;s a liability, not yet able to hold his own in Seth&amp;#039;s rough–and–tumble world, but determined to do whatever necessary to have Seth&amp;#039;s back. On the way to face the next warlock, supernatural threats abound, forcing them to learn to fight as a team.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Witchbane by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witchbane
Series: #1 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seth Tanner and his brother Jesse&amp;#039;s fun evening debunking local urban legends ends with Jesse&amp;#039;s gruesome murder. Seth vows revenge on Jesse&amp;#039;s killer—too bad the murderer has been dead for a hundred years. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual killings that feed the power of a dark warlock&amp;#039;s immortal witch-disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on stopping Jackson Malone from becoming the next victim. He&amp;#039;s used to risking his neck. He never intended to risk his heart.</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341051.mp3" length="7890081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341051.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witchbane
Series: #1 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seth Tanner and his brother Jesse&amp;#039;s fun evening debunking local urban legends ends with Jesse&amp;#039;s gruesome murder. Seth vows revenge on Jesse&amp;#039;s killer—too bad the murderer has been dead for a hundred years. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual killings that feed the power of a dark warlock&amp;#039;s immortal witch-disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on stopping Jackson Malone from becoming the next victim. He&amp;#039;s used to risking his neck. He never intended to risk his heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witchbane
Series: #1 of Witchbane
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Seth Tanner and his brother Jesse&amp;#039;s fun evening debunking local urban legends ends with Jesse&amp;#039;s gruesome murder. Seth vows revenge on Jesse&amp;#039;s killer—too bad the murderer has been dead for a hundred years. Seth uncovers a cycle of ritual killings that feed the power of a dark warlock&amp;#039;s immortal witch-disciples, and he&amp;#039;s hell bent on stopping Jackson Malone from becoming the next victim. He&amp;#039;s used to risking his neck. He never intended to risk his heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lucky Town: A Badlands Novella by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucky Town: A Badlands Novella
Series: #1.5 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his boyfriend, Myrtle Beach homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, find that the only thing more frightening than murder might be navigating their first holiday season as a couple. A trip back to Pittsburgh to spend Thanksgiving with Vic&amp;#039;s large, exuberant family means dodging old frenemies and a bitter ex–boyfriend. A cold case comes back to haunt Vic when a murdered woman&amp;#039;s ghost begs Simon for justice. Then a new murder back in Myrtle Beach looks suspiciously familiar, and the dead man&amp;#039;s ghost isn&amp;#039;t playing nice. When Simon gets a vision of the next victim before the crime occurs, he realizes that all the murders are supernaturally linked. Catching the murderer will take his psychic sleuthing skills along with Vic&amp;#039;s street smarts to avert a tragedy. Can they do right by ghosts past, present, and yet–to–come without ending up in the crosshairs of a killer for Christmas?</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341037.mp3" length="7936720" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341037.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucky Town: A Badlands Novella
Series: #1.5 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his boyfriend, Myrtle Beach homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, find that the only thing more frightening than murder might be navigating their first holiday season as a couple. A trip back to Pittsburgh to spend Thanksgiving with Vic&amp;#039;s large, exuberant family means dodging old frenemies and a bitter ex–boyfriend. A cold case comes back to haunt Vic when a murdered woman&amp;#039;s ghost begs Simon for justice. Then a new murder back in Myrtle Beach looks suspiciously familiar, and the dead man&amp;#039;s ghost isn&amp;#039;t playing nice. When Simon gets a vision of the next victim before the crime occurs, he realizes that all the murders are supernaturally linked. Catching the murderer will take his psychic sleuthing skills along with Vic&amp;#039;s street smarts to avert a tragedy. Can they do right by ghosts past, present, and yet–to–come without ending up in the crosshairs of a killer for Christmas?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucky Town: A Badlands Novella
Series: #1.5 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychic medium Simon Kincaide and his boyfriend, Myrtle Beach homicide detective Vic D&amp;#039;Amato, find that the only thing more frightening than murder might be navigating their first holiday season as a couple. A trip back to Pittsburgh to spend Thanksgiving with Vic&amp;#039;s large, exuberant family means dodging old frenemies and a bitter ex–boyfriend. A cold case comes back to haunt Vic when a murdered woman&amp;#039;s ghost begs Simon for justice. Then a new murder back in Myrtle Beach looks suspiciously familiar, and the dead man&amp;#039;s ghost isn&amp;#039;t playing nice. When Simon gets a vision of the next victim before the crime occurs, he realizes that all the murders are supernaturally linked. Catching the murderer will take his psychic sleuthing skills along with Vic&amp;#039;s street smarts to avert a tragedy. Can they do right by ghosts past, present, and yet–to–come without ending up in the crosshairs of a killer for Christmas?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blood Binds by Donna Augustine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Binds
Series: #3 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ryker calls it an accident. I call it another betrayal. He didn&amp;#039;t want me to leave but didn&amp;#039;t fight to keep me by his side. Wronged magically and devastated emotionally, I exile myself to another country, Dorley. Now I perform tricks under a tent, my mystical gifts a common sideshow. Just as I&amp;#039;m accepting my self-inflicted fate, Ryker makes a move that forces me back to the Valley. But an ancient evil is stirring and follows me. With magical stones disappearing, the power I possess within makes me a target. Old hurts have to be put aside and enemies must unite or an evil strong enough to destroy us all will be unleashed. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Donna Augustine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339119.mp3" length="7724556" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Binds
Series: #3 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ryker calls it an accident. I call it another betrayal. He didn&amp;#039;t want me to leave but didn&amp;#039;t fight to keep me by his side. Wronged magically and devastated emotionally, I exile myself to another country, Dorley. Now I perform tricks under a tent, my mystical gifts a common sideshow. Just as I&amp;#039;m accepting my self-inflicted fate, Ryker makes a move that forces me back to the Valley. But an ancient evil is stirring and follows me. With magical stones disappearing, the power I possess within makes me a target. Old hurts have to be put aside and enemies must unite or an evil strong enough to destroy us all will be unleashed. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Binds
Series: #3 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ryker calls it an accident. I call it another betrayal. He didn&amp;#039;t want me to leave but didn&amp;#039;t fight to keep me by his side. Wronged magically and devastated emotionally, I exile myself to another country, Dorley. Now I perform tricks under a tent, my mystical gifts a common sideshow. Just as I&amp;#039;m accepting my self-inflicted fate, Ryker makes a move that forces me back to the Valley. But an ancient evil is stirring and follows me. With magical stones disappearing, the power I possess within makes me a target. Old hurts have to be put aside and enemies must unite or an evil strong enough to destroy us all will be unleashed. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Full Blood by Donna Augustine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Blood
Series: #2 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One monster wants my soul. One man wants my magic. Me? I want to be left alone to live my life out like a dull, one of the lucky people who were born devoid of magic. But that won&amp;#039;t happen because being born a Wyrd Blood gives me two choices in life: ruler or slave.   I&amp;#039;d rather die than be a slave and I&amp;#039;m not cut out to rule. Instead I&amp;#039;ve been hiding out in the Valley. Life is pretty good here, with food in my belly and a warm bed to sleep. If I didn&amp;#039;t get harassed constantly by Ryker, the man who wants my magic, it might be good enough to lull me into thinking life could continue on like this forever.    Until I get a message from Bones, the monster who owns my soul . . .   Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Donna Augustine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339102.mp3" length="7779613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Blood
Series: #2 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One monster wants my soul. One man wants my magic. Me? I want to be left alone to live my life out like a dull, one of the lucky people who were born devoid of magic. But that won&amp;#039;t happen because being born a Wyrd Blood gives me two choices in life: ruler or slave.   I&amp;#039;d rather die than be a slave and I&amp;#039;m not cut out to rule. Instead I&amp;#039;ve been hiding out in the Valley. Life is pretty good here, with food in my belly and a warm bed to sleep. If I didn&amp;#039;t get harassed constantly by Ryker, the man who wants my magic, it might be good enough to lull me into thinking life could continue on like this forever.    Until I get a message from Bones, the monster who owns my soul . . .   Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Blood
Series: #2 of Wyrd Blood
Author: Donna Augustine
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One monster wants my soul. One man wants my magic. Me? I want to be left alone to live my life out like a dull, one of the lucky people who were born devoid of magic. But that won&amp;#039;t happen because being born a Wyrd Blood gives me two choices in life: ruler or slave.   I&amp;#039;d rather die than be a slave and I&amp;#039;m not cut out to rule. Instead I&amp;#039;ve been hiding out in the Valley. Life is pretty good here, with food in my belly and a warm bed to sleep. If I didn&amp;#039;t get harassed constantly by Ryker, the man who wants my magic, it might be good enough to lull me into thinking life could continue on like this forever.    Until I get a message from Bones, the monster who owns my soul . . .   Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Good Ghosts Get the Blues by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Good Ghosts Get the Blues
Series: #3 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Vacation goals . . . I have them. Real life is not cooperating. I don&amp;#039;t require poolside margaritas under a fancy cabana to have a good time. All I wanted was ten ghost-free days to enjoy sightseeing New Orleans with my boyfriend, to admire art galleries, listen to live music, and eat as many beignets as I can before my pants stop buttoning. I might as well have asked Santa for a unicorn.   Within thirty-six hours of setting foot in the Big Easy, an ancient ghost warns me of a murderous spirit lurking in the city, a strip-mall psychic tells me I look pregnant (I blame the beignets) and, oh, yeah, a dead body shows up on the set of my boyfriend&amp;#039;s TV show and he lands himself at the top of the suspect list. If this is karma, I must have been an ax murderer in a previous life.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336231.mp3" length="7129859" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Good Ghosts Get the Blues
Series: #3 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Vacation goals . . . I have them. Real life is not cooperating. I don&amp;#039;t require poolside margaritas under a fancy cabana to have a good time. All I wanted was ten ghost-free days to enjoy sightseeing New Orleans with my boyfriend, to admire art galleries, listen to live music, and eat as many beignets as I can before my pants stop buttoning. I might as well have asked Santa for a unicorn.   Within thirty-six hours of setting foot in the Big Easy, an ancient ghost warns me of a murderous spirit lurking in the city, a strip-mall psychic tells me I look pregnant (I blame the beignets) and, oh, yeah, a dead body shows up on the set of my boyfriend&amp;#039;s TV show and he lands himself at the top of the suspect list. If this is karma, I must have been an ax murderer in a previous life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Good Ghosts Get the Blues
Series: #3 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Vacation goals . . . I have them. Real life is not cooperating. I don&amp;#039;t require poolside margaritas under a fancy cabana to have a good time. All I wanted was ten ghost-free days to enjoy sightseeing New Orleans with my boyfriend, to admire art galleries, listen to live music, and eat as many beignets as I can before my pants stop buttoning. I might as well have asked Santa for a unicorn.   Within thirty-six hours of setting foot in the Big Easy, an ancient ghost warns me of a murderous spirit lurking in the city, a strip-mall psychic tells me I look pregnant (I blame the beignets) and, oh, yeah, a dead body shows up on the set of my boyfriend&amp;#039;s TV show and he lands himself at the top of the suspect list. If this is karma, I must have been an ax murderer in a previous life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ghosts Gone Wild by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts Gone Wild
Series: #2 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s never a good time for a ghost crisis. However, it&amp;#039;s particularly inconvenient while I&amp;#039;m trying to tackle my first wedding season. Between twelve hour days, an assistant with a case of butter fingers (not the chocolate kind), and the flood of tourists in town, I&amp;#039;m struggling to keep a grip on my sanity. All I want is three months of peace from the spirit world. But when local ghosts start going missing, I have to do something. After all, it&amp;#039;s not like they go to the Hamptons. Missing ghosts, a posthumously alimony-hungry divorcee, and a raging bridezilla. Yup, my bingo card is officially full. Can I get a prize and go home now?</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336224.mp3" length="7283332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336224.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts Gone Wild
Series: #2 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s never a good time for a ghost crisis. However, it&amp;#039;s particularly inconvenient while I&amp;#039;m trying to tackle my first wedding season. Between twelve hour days, an assistant with a case of butter fingers (not the chocolate kind), and the flood of tourists in town, I&amp;#039;m struggling to keep a grip on my sanity. All I want is three months of peace from the spirit world. But when local ghosts start going missing, I have to do something. After all, it&amp;#039;s not like they go to the Hamptons. Missing ghosts, a posthumously alimony-hungry divorcee, and a raging bridezilla. Yup, my bingo card is officially full. Can I get a prize and go home now?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts Gone Wild
Series: #2 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s never a good time for a ghost crisis. However, it&amp;#039;s particularly inconvenient while I&amp;#039;m trying to tackle my first wedding season. Between twelve hour days, an assistant with a case of butter fingers (not the chocolate kind), and the flood of tourists in town, I&amp;#039;m struggling to keep a grip on my sanity. All I want is three months of peace from the spirit world. But when local ghosts start going missing, I have to do something. After all, it&amp;#039;s not like they go to the Hamptons. Missing ghosts, a posthumously alimony-hungry divorcee, and a raging bridezilla. Yup, my bingo card is officially full. Can I get a prize and go home now?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost Hunter Next Door by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Hunter Next Door
Series: #1 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The first rule of being a ghost whisperer: Don&amp;#039;t tell anyone. Seriously. Don&amp;#039;t. Sure, it might sound harmless. A fun party trick, even. I assure you, it&amp;#039;s not. How do I know? Well, let&amp;#039;s just say that I&amp;#039;ve had a lot of experience with this sort of thing, and nine times out of ten, it turns into an all-consuming disaster. Being plagued by needy ghosts twenty-four/seven is one thing; being harassed by a horde of curious—or worse, grieving—flesh-and-blood people is an entirely different circus. I mean really, who wants to hold an impromptu séance in the middle of the cereal aisle? Not me, and the manager of the grocery store probably isn&amp;#039;t too crazy about the idea, either. So, that&amp;#039;s it. If you’re a ghost whisperer, just keep your mouth shut and act normal. Ghosts? What ghosts? Now, if only I would start listening to my own advice . . .</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336217.mp3" length="7122262" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Hunter Next Door
Series: #1 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The first rule of being a ghost whisperer: Don&amp;#039;t tell anyone. Seriously. Don&amp;#039;t. Sure, it might sound harmless. A fun party trick, even. I assure you, it&amp;#039;s not. How do I know? Well, let&amp;#039;s just say that I&amp;#039;ve had a lot of experience with this sort of thing, and nine times out of ten, it turns into an all-consuming disaster. Being plagued by needy ghosts twenty-four/seven is one thing; being harassed by a horde of curious—or worse, grieving—flesh-and-blood people is an entirely different circus. I mean really, who wants to hold an impromptu séance in the middle of the cereal aisle? Not me, and the manager of the grocery store probably isn&amp;#039;t too crazy about the idea, either. So, that&amp;#039;s it. If you’re a ghost whisperer, just keep your mouth shut and act normal. Ghosts? What ghosts? Now, if only I would start listening to my own advice . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Hunter Next Door
Series: #1 of Beechwood Harbor Ghost Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The first rule of being a ghost whisperer: Don&amp;#039;t tell anyone. Seriously. Don&amp;#039;t. Sure, it might sound harmless. A fun party trick, even. I assure you, it&amp;#039;s not. How do I know? Well, let&amp;#039;s just say that I&amp;#039;ve had a lot of experience with this sort of thing, and nine times out of ten, it turns into an all-consuming disaster. Being plagued by needy ghosts twenty-four/seven is one thing; being harassed by a horde of curious—or worse, grieving—flesh-and-blood people is an entirely different circus. I mean really, who wants to hold an impromptu séance in the middle of the cereal aisle? Not me, and the manager of the grocery store probably isn&amp;#039;t too crazy about the idea, either. So, that&amp;#039;s it. If you’re a ghost whisperer, just keep your mouth shut and act normal. Ghosts? What ghosts? Now, if only I would start listening to my own advice . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Bad Witch by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Bad Witch
Series: #6 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.55 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Holly&amp;#039;s cauldron is bubbling over and ready to blow! Following six months of intense training under some of the country&amp;#039;s most skilled potion masters, Holly&amp;#039;s head is full to the brim. When she&amp;#039;s offered a new assignment with the Supernatural Protection Agency, she jumps at the chance to take her newfound skills out of the workshop and into the real world. What she didn&amp;#039;t expect was to wind up tailing a suspected werewolf killer right in her own backyard. Literally. When another werewolf turns up dead, Holly and her roommates are locked in a race against time, and the killer might be even closer than they think.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336200.mp3" length="7338879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Bad Witch
Series: #6 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.55 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Holly&amp;#039;s cauldron is bubbling over and ready to blow! Following six months of intense training under some of the country&amp;#039;s most skilled potion masters, Holly&amp;#039;s head is full to the brim. When she&amp;#039;s offered a new assignment with the Supernatural Protection Agency, she jumps at the chance to take her newfound skills out of the workshop and into the real world. What she didn&amp;#039;t expect was to wind up tailing a suspected werewolf killer right in her own backyard. Literally. When another werewolf turns up dead, Holly and her roommates are locked in a race against time, and the killer might be even closer than they think.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Bad Witch
Series: #6 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.55 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Holly&amp;#039;s cauldron is bubbling over and ready to blow! Following six months of intense training under some of the country&amp;#039;s most skilled potion masters, Holly&amp;#039;s head is full to the brim. When she&amp;#039;s offered a new assignment with the Supernatural Protection Agency, she jumps at the chance to take her newfound skills out of the workshop and into the real world. What she didn&amp;#039;t expect was to wind up tailing a suspected werewolf killer right in her own backyard. Literally. When another werewolf turns up dead, Holly and her roommates are locked in a race against time, and the killer might be even closer than they think.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spells and Cells by Sam Short</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells and Cells
Series: #3 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A murder in a police cell is always tricky to explain away. When the victim is a werewolf, things become very complicated! Things are looking up for Millie Thorn. She&amp;#039;s finally enjoying life as a witch, and she&amp;#039;s even taken a part-time job teaching cookery in a school for paranormal children. She&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that the local policeman, Sergeant David Spencer, is her father, and she&amp;#039;s accepted that it might be better to wait a little longer until she drops that bombshell at his feet. When a trouble-making werewolf is murdered while in police custody, and the magical poison is traced back to cakes that Millie may or may not have helped bake, things begin to go wrong. Quickly. Learning that it was Sergeant Spencer who served the dead werewolf his final and fatal meal, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for some members of the community to begin pointing fingers at him. Or to be more precise, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for certain members of the community to start pointing sharp claws situated at the end of hairy arms at him. With several mysteries to get to the bottom of, and a father to save, Millie Thorn needs be both brave and intuitive if her life is ever going to be relatively normal again.</description>
      <author>Sam Short</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977335937.mp3" length="7974391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977335937.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells and Cells
Series: #3 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A murder in a police cell is always tricky to explain away. When the victim is a werewolf, things become very complicated! Things are looking up for Millie Thorn. She&amp;#039;s finally enjoying life as a witch, and she&amp;#039;s even taken a part-time job teaching cookery in a school for paranormal children. She&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that the local policeman, Sergeant David Spencer, is her father, and she&amp;#039;s accepted that it might be better to wait a little longer until she drops that bombshell at his feet. When a trouble-making werewolf is murdered while in police custody, and the magical poison is traced back to cakes that Millie may or may not have helped bake, things begin to go wrong. Quickly. Learning that it was Sergeant Spencer who served the dead werewolf his final and fatal meal, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for some members of the community to begin pointing fingers at him. Or to be more precise, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for certain members of the community to start pointing sharp claws situated at the end of hairy arms at him. With several mysteries to get to the bottom of, and a father to save, Millie Thorn needs be both brave and intuitive if her life is ever going to be relatively normal again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spells and Cells
Series: #3 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A murder in a police cell is always tricky to explain away. When the victim is a werewolf, things become very complicated! Things are looking up for Millie Thorn. She&amp;#039;s finally enjoying life as a witch, and she&amp;#039;s even taken a part-time job teaching cookery in a school for paranormal children. She&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that the local policeman, Sergeant David Spencer, is her father, and she&amp;#039;s accepted that it might be better to wait a little longer until she drops that bombshell at his feet. When a trouble-making werewolf is murdered while in police custody, and the magical poison is traced back to cakes that Millie may or may not have helped bake, things begin to go wrong. Quickly. Learning that it was Sergeant Spencer who served the dead werewolf his final and fatal meal, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for some members of the community to begin pointing fingers at him. Or to be more precise, it doesn&amp;#039;t take long for certain members of the community to start pointing sharp claws situated at the end of hairy arms at him. With several mysteries to get to the bottom of, and a father to save, Millie Thorn needs be both brave and intuitive if her life is ever going to be relatively normal again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blightmare by A.J. Aalto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blightmare
Series: #5 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Reeling from her losses and trying to regroup, the Great White Shark of psychic investigation turns her focus on self-improvement, though her remaining friends call it self-flagellation. Marnie is determined to move forward at maximum warp, trauma be damned. A prospective client named Beau Boudreaux shows up in her office with a peanut butter addiction and a plea for Marnie to protect him from his ex-girlfriend: Pestilence, the First Horseman of the Apocalypse. His story is hard to swallow, but heading off Armageddon seems like a spiffy distraction.   That is, until the Blights descend, and Marnie realises that all her nightmares are about to come true. Running with a lighter crew and a busted heart, can Marnie get her act together and solve the riddle of Beau Boudreaux before the End Times come a&amp;#039;knockin&amp;#039;? Or will the Blightmare become her new reality?</description>
      <author>A.J. Aalto</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977333377.mp3" length="7618589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977333377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blightmare
Series: #5 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Reeling from her losses and trying to regroup, the Great White Shark of psychic investigation turns her focus on self-improvement, though her remaining friends call it self-flagellation. Marnie is determined to move forward at maximum warp, trauma be damned. A prospective client named Beau Boudreaux shows up in her office with a peanut butter addiction and a plea for Marnie to protect him from his ex-girlfriend: Pestilence, the First Horseman of the Apocalypse. His story is hard to swallow, but heading off Armageddon seems like a spiffy distraction.   That is, until the Blights descend, and Marnie realises that all her nightmares are about to come true. Running with a lighter crew and a busted heart, can Marnie get her act together and solve the riddle of Beau Boudreaux before the End Times come a&amp;#039;knockin&amp;#039;? Or will the Blightmare become her new reality?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blightmare
Series: #5 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Reeling from her losses and trying to regroup, the Great White Shark of psychic investigation turns her focus on self-improvement, though her remaining friends call it self-flagellation. Marnie is determined to move forward at maximum warp, trauma be damned. A prospective client named Beau Boudreaux shows up in her office with a peanut butter addiction and a plea for Marnie to protect him from his ex-girlfriend: Pestilence, the First Horseman of the Apocalypse. His story is hard to swallow, but heading off Armageddon seems like a spiffy distraction.   That is, until the Blights descend, and Marnie realises that all her nightmares are about to come true. Running with a lighter crew and a busted heart, can Marnie get her act together and solve the riddle of Beau Boudreaux before the End Times come a&amp;#039;knockin&amp;#039;? Or will the Blightmare become her new reality?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demon Magic and a Martini by Annette Marie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demon Magic and a Martini
Series: #4 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When I first landed a bartending job at the local guild, I didn&amp;#039;t know a thing about magic. These days, I&amp;#039;m practically an expert on the different magical classes, but there&amp;#039;s one nobody ever talks about: Demonica. Turns out they have a good reason for that. My guild is strictly hellion-free, because who wants to risk life and limb to control the biggest bullies on the mythic playground? Well, some people do, and now a demon has been loosed in the city. My three best friends are determined to slay it, but even badass combat mages are critically out-magicked. And that&amp;#039;s not all. The monster they&amp;#039;re tracking—it&amp;#039;s not hiding. It&amp;#039;s not fleeing. It&amp;#039;s not leaving a trail of corpses everywhere it goes. The demon is hunting too. And in a city full of mythics, it&amp;#039;s searching for deadlier prey. If we can&amp;#039;t unravel the demon&amp;#039;s sinister motivations, more innocent people will die, but finding the answers means digging into dark secrets . . . and learning truths I never wanted to know. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</description>
      <author>Annette Marie</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977330468.mp3" length="8183629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977330468.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demon Magic and a Martini
Series: #4 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When I first landed a bartending job at the local guild, I didn&amp;#039;t know a thing about magic. These days, I&amp;#039;m practically an expert on the different magical classes, but there&amp;#039;s one nobody ever talks about: Demonica. Turns out they have a good reason for that. My guild is strictly hellion-free, because who wants to risk life and limb to control the biggest bullies on the mythic playground? Well, some people do, and now a demon has been loosed in the city. My three best friends are determined to slay it, but even badass combat mages are critically out-magicked. And that&amp;#039;s not all. The monster they&amp;#039;re tracking—it&amp;#039;s not hiding. It&amp;#039;s not fleeing. It&amp;#039;s not leaving a trail of corpses everywhere it goes. The demon is hunting too. And in a city full of mythics, it&amp;#039;s searching for deadlier prey. If we can&amp;#039;t unravel the demon&amp;#039;s sinister motivations, more innocent people will die, but finding the answers means digging into dark secrets . . . and learning truths I never wanted to know. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demon Magic and a Martini
Series: #4 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When I first landed a bartending job at the local guild, I didn&amp;#039;t know a thing about magic. These days, I&amp;#039;m practically an expert on the different magical classes, but there&amp;#039;s one nobody ever talks about: Demonica. Turns out they have a good reason for that. My guild is strictly hellion-free, because who wants to risk life and limb to control the biggest bullies on the mythic playground? Well, some people do, and now a demon has been loosed in the city. My three best friends are determined to slay it, but even badass combat mages are critically out-magicked. And that&amp;#039;s not all. The monster they&amp;#039;re tracking—it&amp;#039;s not hiding. It&amp;#039;s not fleeing. It&amp;#039;s not leaving a trail of corpses everywhere it goes. The demon is hunting too. And in a city full of mythics, it&amp;#039;s searching for deadlier prey. If we can&amp;#039;t unravel the demon&amp;#039;s sinister motivations, more innocent people will die, but finding the answers means digging into dark secrets . . . and learning truths I never wanted to know. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claimed by the Assassins by Stacey Brutger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Assassins
Series: #3 of Academy of Assassins
Author: Stacey Brutger
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The assassins have their hands full chasing down the creatures who&amp;#039;ve fled to the human world. Too bad Morgan has been consigned to the schoolroom, too valuable as the future heir to the crown to be risked. Not one to kick up her heels and do nothing, Morgan is determined to find out how to control her powers so she can protect what is hers . . . even if she has to sneak behind her team&amp;#039;s backs to do so. But what should&amp;#039;ve been a time to settle down with her mates turns deadly when secrets are exposed. Morgan is furious, but determined to fight for the chance to have a future with her men . . . even if she must challenge the sea queen to prove her claim on Draven. The sea queen is vicious and will do whatever is necessary to get what she wants . . . and she wants Draven. There is always a price to pay for defying the queen, but her mates refuse to let Morgan pay the price alone. When a deal is struck, Morgan and her team must survive the next three days of being hunted by the queen&amp;#039;s mightiest champions. If she fails, she and her mates will die, and Draven will be forced into a life of slavery for all eternity. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Stacey Brutger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977385840.mp3" length="8017292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977385840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Assassins
Series: #3 of Academy of Assassins
Author: Stacey Brutger
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The assassins have their hands full chasing down the creatures who&amp;#039;ve fled to the human world. Too bad Morgan has been consigned to the schoolroom, too valuable as the future heir to the crown to be risked. Not one to kick up her heels and do nothing, Morgan is determined to find out how to control her powers so she can protect what is hers . . . even if she has to sneak behind her team&amp;#039;s backs to do so. But what should&amp;#039;ve been a time to settle down with her mates turns deadly when secrets are exposed. Morgan is furious, but determined to fight for the chance to have a future with her men . . . even if she must challenge the sea queen to prove her claim on Draven. The sea queen is vicious and will do whatever is necessary to get what she wants . . . and she wants Draven. There is always a price to pay for defying the queen, but her mates refuse to let Morgan pay the price alone. When a deal is struck, Morgan and her team must survive the next three days of being hunted by the queen&amp;#039;s mightiest champions. If she fails, she and her mates will die, and Draven will be forced into a life of slavery for all eternity. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Assassins
Series: #3 of Academy of Assassins
Author: Stacey Brutger
Narrator: Traci Odom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The assassins have their hands full chasing down the creatures who&amp;#039;ve fled to the human world. Too bad Morgan has been consigned to the schoolroom, too valuable as the future heir to the crown to be risked. Not one to kick up her heels and do nothing, Morgan is determined to find out how to control her powers so she can protect what is hers . . . even if she has to sneak behind her team&amp;#039;s backs to do so. But what should&amp;#039;ve been a time to settle down with her mates turns deadly when secrets are exposed. Morgan is furious, but determined to fight for the chance to have a future with her men . . . even if she must challenge the sea queen to prove her claim on Draven. The sea queen is vicious and will do whatever is necessary to get what she wants . . . and she wants Draven. There is always a price to pay for defying the queen, but her mates refuse to let Morgan pay the price alone. When a deal is struck, Morgan and her team must survive the next three days of being hunted by the queen&amp;#039;s mightiest champions. If she fails, she and her mates will die, and Draven will be forced into a life of slavery for all eternity. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Binding Magick: an Urban Fantasy Novel by Debbie Cassidy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binding Magick: an Urban Fantasy Novel
Series: #1 of Witch Blood Chronicles
Author: Debbie Cassidy
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2018
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being left behind to hold the fort every time the world needs saving, sucks.   For Carmella Hunter, a witch blood with practically no magick, being surrounded by powerful friends has taken its toll. For once it would be nice to be the one doing the saving. Stuck in a dead-end job in Piccadilly&amp;#039;s favorite bakery, Carmella spends her days making cinnamon rolls and her evenings feeding the homeless, all the while dreaming of making a difference.   One huge pastry order for the Covens annual meet and an attack of flu germs leaves Carmella delirious with a fever—too delirious to avoid a fateful bargain with a djinn named Paimon. Bound to do his bidding, his seductive voice in her head and his infuriating arrogance make the partnership a trying one. With Paimon, Carmella gets her first taste of power. A power she must use to track down the monsters hunting Paimon&amp;#039;s people. Suddenly Carmella isn&amp;#039;t so helpless anymore. Things get complicated when her boss, and close friend, goes missing, and the enforcement agencies don&amp;#039;t seem too bothered about looking for a celestial dancer who likes to sleep around. With the help of Mal Banner, the Piccadilly Coven Elder Witch and self professed playboy, Carmella finally has the opportunity to be the hero she&amp;#039;s always wanted to be.   But someone doesn&amp;#039;t want Carmella digging. Someone will go to any lengths to make her stop.</description>
      <author>Debbie Cassidy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977374028.mp3" length="6952909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977374028.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binding Magick: an Urban Fantasy Novel
Series: #1 of Witch Blood Chronicles
Author: Debbie Cassidy
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2018
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being left behind to hold the fort every time the world needs saving, sucks.   For Carmella Hunter, a witch blood with practically no magick, being surrounded by powerful friends has taken its toll. For once it would be nice to be the one doing the saving. Stuck in a dead-end job in Piccadilly&amp;#039;s favorite bakery, Carmella spends her days making cinnamon rolls and her evenings feeding the homeless, all the while dreaming of making a difference.   One huge pastry order for the Covens annual meet and an attack of flu germs leaves Carmella delirious with a fever—too delirious to avoid a fateful bargain with a djinn named Paimon. Bound to do his bidding, his seductive voice in her head and his infuriating arrogance make the partnership a trying one. With Paimon, Carmella gets her first taste of power. A power she must use to track down the monsters hunting Paimon&amp;#039;s people. Suddenly Carmella isn&amp;#039;t so helpless anymore. Things get complicated when her boss, and close friend, goes missing, and the enforcement agencies don&amp;#039;t seem too bothered about looking for a celestial dancer who likes to sleep around. With the help of Mal Banner, the Piccadilly Coven Elder Witch and self professed playboy, Carmella finally has the opportunity to be the hero she&amp;#039;s always wanted to be.   But someone doesn&amp;#039;t want Carmella digging. Someone will go to any lengths to make her stop.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binding Magick: an Urban Fantasy Novel
Series: #1 of Witch Blood Chronicles
Author: Debbie Cassidy
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2018
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Being left behind to hold the fort every time the world needs saving, sucks.   For Carmella Hunter, a witch blood with practically no magick, being surrounded by powerful friends has taken its toll. For once it would be nice to be the one doing the saving. Stuck in a dead-end job in Piccadilly&amp;#039;s favorite bakery, Carmella spends her days making cinnamon rolls and her evenings feeding the homeless, all the while dreaming of making a difference.   One huge pastry order for the Covens annual meet and an attack of flu germs leaves Carmella delirious with a fever—too delirious to avoid a fateful bargain with a djinn named Paimon. Bound to do his bidding, his seductive voice in her head and his infuriating arrogance make the partnership a trying one. With Paimon, Carmella gets her first taste of power. A power she must use to track down the monsters hunting Paimon&amp;#039;s people. Suddenly Carmella isn&amp;#039;t so helpless anymore. Things get complicated when her boss, and close friend, goes missing, and the enforcement agencies don&amp;#039;t seem too bothered about looking for a celestial dancer who likes to sleep around. With the help of Mal Banner, the Piccadilly Coven Elder Witch and self professed playboy, Carmella finally has the opportunity to be the hero she&amp;#039;s always wanted to be.   But someone doesn&amp;#039;t want Carmella digging. Someone will go to any lengths to make her stop.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Curse the Day by Annabel Chase</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Curse the Day
Series: #1 of Spellbound Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Annabel Chase
Narrator: Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Spellbound, where paranormal is the new normal. The only magic Emma Hart believes in is caffeine and the power of the dryer to lose one sock per load. A public interest lawyer buried under a mound of student debt, Emma&amp;#039;s whole life has been one turn of bad luck after another. Her streak seems to continue when she gets lost on the way to see a client in the remote Pocono Mountains. A chance encounter with a suicidal angel lands her in Spellbound, a town where supernaturals have been cursed to remain for centuries—probably not the best time for Emma to discover that she&amp;#039;s actually a witch. Between the recent murder of the town&amp;#039;s public defender, a goblin accused of theft, remedial witch classes, and the attention of one smoking hot vampire, Emma struggles to navigate this unfamiliar terrain without losing her mind . . . or her life.</description>
      <author>Annabel Chase</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2017 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541486331.mp3" length="7457286" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541486331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Curse the Day
Series: #1 of Spellbound Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Annabel Chase
Narrator: Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Spellbound, where paranormal is the new normal. The only magic Emma Hart believes in is caffeine and the power of the dryer to lose one sock per load. A public interest lawyer buried under a mound of student debt, Emma&amp;#039;s whole life has been one turn of bad luck after another. Her streak seems to continue when she gets lost on the way to see a client in the remote Pocono Mountains. A chance encounter with a suicidal angel lands her in Spellbound, a town where supernaturals have been cursed to remain for centuries—probably not the best time for Emma to discover that she&amp;#039;s actually a witch. Between the recent murder of the town&amp;#039;s public defender, a goblin accused of theft, remedial witch classes, and the attention of one smoking hot vampire, Emma struggles to navigate this unfamiliar terrain without losing her mind . . . or her life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Curse the Day
Series: #1 of Spellbound Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Annabel Chase
Narrator: Emily Lawrence
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to Spellbound, where paranormal is the new normal. The only magic Emma Hart believes in is caffeine and the power of the dryer to lose one sock per load. A public interest lawyer buried under a mound of student debt, Emma&amp;#039;s whole life has been one turn of bad luck after another. Her streak seems to continue when she gets lost on the way to see a client in the remote Pocono Mountains. A chance encounter with a suicidal angel lands her in Spellbound, a town where supernaturals have been cursed to remain for centuries—probably not the best time for Emma to discover that she&amp;#039;s actually a witch. Between the recent murder of the town&amp;#039;s public defender, a goblin accused of theft, remedial witch classes, and the attention of one smoking hot vampire, Emma struggles to navigate this unfamiliar terrain without losing her mind . . . or her life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Instrument of War by Rebecca Hall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instrument of War
Series: #2 of Symphony of the Cursed
Author: Rebecca Hall
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Host wants to know what the Academy was trying to hide and why the Fallen agreed to it. They want the Instrument of War, the one thing that can tip the Eternity War in their favor and put an end to the stalemate. Any impact on the Academy staff, students or buildings is just collateral damage. Mitch would like to forget that the last year ever happened, but that doesn&amp;#039;t seem likely with Little Red Riding Hood now teaching Teratology. The vampire isn&amp;#039;t quite as terrifying as he first thought, but she&amp;#039;s not the only monster at the Academy. The Fallen are spying on everyone, the new Principal is an angel, and there&amp;#039;s an enchanting exchange student with Faerie blood. Angry and nervous of the angels surrounding him, Mitch tries to put the pieces together. He knows that Hayley is the Archangel Gabriel. He knows that she can determine the course of the Eternity War. He also knows that the Fallen will do anything to hide Gabriel from the Host—even allowing an innocent girl to be kidnapped.</description>
      <author>Rebecca Hall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2017 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541483842.mp3" length="7341960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541483842.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instrument of War
Series: #2 of Symphony of the Cursed
Author: Rebecca Hall
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Host wants to know what the Academy was trying to hide and why the Fallen agreed to it. They want the Instrument of War, the one thing that can tip the Eternity War in their favor and put an end to the stalemate. Any impact on the Academy staff, students or buildings is just collateral damage. Mitch would like to forget that the last year ever happened, but that doesn&amp;#039;t seem likely with Little Red Riding Hood now teaching Teratology. The vampire isn&amp;#039;t quite as terrifying as he first thought, but she&amp;#039;s not the only monster at the Academy. The Fallen are spying on everyone, the new Principal is an angel, and there&amp;#039;s an enchanting exchange student with Faerie blood. Angry and nervous of the angels surrounding him, Mitch tries to put the pieces together. He knows that Hayley is the Archangel Gabriel. He knows that she can determine the course of the Eternity War. He also knows that the Fallen will do anything to hide Gabriel from the Host—even allowing an innocent girl to be kidnapped.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instrument of War
Series: #2 of Symphony of the Cursed
Author: Rebecca Hall
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Host wants to know what the Academy was trying to hide and why the Fallen agreed to it. They want the Instrument of War, the one thing that can tip the Eternity War in their favor and put an end to the stalemate. Any impact on the Academy staff, students or buildings is just collateral damage. Mitch would like to forget that the last year ever happened, but that doesn&amp;#039;t seem likely with Little Red Riding Hood now teaching Teratology. The vampire isn&amp;#039;t quite as terrifying as he first thought, but she&amp;#039;s not the only monster at the Academy. The Fallen are spying on everyone, the new Principal is an angel, and there&amp;#039;s an enchanting exchange student with Faerie blood. Angry and nervous of the angels surrounding him, Mitch tries to put the pieces together. He knows that Hayley is the Archangel Gabriel. He knows that she can determine the course of the Eternity War. He also knows that the Fallen will do anything to hide Gabriel from the Host—even allowing an innocent girl to be kidnapped.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organ Grind by E.A. Copen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organ Grind
Series: #2 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
No guts, no glory. Being one of the four horsemen sucks. The hours are long, the pay is crap, and every god or monster you meet wants to kill you. For Lazarus Kerrigan, professional necromancer, even helping the police search for some missing internal organs is a welcome relief. That is, until his ex–girlfriend shows up in the employ of an ancient Egyptian deity, and a faerie queen makes him an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse. When Laz finds himself pulled into a criminal underworld where human souls are traded like currency, things just go from bad to worse. Unfortunately, his soul might just be worth its weight in gold.</description>
      <author>E.A. Copen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977344717.mp3" length="8357237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977344717.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organ Grind
Series: #2 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
No guts, no glory. Being one of the four horsemen sucks. The hours are long, the pay is crap, and every god or monster you meet wants to kill you. For Lazarus Kerrigan, professional necromancer, even helping the police search for some missing internal organs is a welcome relief. That is, until his ex–girlfriend shows up in the employ of an ancient Egyptian deity, and a faerie queen makes him an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse. When Laz finds himself pulled into a criminal underworld where human souls are traded like currency, things just go from bad to worse. Unfortunately, his soul might just be worth its weight in gold.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375149</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Organ Grind
Series: #2 of Lazarus Codex
Author: E.A. Copen
Narrator: Travis Baldree
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
No guts, no glory. Being one of the four horsemen sucks. The hours are long, the pay is crap, and every god or monster you meet wants to kill you. For Lazarus Kerrigan, professional necromancer, even helping the police search for some missing internal organs is a welcome relief. That is, until his ex–girlfriend shows up in the employ of an ancient Egyptian deity, and a faerie queen makes him an offer he can&amp;#039;t refuse. When Laz finds himself pulled into a criminal underworld where human souls are traded like currency, things just go from bad to worse. Unfortunately, his soul might just be worth its weight in gold.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lucy: A Paragon Society Novel by David Delaney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucy: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #3 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret society of mages and shape-shifters is at war with blood magic–wielding bad-guys. It would be super cool if the world weren&amp;#039;t, you know, in danger of being overrun by evil buttheads. When the Paragon Society needs a situation contained, they call in their top battle mage, Lucy, a dual-blade wielding, fireball throwing, kicker of butts. But a traumatic injury has fractured Lucy&amp;#039;s psyche, leaving her trapped deep inside her subconscious. The Society and her friends are desperate to save her and are willing to try anything. The devised plan seems simple enough; Orson and the gang will get magicked into Lucy&amp;#039;s mind, locate her, and bring her out. Yeah, right.   Lucy&amp;#039;s mind has gone into protection mode, perceiving any rescue attempt as a threat and the last place anyone wants to be is on the wrong side of a pissed-off battle mage.</description>
      <author>David Delaney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341822.mp3" length="7065246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341822.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucy: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #3 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret society of mages and shape-shifters is at war with blood magic–wielding bad-guys. It would be super cool if the world weren&amp;#039;t, you know, in danger of being overrun by evil buttheads. When the Paragon Society needs a situation contained, they call in their top battle mage, Lucy, a dual-blade wielding, fireball throwing, kicker of butts. But a traumatic injury has fractured Lucy&amp;#039;s psyche, leaving her trapped deep inside her subconscious. The Society and her friends are desperate to save her and are willing to try anything. The devised plan seems simple enough; Orson and the gang will get magicked into Lucy&amp;#039;s mind, locate her, and bring her out. Yeah, right.   Lucy&amp;#039;s mind has gone into protection mode, perceiving any rescue attempt as a threat and the last place anyone wants to be is on the wrong side of a pissed-off battle mage.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lucy: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #3 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A secret society of mages and shape-shifters is at war with blood magic–wielding bad-guys. It would be super cool if the world weren&amp;#039;t, you know, in danger of being overrun by evil buttheads. When the Paragon Society needs a situation contained, they call in their top battle mage, Lucy, a dual-blade wielding, fireball throwing, kicker of butts. But a traumatic injury has fractured Lucy&amp;#039;s psyche, leaving her trapped deep inside her subconscious. The Society and her friends are desperate to save her and are willing to try anything. The devised plan seems simple enough; Orson and the gang will get magicked into Lucy&amp;#039;s mind, locate her, and bring her out. Yeah, right.   Lucy&amp;#039;s mind has gone into protection mode, perceiving any rescue attempt as a threat and the last place anyone wants to be is on the wrong side of a pissed-off battle mage.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Shifts by W.R. Gingell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Shifts
Series: #2 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s a body beneath the skip bins. Fae on the forklift. A vampire in the manager&amp;#039;s office. And there&amp;#039;s definitely something skeevy going on in the locker rooms. Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not exactly Pet. I am a pet. I was meant to stay out of it, but somebody&amp;#039;s gotta do something when humans are being killed by Behindkind creatures. Lucky for me, my owners are just as dangerous and inhuman as the bad guys . . . maybe more.</description>
      <author>W.R. Gingell</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977340719.mp3" length="7209817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977340719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Shifts
Series: #2 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s a body beneath the skip bins. Fae on the forklift. A vampire in the manager&amp;#039;s office. And there&amp;#039;s definitely something skeevy going on in the locker rooms. Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not exactly Pet. I am a pet. I was meant to stay out of it, but somebody&amp;#039;s gotta do something when humans are being killed by Behindkind creatures. Lucky for me, my owners are just as dangerous and inhuman as the bad guys . . . maybe more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Shifts
Series: #2 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
There&amp;#039;s a body beneath the skip bins. Fae on the forklift. A vampire in the manager&amp;#039;s office. And there&amp;#039;s definitely something skeevy going on in the locker rooms. Hi. I&amp;#039;m Pet. Well, not exactly Pet. I am a pet. I was meant to stay out of it, but somebody&amp;#039;s gotta do something when humans are being killed by Behindkind creatures. Lucky for me, my owners are just as dangerous and inhuman as the bad guys . . . maybe more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Warlocks and Wickedness by Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warlocks and Wickedness
Series: #5 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes you have to fight fire, with Hellfire. I didn&amp;#039;t have a choice. If I hadn&amp;#039;t done what I did, Reaper would&amp;#039;ve set in motion a chain of events that would&amp;#039;ve consumed London and everyone in it in unholy, demonic flames. With Levi, Mason, and the Eyes stretched to breaking point, I have to push one more time to try and put an end to the chaos that fell over my life the moment that book made it into my hands, but a visit from a ghost throws a spanner in the works that threatens to send me into madness before I can complete my mission. Worse, if I&amp;#039;m not careful, I could become an even bigger threat to the innocent people around me than Reaper ever could be. I should&amp;#039;ve died in those tunnels, but I didn&amp;#039;t, and now I&amp;#039;m the only one who can stop Reaper before he sets the world on fire . . . but I&amp;#039;m running out of time.</description>
      <author>Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339027.mp3" length="8106753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warlocks and Wickedness
Series: #5 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes you have to fight fire, with Hellfire. I didn&amp;#039;t have a choice. If I hadn&amp;#039;t done what I did, Reaper would&amp;#039;ve set in motion a chain of events that would&amp;#039;ve consumed London and everyone in it in unholy, demonic flames. With Levi, Mason, and the Eyes stretched to breaking point, I have to push one more time to try and put an end to the chaos that fell over my life the moment that book made it into my hands, but a visit from a ghost throws a spanner in the works that threatens to send me into madness before I can complete my mission. Worse, if I&amp;#039;m not careful, I could become an even bigger threat to the innocent people around me than Reaper ever could be. I should&amp;#039;ve died in those tunnels, but I didn&amp;#039;t, and now I&amp;#039;m the only one who can stop Reaper before he sets the world on fire . . . but I&amp;#039;m running out of time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warlocks and Wickedness
Series: #5 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes you have to fight fire, with Hellfire. I didn&amp;#039;t have a choice. If I hadn&amp;#039;t done what I did, Reaper would&amp;#039;ve set in motion a chain of events that would&amp;#039;ve consumed London and everyone in it in unholy, demonic flames. With Levi, Mason, and the Eyes stretched to breaking point, I have to push one more time to try and put an end to the chaos that fell over my life the moment that book made it into my hands, but a visit from a ghost throws a spanner in the works that threatens to send me into madness before I can complete my mission. Worse, if I&amp;#039;m not careful, I could become an even bigger threat to the innocent people around me than Reaper ever could be. I should&amp;#039;ve died in those tunnels, but I didn&amp;#039;t, and now I&amp;#039;m the only one who can stop Reaper before he sets the world on fire . . . but I&amp;#039;m running out of time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carolina Conjuring by Alison Claire</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carolina Conjuring
Series: #3 of Hell&amp;#039;s Belles
Author: Alison Claire
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alison Claire presents Book 3 of the Hell&amp;#039;s Belles Trilogy.</description>
      <author>Alison Claire</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977380623.mp3" length="7913842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977380623.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carolina Conjuring
Series: #3 of Hell&amp;#039;s Belles
Author: Alison Claire
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alison Claire presents Book 3 of the Hell&amp;#039;s Belles Trilogy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375089</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carolina Conjuring
Series: #3 of Hell&amp;#039;s Belles
Author: Alison Claire
Narrator: Nicole Poole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Alison Claire presents Book 3 of the Hell&amp;#039;s Belles Trilogy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost Manuscript by Kris Frieswick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Manuscript
Author: Kris Frieswick
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Rare-book authenticator Carys Jones wanted nothing more than to be left alone to pursue her obsession with ancient manuscripts. But when her biggest client is committed to an asylum, he gives Carys an offer she cannot refuse. In exchange for his entire library of priceless Dark Age manuscripts, she must track the clues hidden in a previously unknown journal, clues that lead to a tomb that could rewrite the history of Western civilization. But there are people who would do anything to stop her from finding what she seeks—for reasons both noble and evil. The hunt takes her to places she never thought she’d go, physically and emotionally: first to Wales, her estranged father’s homeland, then to bed with Dafydd, a mysterious Welshman who agrees to help her with the search, and, finally, deep inside her own psyche when the monk who wrote the journal 1,500 years ago appears and assists her in her search.</description>
      <author>Kris Frieswick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666572551.mp3" length="753786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666572551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Manuscript
Author: Kris Frieswick
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Rare-book authenticator Carys Jones wanted nothing more than to be left alone to pursue her obsession with ancient manuscripts. But when her biggest client is committed to an asylum, he gives Carys an offer she cannot refuse. In exchange for his entire library of priceless Dark Age manuscripts, she must track the clues hidden in a previously unknown journal, clues that lead to a tomb that could rewrite the history of Western civilization. But there are people who would do anything to stop her from finding what she seeks—for reasons both noble and evil. The hunt takes her to places she never thought she’d go, physically and emotionally: first to Wales, her estranged father’s homeland, then to bed with Dafydd, a mysterious Welshman who agrees to help her with the search, and, finally, deep inside her own psyche when the monk who wrote the journal 1,500 years ago appears and assists her in her search.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Manuscript
Author: Kris Frieswick
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Rare-book authenticator Carys Jones wanted nothing more than to be left alone to pursue her obsession with ancient manuscripts. But when her biggest client is committed to an asylum, he gives Carys an offer she cannot refuse. In exchange for his entire library of priceless Dark Age manuscripts, she must track the clues hidden in a previously unknown journal, clues that lead to a tomb that could rewrite the history of Western civilization. But there are people who would do anything to stop her from finding what she seeks—for reasons both noble and evil. The hunt takes her to places she never thought she’d go, physically and emotionally: first to Wales, her estranged father’s homeland, then to bed with Dafydd, a mysterious Welshman who agrees to help her with the search, and, finally, deep inside her own psyche when the monk who wrote the journal 1,500 years ago appears and assists her in her search.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>NEKOMONOGATARI WHITE: Cat Tale by Nisioisin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: NEKOMONOGATARI WHITE: Cat Tale
Series: Part of Monogatari
Author: Nisioisin
Narrator: Erica Mendez, Eric Kimerer, Cristina Vee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Launching into new territory that the author hadn’t mapped out when he embarked on the series, NEKOMONOGATARI (White) tells the tale of heroine Tsubasa Hanekawa from her own perspective, in her own voice—if that can hold true for a damaged soul who, depending on who you’re asking, suffers from a split personality or a supernatural aberration. The bone-chilling brokenness of her household, where father and mother and daughter keep three separate sets of cookware in the same kitchen and only ever prepare their own meals, and the profound darkness nurtured in the genius schoolgirl’s heart, come to life, if that is the word, through her self-vivisection. As for our customary unreliable narrator, Araragi, we seem to learn revealing tidbits about him now that we have an outside view of him at last, while his lady friends Senjogahara, Hachikuji, et al, freed from his predilection for proudly inane banter, show subtly new faces to us via their female interlocutor. Welcome to the Second Season.</description>
      <author>Nisioisin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781949980035.mp3" length="2976067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781949980035.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: NEKOMONOGATARI WHITE: Cat Tale
Series: Part of Monogatari
Author: Nisioisin
Narrator: Erica Mendez, Eric Kimerer, Cristina Vee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Launching into new territory that the author hadn’t mapped out when he embarked on the series, NEKOMONOGATARI (White) tells the tale of heroine Tsubasa Hanekawa from her own perspective, in her own voice—if that can hold true for a damaged soul who, depending on who you’re asking, suffers from a split personality or a supernatural aberration. The bone-chilling brokenness of her household, where father and mother and daughter keep three separate sets of cookware in the same kitchen and only ever prepare their own meals, and the profound darkness nurtured in the genius schoolgirl’s heart, come to life, if that is the word, through her self-vivisection. As for our customary unreliable narrator, Araragi, we seem to learn revealing tidbits about him now that we have an outside view of him at last, while his lady friends Senjogahara, Hachikuji, et al, freed from his predilection for proudly inane banter, show subtly new faces to us via their female interlocutor. Welcome to the Second Season.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: NEKOMONOGATARI WHITE: Cat Tale
Series: Part of Monogatari
Author: Nisioisin
Narrator: Erica Mendez, Eric Kimerer, Cristina Vee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Launching into new territory that the author hadn’t mapped out when he embarked on the series, NEKOMONOGATARI (White) tells the tale of heroine Tsubasa Hanekawa from her own perspective, in her own voice—if that can hold true for a damaged soul who, depending on who you’re asking, suffers from a split personality or a supernatural aberration. The bone-chilling brokenness of her household, where father and mother and daughter keep three separate sets of cookware in the same kitchen and only ever prepare their own meals, and the profound darkness nurtured in the genius schoolgirl’s heart, come to life, if that is the word, through her self-vivisection. As for our customary unreliable narrator, Araragi, we seem to learn revealing tidbits about him now that we have an outside view of him at last, while his lady friends Senjogahara, Hachikuji, et al, freed from his predilection for proudly inane banter, show subtly new faces to us via their female interlocutor. Welcome to the Second Season.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Endurance by J. A. Konrath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance
Author: J. A. Konrath
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One year ago, a young woman checked into a small bed-and-breakfast in the hills of West Virginia. She was never seen again . . . Tonight, the Rushmore Inn will host four new guests who bear striking similarities to the woman who disappeared. Like her, they are young and beautiful—Iron Woman athletes preparing for a triathlon. Like her, they were forced to come to this godforsaken place when their hotel overbooked. And like her, they will experience the most terrifying night of their lives. But this year will be different. This time the women are fighting back . . .  ENDURANCE From bestselling author J.A. Konrath comes a rollercoaster of terror and suspense, a nightmarish ride into the depths of madness that tests the very limits of human endurance . . .  Praise for J.A. Konrath’s thrillers:   “EXCELLENT.” —Lee Child  “UNRELENTING.” —James Rollins  “CONSTANT THRILLS AND CHILLS.” —Heather Graham</description>
      <author>J. A. Konrath</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781978640818.mp3" length="1380681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781978640818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance
Author: J. A. Konrath
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One year ago, a young woman checked into a small bed-and-breakfast in the hills of West Virginia. She was never seen again . . . Tonight, the Rushmore Inn will host four new guests who bear striking similarities to the woman who disappeared. Like her, they are young and beautiful—Iron Woman athletes preparing for a triathlon. Like her, they were forced to come to this godforsaken place when their hotel overbooked. And like her, they will experience the most terrifying night of their lives. But this year will be different. This time the women are fighting back . . .  ENDURANCE From bestselling author J.A. Konrath comes a rollercoaster of terror and suspense, a nightmarish ride into the depths of madness that tests the very limits of human endurance . . .  Praise for J.A. Konrath’s thrillers:   “EXCELLENT.” —Lee Child  “UNRELENTING.” —James Rollins  “CONSTANT THRILLS AND CHILLS.” —Heather Graham</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance
Author: J. A. Konrath
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
One year ago, a young woman checked into a small bed-and-breakfast in the hills of West Virginia. She was never seen again . . . Tonight, the Rushmore Inn will host four new guests who bear striking similarities to the woman who disappeared. Like her, they are young and beautiful—Iron Woman athletes preparing for a triathlon. Like her, they were forced to come to this godforsaken place when their hotel overbooked. And like her, they will experience the most terrifying night of their lives. But this year will be different. This time the women are fighting back . . .  ENDURANCE From bestselling author J.A. Konrath comes a rollercoaster of terror and suspense, a nightmarish ride into the depths of madness that tests the very limits of human endurance . . .  Praise for J.A. Konrath’s thrillers:   “EXCELLENT.” —Lee Child  “UNRELENTING.” —James Rollins  “CONSTANT THRILLS AND CHILLS.” —Heather Graham</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anyone: A Novel by Charles Soule</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone: A Novel
Author: Charles Soule
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Soule brings his signature knowledge—and wariness—of technology to his sophomore novel set in a realistic future about a brilliant female scientist who creates a technology that allows for the transfer of human consciousness between bodies, and the transformations this process wreaks upon the world. Inside a barn in Ann Arbor, Michigan, a scientist searching for an Alzheimer’s cure throws a switch—and finds herself mysteriously transported into her husband’s body. What begins as a botched experiment will change her life—and the world—forever… Over two decades later, all across the planet, “flash” technology allows individuals the ability to transfer their consciousness into other bodies for specified periods, paid, registered and legal. Society has been utterly transformed by the process, from travel to warfare to entertainment; “Be anyone with Anyone” the tagline of the company offering this ultimate out-of-body experience. But beyond the reach of the law and government regulators is a sordid black market called the darkshare, where desperate “vessels” anonymously rent out their bodies, no questions asked for any purpose - sex, drugs, crime... or worse. Anyone masterfully interweaves the present-day story of the discovery and development of the flash with the gritty tale of one woman’s crusade to put an end to the darkness it has brought to the world twenty-five years after its creation. Like Blade Runner crossed with Get Out, Charles Soule’s thought-provoking work of speculative fiction takes us to a world where identity, morality, and technology collide.</description>
      <author>Charles Soule</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062931436.mp3" length="1322652" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062931436.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone: A Novel
Author: Charles Soule
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Soule brings his signature knowledge—and wariness—of technology to his sophomore novel set in a realistic future about a brilliant female scientist who creates a technology that allows for the transfer of human consciousness between bodies, and the transformations this process wreaks upon the world. Inside a barn in Ann Arbor, Michigan, a scientist searching for an Alzheimer’s cure throws a switch—and finds herself mysteriously transported into her husband’s body. What begins as a botched experiment will change her life—and the world—forever… Over two decades later, all across the planet, “flash” technology allows individuals the ability to transfer their consciousness into other bodies for specified periods, paid, registered and legal. Society has been utterly transformed by the process, from travel to warfare to entertainment; “Be anyone with Anyone” the tagline of the company offering this ultimate out-of-body experience. But beyond the reach of the law and government regulators is a sordid black market called the darkshare, where desperate “vessels” anonymously rent out their bodies, no questions asked for any purpose - sex, drugs, crime... or worse. Anyone masterfully interweaves the present-day story of the discovery and development of the flash with the gritty tale of one woman’s crusade to put an end to the darkness it has brought to the world twenty-five years after its creation. Like Blade Runner crossed with Get Out, Charles Soule’s thought-provoking work of speculative fiction takes us to a world where identity, morality, and technology collide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone: A Novel
Author: Charles Soule
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Soule brings his signature knowledge—and wariness—of technology to his sophomore novel set in a realistic future about a brilliant female scientist who creates a technology that allows for the transfer of human consciousness between bodies, and the transformations this process wreaks upon the world. Inside a barn in Ann Arbor, Michigan, a scientist searching for an Alzheimer’s cure throws a switch—and finds herself mysteriously transported into her husband’s body. What begins as a botched experiment will change her life—and the world—forever… Over two decades later, all across the planet, “flash” technology allows individuals the ability to transfer their consciousness into other bodies for specified periods, paid, registered and legal. Society has been utterly transformed by the process, from travel to warfare to entertainment; “Be anyone with Anyone” the tagline of the company offering this ultimate out-of-body experience. But beyond the reach of the law and government regulators is a sordid black market called the darkshare, where desperate “vessels” anonymously rent out their bodies, no questions asked for any purpose - sex, drugs, crime... or worse. Anyone masterfully interweaves the present-day story of the discovery and development of the flash with the gritty tale of one woman’s crusade to put an end to the darkness it has brought to the world twenty-five years after its creation. Like Blade Runner crossed with Get Out, Charles Soule’s thought-provoking work of speculative fiction takes us to a world where identity, morality, and technology collide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life as Carola: A Far Memory Book by Joan Grant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Carola: A Far Memory Book
Series: #1952 of The Far Memory Books
Author: Joan Grant
Narrator: Mil Nicholson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The second of Joan Grant’s Far Memory novels, Life as Carola gives a fascinating glimpse into life in Italy just before the height of the Renaissance.  As a child growing up in Edwardian England, Joan Grant became aware of an astonishing ability to remember previous lifetimes. As an author, she professed her seven novels to be based on her personal recollections of other incarnations, male and female.  Carola was the illegitimate daughter of an Italian nobleman, the Lord of the Griffin, in sixteenth-century Italy. Cast out at an early age, she joined a band of strolling players. In her short lifetime, Carola gathers harsh experiences of poverty, violence, and bigotry, softened by the friendships she makes on the road: with Petruchio, both jester and sage; with Bernard, the gentle strongman, and Lucia, the harlot who loves him; and with healer Sofia, whose fate warns Carola to keep quiet about her dreams of the Shining One who guides and comforts her.</description>
      <author>Joan Grant</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982691264.mp3" length="830363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982691264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Carola: A Far Memory Book
Series: #1952 of The Far Memory Books
Author: Joan Grant
Narrator: Mil Nicholson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The second of Joan Grant’s Far Memory novels, Life as Carola gives a fascinating glimpse into life in Italy just before the height of the Renaissance.  As a child growing up in Edwardian England, Joan Grant became aware of an astonishing ability to remember previous lifetimes. As an author, she professed her seven novels to be based on her personal recollections of other incarnations, male and female.  Carola was the illegitimate daughter of an Italian nobleman, the Lord of the Griffin, in sixteenth-century Italy. Cast out at an early age, she joined a band of strolling players. In her short lifetime, Carola gathers harsh experiences of poverty, violence, and bigotry, softened by the friendships she makes on the road: with Petruchio, both jester and sage; with Bernard, the gentle strongman, and Lucia, the harlot who loves him; and with healer Sofia, whose fate warns Carola to keep quiet about her dreams of the Shining One who guides and comforts her.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Carola: A Far Memory Book
Series: #1952 of The Far Memory Books
Author: Joan Grant
Narrator: Mil Nicholson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The second of Joan Grant’s Far Memory novels, Life as Carola gives a fascinating glimpse into life in Italy just before the height of the Renaissance.  As a child growing up in Edwardian England, Joan Grant became aware of an astonishing ability to remember previous lifetimes. As an author, she professed her seven novels to be based on her personal recollections of other incarnations, male and female.  Carola was the illegitimate daughter of an Italian nobleman, the Lord of the Griffin, in sixteenth-century Italy. Cast out at an early age, she joined a band of strolling players. In her short lifetime, Carola gathers harsh experiences of poverty, violence, and bigotry, softened by the friendships she makes on the road: with Petruchio, both jester and sage; with Bernard, the gentle strongman, and Lucia, the harlot who loves him; and with healer Sofia, whose fate warns Carola to keep quiet about her dreams of the Shining One who guides and comforts her.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Harvest by Norman Partridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Harvest
Author: Norman Partridge
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is contemporary American writing at its finest.&amp;#039; — Publishers Weekly, starred review  Winner of the Stoker Award and named one of the 100 Best Novels of 2006 by Publishers Weekly, Dark Harvest is a powerhouse thrill-ride with all the resonance of Shirley Jackson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;The Lottery.&amp;#039;    Halloween, 1963. They call him the October Boy, or Ol&amp;#039; Hacksaw Face, or Sawtooth Jack. Whatever the name, everybody in this small Midwestern town knows who he is. How he rises from the cornfields every Halloween, a butcher knife in his hand, and makes his way toward town, where gangs of teenage boys eagerly await their chance to confront the legendary nightmare. Both the hunter and the hunted, the October Boy is the prize in an annual rite of life and death.  Pete McCormick knows that killing the October Boy is his one chance to escape a dead-end future in this one-horse town. He&amp;#039;s willing to risk everything, including his life, to be a winner for once. But before the night is over, Pete will look into the saw-toothed face of horror--and discover the terrifying true secret of the October Boy...</description>
      <author>Norman Partridge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250252968.mp3" length="1215333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250252968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Harvest
Author: Norman Partridge
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is contemporary American writing at its finest.&amp;#039; — Publishers Weekly, starred review  Winner of the Stoker Award and named one of the 100 Best Novels of 2006 by Publishers Weekly, Dark Harvest is a powerhouse thrill-ride with all the resonance of Shirley Jackson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;The Lottery.&amp;#039;    Halloween, 1963. They call him the October Boy, or Ol&amp;#039; Hacksaw Face, or Sawtooth Jack. Whatever the name, everybody in this small Midwestern town knows who he is. How he rises from the cornfields every Halloween, a butcher knife in his hand, and makes his way toward town, where gangs of teenage boys eagerly await their chance to confront the legendary nightmare. Both the hunter and the hunted, the October Boy is the prize in an annual rite of life and death.  Pete McCormick knows that killing the October Boy is his one chance to escape a dead-end future in this one-horse town. He&amp;#039;s willing to risk everything, including his life, to be a winner for once. But before the night is over, Pete will look into the saw-toothed face of horror--and discover the terrifying true secret of the October Boy...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Harvest
Author: Norman Partridge
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is contemporary American writing at its finest.&amp;#039; — Publishers Weekly, starred review  Winner of the Stoker Award and named one of the 100 Best Novels of 2006 by Publishers Weekly, Dark Harvest is a powerhouse thrill-ride with all the resonance of Shirley Jackson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;The Lottery.&amp;#039;    Halloween, 1963. They call him the October Boy, or Ol&amp;#039; Hacksaw Face, or Sawtooth Jack. Whatever the name, everybody in this small Midwestern town knows who he is. How he rises from the cornfields every Halloween, a butcher knife in his hand, and makes his way toward town, where gangs of teenage boys eagerly await their chance to confront the legendary nightmare. Both the hunter and the hunted, the October Boy is the prize in an annual rite of life and death.  Pete McCormick knows that killing the October Boy is his one chance to escape a dead-end future in this one-horse town. He&amp;#039;s willing to risk everything, including his life, to be a winner for once. But before the night is over, Pete will look into the saw-toothed face of horror--and discover the terrifying true secret of the October Boy...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If the Haunting Fits, Wear It by Rose Pressey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If the Haunting Fits, Wear It
Series: #5 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
As fashion maven Cookie Chanel tracks a murderer at the Kentucky Derby, all bets are off . . . When Cookie Chanel lands a dream assignment of providing vintage hats for a high-society Kentucky Derby party, she&amp;#039;s brimming with excitement. Leaving her mother and best friend to mind the store at It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All, Cookie packs up her psychic cat and races to Kentucky. But before she can hang her hat, her enthusiasm is dampened when the rider of the potential Derby-winning horse is put out to pasture. Now she&amp;#039;s saddled with the jockey&amp;#039;s ghost, who insists she find his killer. With suspects ranging from an odds-on favorite to a dark horse, Cookie may just find herself in a dead heat before the photo finish . . .</description>
      <author>Rose Pressey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977349217.mp3" length="7769945" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977349217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If the Haunting Fits, Wear It
Series: #5 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
As fashion maven Cookie Chanel tracks a murderer at the Kentucky Derby, all bets are off . . . When Cookie Chanel lands a dream assignment of providing vintage hats for a high-society Kentucky Derby party, she&amp;#039;s brimming with excitement. Leaving her mother and best friend to mind the store at It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All, Cookie packs up her psychic cat and races to Kentucky. But before she can hang her hat, her enthusiasm is dampened when the rider of the potential Derby-winning horse is put out to pasture. Now she&amp;#039;s saddled with the jockey&amp;#039;s ghost, who insists she find his killer. With suspects ranging from an odds-on favorite to a dark horse, Cookie may just find herself in a dead heat before the photo finish . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If the Haunting Fits, Wear It
Series: #5 of Haunted Vintage Mystery
Author: Rose Pressey
Narrator: Angie Hickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
As fashion maven Cookie Chanel tracks a murderer at the Kentucky Derby, all bets are off . . . When Cookie Chanel lands a dream assignment of providing vintage hats for a high-society Kentucky Derby party, she&amp;#039;s brimming with excitement. Leaving her mother and best friend to mind the store at It&amp;#039;s Vintage Y&amp;#039;All, Cookie packs up her psychic cat and races to Kentucky. But before she can hang her hat, her enthusiasm is dampened when the rider of the potential Derby-winning horse is put out to pasture. Now she&amp;#039;s saddled with the jockey&amp;#039;s ghost, who insists she find his killer. With suspects ranging from an odds-on favorite to a dark horse, Cookie may just find herself in a dead heat before the photo finish . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Badlands by Morgan Brice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Badlands
Series: #1 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Medium and clairvoyant Simon Kincaide owns a Myrtle Beach boardwalk shop where he runs ghost tours, holds séances, and offers private psychic readings, making a fresh start after his abilities cost him his lover and his job as a folklore professor. Jaded cop Vic D&amp;#039;Amato saw something supernatural he couldn&amp;#039;t explain during a shootout several years ago in Pittsburgh and relocated to Myrtle Beach to leave the past behind, still skeptical about the paranormal. But when the search for a serial killer hits a dead end, Vic battles his skepticism to ask Simon for help. As the body count rises, Simon&amp;#039;s involvement makes him a target, and a suspect. But Simon can&amp;#039;t say no, even if it costs him his life and heart.</description>
      <author>Morgan Brice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341020.mp3" length="7897072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341020.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Badlands
Series: #1 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Medium and clairvoyant Simon Kincaide owns a Myrtle Beach boardwalk shop where he runs ghost tours, holds séances, and offers private psychic readings, making a fresh start after his abilities cost him his lover and his job as a folklore professor. Jaded cop Vic D&amp;#039;Amato saw something supernatural he couldn&amp;#039;t explain during a shootout several years ago in Pittsburgh and relocated to Myrtle Beach to leave the past behind, still skeptical about the paranormal. But when the search for a serial killer hits a dead end, Vic battles his skepticism to ask Simon for help. As the body count rises, Simon&amp;#039;s involvement makes him a target, and a suspect. But Simon can&amp;#039;t say no, even if it costs him his life and heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Badlands
Series: #1 of Badlands
Author: Morgan Brice
Narrator: Kale Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 5
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Medium and clairvoyant Simon Kincaide owns a Myrtle Beach boardwalk shop where he runs ghost tours, holds séances, and offers private psychic readings, making a fresh start after his abilities cost him his lover and his job as a folklore professor. Jaded cop Vic D&amp;#039;Amato saw something supernatural he couldn&amp;#039;t explain during a shootout several years ago in Pittsburgh and relocated to Myrtle Beach to leave the past behind, still skeptical about the paranormal. But when the search for a serial killer hits a dead end, Vic battles his skepticism to ask Simon for help. As the body count rises, Simon&amp;#039;s involvement makes him a target, and a suspect. But Simon can&amp;#039;t say no, even if it costs him his life and heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Jobs by W.R. Gingell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Jobs
Series: #1 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When you get up in the morning, the last thing you expect to see is a murdered guy hanging outside your window. Things like that tend to draw the attention of the local police, and when yo&amp;#039;re squatting in your parents&amp;#039; old house until you can afford to buy it, another thing you can&amp;#039;t afford is the attention of the cops. Oh yeah. Hi. My name is Pet. It&amp;#039;s not my real name, but it&amp;#039;s the only one you&amp;#039;re getting. Things like names are important these days. And it&amp;#039;s not so much that I&amp;#039;m Pet. I am a pet. A human pet: I belong to the two Behindkind fae and the pouty vampire who just moved into my house. It&amp;#039;s not weird, I promise—well, it is weird, yeah. But it&amp;#039;s not weird weird, you know?</description>
      <author>W.R. Gingell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977340702.mp3" length="7212795" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977340702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Jobs
Series: #1 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When you get up in the morning, the last thing you expect to see is a murdered guy hanging outside your window. Things like that tend to draw the attention of the local police, and when yo&amp;#039;re squatting in your parents&amp;#039; old house until you can afford to buy it, another thing you can&amp;#039;t afford is the attention of the cops. Oh yeah. Hi. My name is Pet. It&amp;#039;s not my real name, but it&amp;#039;s the only one you&amp;#039;re getting. Things like names are important these days. And it&amp;#039;s not so much that I&amp;#039;m Pet. I am a pet. A human pet: I belong to the two Behindkind fae and the pouty vampire who just moved into my house. It&amp;#039;s not weird, I promise—well, it is weird, yeah. But it&amp;#039;s not weird weird, you know?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Jobs
Series: #1 of City Between
Author: W.R. Gingell
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When you get up in the morning, the last thing you expect to see is a murdered guy hanging outside your window. Things like that tend to draw the attention of the local police, and when yo&amp;#039;re squatting in your parents&amp;#039; old house until you can afford to buy it, another thing you can&amp;#039;t afford is the attention of the cops. Oh yeah. Hi. My name is Pet. It&amp;#039;s not my real name, but it&amp;#039;s the only one you&amp;#039;re getting. Things like names are important these days. And it&amp;#039;s not so much that I&amp;#039;m Pet. I am a pet. A human pet: I belong to the two Behindkind fae and the pouty vampire who just moved into my house. It&amp;#039;s not weird, I promise—well, it is weird, yeah. But it&amp;#039;s not weird weird, you know?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Ones by Anita Frank</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Ones
Author: Anita Frank
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Some houses are NEVER at peace…                        SHORTLISTED FOR THE GOLDSBORO BOOKS GLASS BELL AWARD                          SHORTLISTED FOR THE HISTORICAL WRITERS’ ASSOCIATION DEBUT CROWN                                   ‘A gothic gem of intrigue and atmosphere’ HWA Debut Crown Judges                                   England, 1917                      Reeling from the death of her fiancé, Stella Marcham welcomes the opportunity to stay with her pregnant sister, Madeleine, at her imposing country mansion, Greyswick – but she arrives to discover a house of unease and her sister gripped by fear and suspicion.           Before long, strange incidents begin to trouble Stella – sobbing in the night, little footsteps on the stairs – and as events escalate, she finds herself drawn to the tragic history of the house.           Aided by a wounded war veteran, Stella sets about uncovering Greyswick’s dark and terrible secrets – secrets the dead whisper from the other side…           In the classic tradition of The Woman in Black, Anita Frank weaves a spellbinding debut of family tragedy, loss and redemption.                        Praise for The Lost Ones:                      ‘Supernatural and historical intertwine in Anita Frank’s unsettling first novel … reminiscent of other tales of the supernatural, but conveys its own frissons and shocks’ Sunday Times           ‘With wonderful characters… This is a brilliantly gothic adventure – and the perfect winter page-turner’ Sunday Mirror           ‘A spine-tingling debut from Anita Frank is part ghost story, part murder mystery, and the perfect chilling read as the nights turn colder and longer’ OK!           ‘I loved it SO MUCH – so creepy and compelling, full of atmosphere and gave me goosebumps…’ Lisa Hall           ‘If you liked The Woman in Black, you’ll love this utterly gripping and atmospheric book’ Woman &amp;amp; Home           ‘Haunting, emotional and exquisitely written’ Amanda Jennings           ‘For fans of Henry James and Susan Hill, this chilling supernatural mystery is written in the classic mould. Intriguing, moving and assured’ Essie Fox           ‘I’ve raced to the shocking final twist of this lush, beautifully written historical novel. A gripping ghost story with an achingly poignant family mystery at its heart’ Samantha King</description>
      <author>Anita Frank</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008341190.mp3" length="1423954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008341190.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Ones
Author: Anita Frank
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Some houses are NEVER at peace…                        SHORTLISTED FOR THE GOLDSBORO BOOKS GLASS BELL AWARD                          SHORTLISTED FOR THE HISTORICAL WRITERS’ ASSOCIATION DEBUT CROWN                                   ‘A gothic gem of intrigue and atmosphere’ HWA Debut Crown Judges                                   England, 1917                      Reeling from the death of her fiancé, Stella Marcham welcomes the opportunity to stay with her pregnant sister, Madeleine, at her imposing country mansion, Greyswick – but she arrives to discover a house of unease and her sister gripped by fear and suspicion.           Before long, strange incidents begin to trouble Stella – sobbing in the night, little footsteps on the stairs – and as events escalate, she finds herself drawn to the tragic history of the house.           Aided by a wounded war veteran, Stella sets about uncovering Greyswick’s dark and terrible secrets – secrets the dead whisper from the other side…           In the classic tradition of The Woman in Black, Anita Frank weaves a spellbinding debut of family tragedy, loss and redemption.                        Praise for The Lost Ones:                      ‘Supernatural and historical intertwine in Anita Frank’s unsettling first novel … reminiscent of other tales of the supernatural, but conveys its own frissons and shocks’ Sunday Times           ‘With wonderful characters… This is a brilliantly gothic adventure – and the perfect winter page-turner’ Sunday Mirror           ‘A spine-tingling debut from Anita Frank is part ghost story, part murder mystery, and the perfect chilling read as the nights turn colder and longer’ OK!           ‘I loved it SO MUCH – so creepy and compelling, full of atmosphere and gave me goosebumps…’ Lisa Hall           ‘If you liked The Woman in Black, you’ll love this utterly gripping and atmospheric book’ Woman &amp;amp; Home           ‘Haunting, emotional and exquisitely written’ Amanda Jennings           ‘For fans of Henry James and Susan Hill, this chilling supernatural mystery is written in the classic mould. Intriguing, moving and assured’ Essie Fox           ‘I’ve raced to the shocking final twist of this lush, beautifully written historical novel. A gripping ghost story with an achingly poignant family mystery at its heart’ Samantha King</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374153</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Ones
Author: Anita Frank
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Some houses are NEVER at peace…                        SHORTLISTED FOR THE GOLDSBORO BOOKS GLASS BELL AWARD                          SHORTLISTED FOR THE HISTORICAL WRITERS’ ASSOCIATION DEBUT CROWN                                   ‘A gothic gem of intrigue and atmosphere’ HWA Debut Crown Judges                                   England, 1917                      Reeling from the death of her fiancé, Stella Marcham welcomes the opportunity to stay with her pregnant sister, Madeleine, at her imposing country mansion, Greyswick – but she arrives to discover a house of unease and her sister gripped by fear and suspicion.           Before long, strange incidents begin to trouble Stella – sobbing in the night, little footsteps on the stairs – and as events escalate, she finds herself drawn to the tragic history of the house.           Aided by a wounded war veteran, Stella sets about uncovering Greyswick’s dark and terrible secrets – secrets the dead whisper from the other side…           In the classic tradition of The Woman in Black, Anita Frank weaves a spellbinding debut of family tragedy, loss and redemption.                        Praise for The Lost Ones:                      ‘Supernatural and historical intertwine in Anita Frank’s unsettling first novel … reminiscent of other tales of the supernatural, but conveys its own frissons and shocks’ Sunday Times           ‘With wonderful characters… This is a brilliantly gothic adventure – and the perfect winter page-turner’ Sunday Mirror           ‘A spine-tingling debut from Anita Frank is part ghost story, part murder mystery, and the perfect chilling read as the nights turn colder and longer’ OK!           ‘I loved it SO MUCH – so creepy and compelling, full of atmosphere and gave me goosebumps…’ Lisa Hall           ‘If you liked The Woman in Black, you’ll love this utterly gripping and atmospheric book’ Woman &amp;amp; Home           ‘Haunting, emotional and exquisitely written’ Amanda Jennings           ‘For fans of Henry James and Susan Hill, this chilling supernatural mystery is written in the classic mould. Intriguing, moving and assured’ Essie Fox           ‘I’ve raced to the shocking final twist of this lush, beautifully written historical novel. A gripping ghost story with an achingly poignant family mystery at its heart’ Samantha King</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Twisted Ones by T. Kingfisher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Twisted Ones
Author: T. Kingfisher
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.02 of Total 127 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 37
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the RUSA Award for Best Horror   When a young woman clears out her deceased grandmother’s home in rural North Carolina, she finds long-hidden secrets about a strange colony of beings in the woods in this chilling novel that reads like The Blair Witch Project meets The Andy Griffith Show. When Mouse’s dad asks her to clean out her dead grandmother&amp;#039;s house, she says yes. After all, how bad could it be?   Answer: pretty bad. Grandma was a hoarder, and her house is stuffed with useless rubbish. That would be horrific enough, but there’s more—Mouse stumbles across her step-grandfather’s journal, which at first seems to be filled with nonsensical rants…until Mouse encounters some of the terrifying things he described for herself.   Alone in the woods with her dog, Mouse finds herself face to face with a series of impossible terrors—because sometimes the things that go bump in the night are real, and they’re looking for you. And if she doesn’t face them head on, she might not survive to tell the tale.   From Hugo Award–winning author Ursula Vernon, writing as T. Kingfisher, The Twisted Ones is a gripping, terrifying tale bound to keep you up all night—from both fear and anticipation of what happens next.</description>
      <author>T. Kingfisher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508297475.mp3" length="840903" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508297475.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Twisted Ones
Author: T. Kingfisher
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.02 of Total 127 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 37
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the RUSA Award for Best Horror   When a young woman clears out her deceased grandmother’s home in rural North Carolina, she finds long-hidden secrets about a strange colony of beings in the woods in this chilling novel that reads like The Blair Witch Project meets The Andy Griffith Show. When Mouse’s dad asks her to clean out her dead grandmother&amp;#039;s house, she says yes. After all, how bad could it be?   Answer: pretty bad. Grandma was a hoarder, and her house is stuffed with useless rubbish. That would be horrific enough, but there’s more—Mouse stumbles across her step-grandfather’s journal, which at first seems to be filled with nonsensical rants…until Mouse encounters some of the terrifying things he described for herself.   Alone in the woods with her dog, Mouse finds herself face to face with a series of impossible terrors—because sometimes the things that go bump in the night are real, and they’re looking for you. And if she doesn’t face them head on, she might not survive to tell the tale.   From Hugo Award–winning author Ursula Vernon, writing as T. Kingfisher, The Twisted Ones is a gripping, terrifying tale bound to keep you up all night—from both fear and anticipation of what happens next.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Twisted Ones
Author: T. Kingfisher
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.02 of Total 127 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 37
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the RUSA Award for Best Horror   When a young woman clears out her deceased grandmother’s home in rural North Carolina, she finds long-hidden secrets about a strange colony of beings in the woods in this chilling novel that reads like The Blair Witch Project meets The Andy Griffith Show. When Mouse’s dad asks her to clean out her dead grandmother&amp;#039;s house, she says yes. After all, how bad could it be?   Answer: pretty bad. Grandma was a hoarder, and her house is stuffed with useless rubbish. That would be horrific enough, but there’s more—Mouse stumbles across her step-grandfather’s journal, which at first seems to be filled with nonsensical rants…until Mouse encounters some of the terrifying things he described for herself.   Alone in the woods with her dog, Mouse finds herself face to face with a series of impossible terrors—because sometimes the things that go bump in the night are real, and they’re looking for you. And if she doesn’t face them head on, she might not survive to tell the tale.   From Hugo Award–winning author Ursula Vernon, writing as T. Kingfisher, The Twisted Ones is a gripping, terrifying tale bound to keep you up all night—from both fear and anticipation of what happens next.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shrill Dusk by Helen Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shrill Dusk
Series: #1 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charley is a cleaner by day and a professional gambler by night. She might be haunted by her tragic past but she&amp;#039;s never thought of herself as anything or anyone special. Until, that is, things start to go terribly wrong all across the city of Manchester. Between plagues of rats, firestorms, and the gleaming blue eyes of a sexy Scottish werewolf, she might just have landed herself in the middle of a magical apocalypse. She might also be the only person who has the ability to bring order to an utterly chaotic new world.</description>
      <author>Helen Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977347756.mp3" length="8257327" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977347756.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shrill Dusk
Series: #1 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charley is a cleaner by day and a professional gambler by night. She might be haunted by her tragic past but she&amp;#039;s never thought of herself as anything or anyone special. Until, that is, things start to go terribly wrong all across the city of Manchester. Between plagues of rats, firestorms, and the gleaming blue eyes of a sexy Scottish werewolf, she might just have landed herself in the middle of a magical apocalypse. She might also be the only person who has the ability to bring order to an utterly chaotic new world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shrill Dusk
Series: #1 of City of Magic
Author: Helen Harper
Narrator: Ruth Urquhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Charley is a cleaner by day and a professional gambler by night. She might be haunted by her tragic past but she&amp;#039;s never thought of herself as anything or anyone special. Until, that is, things start to go terribly wrong all across the city of Manchester. Between plagues of rats, firestorms, and the gleaming blue eyes of a sexy Scottish werewolf, she might just have landed herself in the middle of a magical apocalypse. She might also be the only person who has the ability to bring order to an utterly chaotic new world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost and the Doppelganger by Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost and the Doppelganger
Series: #16 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
They say everyone has a double. Walt&amp;#039;s distant cousin, Clint Marlow, could be his twin. When the unscrupulous cousin arrives at Marlow House with his fiancée, he conceals his real reason for being there. But, unknown to Walt—and his cousin—the Universe has its own plans, and none of them will ever again be the same.</description>
      <author>Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977345981.mp3" length="7988333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977345981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost and the Doppelganger
Series: #16 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
They say everyone has a double. Walt&amp;#039;s distant cousin, Clint Marlow, could be his twin. When the unscrupulous cousin arrives at Marlow House with his fiancée, he conceals his real reason for being there. But, unknown to Walt—and his cousin—the Universe has its own plans, and none of them will ever again be the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost and the Doppelganger
Series: #16 of Haunting Danielle
Author: Anna J. McIntyre, Bobbi Holmes
Narrator: Romy Nordlinger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
They say everyone has a double. Walt&amp;#039;s distant cousin, Clint Marlow, could be his twin. When the unscrupulous cousin arrives at Marlow House with his fiancée, he conceals his real reason for being there. But, unknown to Walt—and his cousin—the Universe has its own plans, and none of them will ever again be the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Karma&amp;#039;s A Bitch by Shannon Esposito</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma&amp;#039;s A Bitch
Series: #1 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin Winters, reluctant pet psychic, is determined to leave her family&amp;#039;s paranormal past behind and lead a normal life. So she strikes out on her own and opens up a new pet boutique in St. Pete, Florida. When a local homeless man she befriends is found dead, and the police assume it&amp;#039;s a suicide, Darwin has no choice but to use her gift to help collar the killer.   She adopts his grieving mastiff, Karma—and with the dog&amp;#039;s help—tries to piece together the events of that fatal night. Accepting the visions is one thing, but can she solve the mystery without revealing her powers to the jaded, yet drool-worthy, detective in charge of the case? Or will the killer put an end to her psychic sleuthing and bury the truth for good?</description>
      <author>Shannon Esposito</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977343192.mp3" length="6989260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977343192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma&amp;#039;s A Bitch
Series: #1 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin Winters, reluctant pet psychic, is determined to leave her family&amp;#039;s paranormal past behind and lead a normal life. So she strikes out on her own and opens up a new pet boutique in St. Pete, Florida. When a local homeless man she befriends is found dead, and the police assume it&amp;#039;s a suicide, Darwin has no choice but to use her gift to help collar the killer.   She adopts his grieving mastiff, Karma—and with the dog&amp;#039;s help—tries to piece together the events of that fatal night. Accepting the visions is one thing, but can she solve the mystery without revealing her powers to the jaded, yet drool-worthy, detective in charge of the case? Or will the killer put an end to her psychic sleuthing and bury the truth for good?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma&amp;#039;s A Bitch
Series: #1 of Pet Psychic Mystery
Author: Shannon Esposito
Narrator: Stephanie Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin Winters, reluctant pet psychic, is determined to leave her family&amp;#039;s paranormal past behind and lead a normal life. So she strikes out on her own and opens up a new pet boutique in St. Pete, Florida. When a local homeless man she befriends is found dead, and the police assume it&amp;#039;s a suicide, Darwin has no choice but to use her gift to help collar the killer.   She adopts his grieving mastiff, Karma—and with the dog&amp;#039;s help—tries to piece together the events of that fatal night. Accepting the visions is one thing, but can she solve the mystery without revealing her powers to the jaded, yet drool-worthy, detective in charge of the case? Or will the killer put an end to her psychic sleuthing and bury the truth for good?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gypsy Witch: A Paragon Society Novel by David Delaney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gypsy Witch: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #2 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Shape-shifters, battle mages, and blood magic–wielding bad guys, or, as Orson Reid calls it—Tuesday. Luckily for Orson, the rumors are true, he is the Ollphiest, the monster that even monsters fear. Now, as the newest member of the Paragon Society, Orson is eyeballs deep in a crash course on battle magic. He spends his days training with Lucy, who attempts to slice, dice, and set him on fire. Seriously. So, when the Society directs them to check out a possible rogue magic user in Northern California, Orson is more than happy for the break. 350 miles north of Los Angeles, a college sophomore, in a desperate attempt at love, has unwittingly unleashed chaos, placing Orson and Lucy on a collision course with mayhem.</description>
      <author>David Delaney</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341815.mp3" length="7556066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341815.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gypsy Witch: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #2 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Shape-shifters, battle mages, and blood magic–wielding bad guys, or, as Orson Reid calls it—Tuesday. Luckily for Orson, the rumors are true, he is the Ollphiest, the monster that even monsters fear. Now, as the newest member of the Paragon Society, Orson is eyeballs deep in a crash course on battle magic. He spends his days training with Lucy, who attempts to slice, dice, and set him on fire. Seriously. So, when the Society directs them to check out a possible rogue magic user in Northern California, Orson is more than happy for the break. 350 miles north of Los Angeles, a college sophomore, in a desperate attempt at love, has unwittingly unleashed chaos, placing Orson and Lucy on a collision course with mayhem.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gypsy Witch: A Paragon Society Novel
Series: #2 of Paragon Society
Author: David Delaney
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Shape-shifters, battle mages, and blood magic–wielding bad guys, or, as Orson Reid calls it—Tuesday. Luckily for Orson, the rumors are true, he is the Ollphiest, the monster that even monsters fear. Now, as the newest member of the Paragon Society, Orson is eyeballs deep in a crash course on battle magic. He spends his days training with Lucy, who attempts to slice, dice, and set him on fire. Seriously. So, when the Society directs them to check out a possible rogue magic user in Northern California, Orson is more than happy for the break. 350 miles north of Los Angeles, a college sophomore, in a desperate attempt at love, has unwittingly unleashed chaos, placing Orson and Lucy on a collision course with mayhem.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hellfire and Homicide by Tansey Morgan, Katerina Martinez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hellfire and Homicide
Series: #4 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Tansey Morgan, Katerina Martinez
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My entire world is about to burn. There is a secret war being waged in London&amp;#039;s magic underground, but now that war is going to spill out into the world of humans. I know what Cerberus wants, he covets the power of the infernal Hellfire, and with Reaper on his team his chances of getting it have gone up tenfold. With the Eyes hamstrung as we are, I don&amp;#039;t see light at the end of the tunnel; only more darkness. That&amp;#039;s when the first body shows up, and everything changes. If we&amp;#039;re going to beat Cerberus, we need to act fast, we need to hit hard, and we need more than a little luck on our side. But all the luck in the world won&amp;#039;t save us if that Warlock gets his hands on the Hellfire.</description>
      <author>Tansey Morgan, Katerina Martinez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339010.mp3" length="8023082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339010.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hellfire and Homicide
Series: #4 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Tansey Morgan, Katerina Martinez
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My entire world is about to burn. There is a secret war being waged in London&amp;#039;s magic underground, but now that war is going to spill out into the world of humans. I know what Cerberus wants, he covets the power of the infernal Hellfire, and with Reaper on his team his chances of getting it have gone up tenfold. With the Eyes hamstrung as we are, I don&amp;#039;t see light at the end of the tunnel; only more darkness. That&amp;#039;s when the first body shows up, and everything changes. If we&amp;#039;re going to beat Cerberus, we need to act fast, we need to hit hard, and we need more than a little luck on our side. But all the luck in the world won&amp;#039;t save us if that Warlock gets his hands on the Hellfire.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hellfire and Homicide
Series: #4 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Tansey Morgan, Katerina Martinez
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
My entire world is about to burn. There is a secret war being waged in London&amp;#039;s magic underground, but now that war is going to spill out into the world of humans. I know what Cerberus wants, he covets the power of the infernal Hellfire, and with Reaper on his team his chances of getting it have gone up tenfold. With the Eyes hamstrung as we are, I don&amp;#039;t see light at the end of the tunnel; only more darkness. That&amp;#039;s when the first body shows up, and everything changes. If we&amp;#039;re going to beat Cerberus, we need to act fast, we need to hit hard, and we need more than a little luck on our side. But all the luck in the world won&amp;#039;t save us if that Warlock gets his hands on the Hellfire.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Betwixt: A Beechwood Harbor Collection by Danielle Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Betwixt: A Beechwood Harbor Collection
Series: #0.5 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t miss a single magic moment! Betwixt is a collection of the in-between. Catch up with Holly and Scarlet in these stories of the mischief and mayhem they get themselves into while you wait for the next full-length novel. Stories include: ● &amp;#039;A Witch of a Day&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Cats, Bats, and Talking Hats&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Good Gravy! Thanksgiving at Beechwood Manor&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Along Came a Ghost&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;The Ghost Hunter Who Saved Christmas&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;A Witch&amp;#039;s Best Friend&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Undercover Wolf&amp;#039; One town. Two leading ladies. More magic than you can shake a wand at. Welcome back to Beechwood Harbor.</description>
      <author>Danielle Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336194.mp3" length="7041556" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336194.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Betwixt: A Beechwood Harbor Collection
Series: #0.5 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t miss a single magic moment! Betwixt is a collection of the in-between. Catch up with Holly and Scarlet in these stories of the mischief and mayhem they get themselves into while you wait for the next full-length novel. Stories include: ● &amp;#039;A Witch of a Day&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Cats, Bats, and Talking Hats&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Good Gravy! Thanksgiving at Beechwood Manor&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Along Came a Ghost&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;The Ghost Hunter Who Saved Christmas&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;A Witch&amp;#039;s Best Friend&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Undercover Wolf&amp;#039; One town. Two leading ladies. More magic than you can shake a wand at. Welcome back to Beechwood Harbor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Betwixt: A Beechwood Harbor Collection
Series: #0.5 of Beechwood Harbor Magic Mysteries
Author: Danielle Garrett
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Don&amp;#039;t miss a single magic moment! Betwixt is a collection of the in-between. Catch up with Holly and Scarlet in these stories of the mischief and mayhem they get themselves into while you wait for the next full-length novel. Stories include: ● &amp;#039;A Witch of a Day&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Cats, Bats, and Talking Hats&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Good Gravy! Thanksgiving at Beechwood Manor&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Along Came a Ghost&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;The Ghost Hunter Who Saved Christmas&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;A Witch&amp;#039;s Best Friend&amp;#039; ● &amp;#039;Undercover Wolf&amp;#039; One town. Two leading ladies. More magic than you can shake a wand at. Welcome back to Beechwood Harbor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Black Is Back by Jc Andrijeski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Is Back
Series: #4 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;He is the guardian. He will protect his saint, no matter what it takes.&amp;#039; Black and Miri just want some alone time. Instead they get thrown into a high-profile murder case when one of Miri&amp;#039;s patients shows up dead. When the body is found, beheaded and tied to a pier, Los Angeles detectives descend on San Francisco, convinced it&amp;#039;s the serial killer they&amp;#039;ve been hunting, known only by his media name of &amp;#039;the Templar.&amp;#039; When the Templar continues to cut a swath through San Francisco, his victims begin to show a new pattern, however—a pattern that appears to have Miri at its center.</description>
      <author>Jc Andrijeski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977331205.mp3" length="6820362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977331205.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Is Back
Series: #4 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;He is the guardian. He will protect his saint, no matter what it takes.&amp;#039; Black and Miri just want some alone time. Instead they get thrown into a high-profile murder case when one of Miri&amp;#039;s patients shows up dead. When the body is found, beheaded and tied to a pier, Los Angeles detectives descend on San Francisco, convinced it&amp;#039;s the serial killer they&amp;#039;ve been hunting, known only by his media name of &amp;#039;the Templar.&amp;#039; When the Templar continues to cut a swath through San Francisco, his victims begin to show a new pattern, however—a pattern that appears to have Miri at its center.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373730</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Is Back
Series: #4 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;He is the guardian. He will protect his saint, no matter what it takes.&amp;#039; Black and Miri just want some alone time. Instead they get thrown into a high-profile murder case when one of Miri&amp;#039;s patients shows up dead. When the body is found, beheaded and tied to a pier, Los Angeles detectives descend on San Francisco, convinced it&amp;#039;s the serial killer they&amp;#039;ve been hunting, known only by his media name of &amp;#039;the Templar.&amp;#039; When the Templar continues to cut a swath through San Francisco, his victims begin to show a new pattern, however—a pattern that appears to have Miri at its center.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Witches’ Brew by BR Kingsolver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witches’ Brew
Series: #3 of Dark Streets
Author: BR Kingsolver
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, D.C., has never been boring, but this is ridiculous. Warring witch covens. Werewolf packs fighting for territory. Rumors of Human sacrifice. Minor problems leading up to Beltane, when the portents say the veils between worlds will shred. Did I mention the blood mage conspiracy using Troll shock troops to take over the world? With a jaguar shifter, a handsome Nephilim, and a nest of feisty Fairies watching my back, things should be fine. Right? Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>BR Kingsolver</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541449107.mp3" length="8141583" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541449107.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witches’ Brew
Series: #3 of Dark Streets
Author: BR Kingsolver
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, D.C., has never been boring, but this is ridiculous. Warring witch covens. Werewolf packs fighting for territory. Rumors of Human sacrifice. Minor problems leading up to Beltane, when the portents say the veils between worlds will shred. Did I mention the blood mage conspiracy using Troll shock troops to take over the world? With a jaguar shifter, a handsome Nephilim, and a nest of feisty Fairies watching my back, things should be fine. Right? Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Witches’ Brew
Series: #3 of Dark Streets
Author: BR Kingsolver
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Washington, D.C., has never been boring, but this is ridiculous. Warring witch covens. Werewolf packs fighting for territory. Rumors of Human sacrifice. Minor problems leading up to Beltane, when the portents say the veils between worlds will shred. Did I mention the blood mage conspiracy using Troll shock troops to take over the world? With a jaguar shifter, a handsome Nephilim, and a nest of feisty Fairies watching my back, things should be fine. Right? Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Witches and a Whiskey by Annette Marie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Witches and a Whiskey
Series: #3 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three months ago, I landed a job as a bartender. But not at a bar—at a guild. Yeah, the magic kind. I&amp;#039;m not a badass mage like my three smokin&amp;#039; hot best friends. I&amp;#039;m not a sorcerer or an alchemist, or even a wussy witch. I&amp;#039;m just a human, slinging drinks like a pro and keeping my non-magical nose out of mythic business. Seriously, I know my limits. So why am I currently standing in a black-magic ritual circle across from a fae lord? Somewhere behind me, my three mage friends are battling for their lives. Somewhere near my feet is the rogue witch I just knocked out with a stolen spell. And I have about five seconds to convince this very angry sea god not to shmoosh me like a bug. I&amp;#039;m pretty sure this wasn&amp;#039;t part of the job description. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</description>
      <author>Annette Marie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977330451.mp3" length="8185915" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977330451.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Witches and a Whiskey
Series: #3 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three months ago, I landed a job as a bartender. But not at a bar—at a guild. Yeah, the magic kind. I&amp;#039;m not a badass mage like my three smokin&amp;#039; hot best friends. I&amp;#039;m not a sorcerer or an alchemist, or even a wussy witch. I&amp;#039;m just a human, slinging drinks like a pro and keeping my non-magical nose out of mythic business. Seriously, I know my limits. So why am I currently standing in a black-magic ritual circle across from a fae lord? Somewhere behind me, my three mage friends are battling for their lives. Somewhere near my feet is the rogue witch I just knocked out with a stolen spell. And I have about five seconds to convince this very angry sea god not to shmoosh me like a bug. I&amp;#039;m pretty sure this wasn&amp;#039;t part of the job description. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370432</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Witches and a Whiskey
Series: #3 of The Guild Codex: Spellbound
Author: Annette Marie
Narrator: Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three months ago, I landed a job as a bartender. But not at a bar—at a guild. Yeah, the magic kind. I&amp;#039;m not a badass mage like my three smokin&amp;#039; hot best friends. I&amp;#039;m not a sorcerer or an alchemist, or even a wussy witch. I&amp;#039;m just a human, slinging drinks like a pro and keeping my non-magical nose out of mythic business. Seriously, I know my limits. So why am I currently standing in a black-magic ritual circle across from a fae lord? Somewhere behind me, my three mage friends are battling for their lives. Somewhere near my feet is the rogue witch I just knocked out with a stolen spell. And I have about five seconds to convince this very angry sea god not to shmoosh me like a bug. I&amp;#039;m pretty sure this wasn&amp;#039;t part of the job description. Make sure to check out the companion series, The Guild Codex: Demonized, available now, and The Guild Codex: Warped, coauthored by Rob Jacobsen, available summer 2020.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise of Magicks by Nora Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of Magicks
Series: #3 of Chronicles of the One
Author: Nora Roberts
Narrator: Julia Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 106 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 34
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Year One and Of Blood and Bone concludes her stunning new trilogy praised as “A match for end-of-the-world classics like Stephen King’s The Stand.”  After the sickness known as the Doom destroyed civilization, magick has become commonplace, and Fallon Swift has spent her young years learning its ways. Fallon cannot live in peace until she frees those who have been preyed upon by the government or the fanatical Purity Warriors, endlessly hunted or locked up in laboratories, brutalized for years on end. She is determined to save even those who have been complicit with this evil out of fear or weakness―if, indeed, they can be saved. Strengthened by the bond she shares with her fellow warrior, Duncan, Fallon has already succeeded in rescuing countless shifters and elves and ordinary humans. Now she must help them heal―and rediscover the light and faith within themselves. For although from the time of her birth, she has been The One, she is still only one. And as she faces down an old nemesis, sets her sights on the enemy’s stronghold, and pursues her destiny―to finally restore the mystical shield that once protected them all―she will need an army behind her…</description>
      <author>Nora Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799751267.mp3" length="749381" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799751267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of Magicks
Series: #3 of Chronicles of the One
Author: Nora Roberts
Narrator: Julia Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 106 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 34
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Year One and Of Blood and Bone concludes her stunning new trilogy praised as “A match for end-of-the-world classics like Stephen King’s The Stand.”  After the sickness known as the Doom destroyed civilization, magick has become commonplace, and Fallon Swift has spent her young years learning its ways. Fallon cannot live in peace until she frees those who have been preyed upon by the government or the fanatical Purity Warriors, endlessly hunted or locked up in laboratories, brutalized for years on end. She is determined to save even those who have been complicit with this evil out of fear or weakness―if, indeed, they can be saved. Strengthened by the bond she shares with her fellow warrior, Duncan, Fallon has already succeeded in rescuing countless shifters and elves and ordinary humans. Now she must help them heal―and rediscover the light and faith within themselves. For although from the time of her birth, she has been The One, she is still only one. And as she faces down an old nemesis, sets her sights on the enemy’s stronghold, and pursues her destiny―to finally restore the mystical shield that once protected them all―she will need an army behind her…</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of Magicks
Series: #3 of Chronicles of the One
Author: Nora Roberts
Narrator: Julia Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 106 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.59 of Total 34
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Year One and Of Blood and Bone concludes her stunning new trilogy praised as “A match for end-of-the-world classics like Stephen King’s The Stand.”  After the sickness known as the Doom destroyed civilization, magick has become commonplace, and Fallon Swift has spent her young years learning its ways. Fallon cannot live in peace until she frees those who have been preyed upon by the government or the fanatical Purity Warriors, endlessly hunted or locked up in laboratories, brutalized for years on end. She is determined to save even those who have been complicit with this evil out of fear or weakness―if, indeed, they can be saved. Strengthened by the bond she shares with her fellow warrior, Duncan, Fallon has already succeeded in rescuing countless shifters and elves and ordinary humans. Now she must help them heal―and rediscover the light and faith within themselves. For although from the time of her birth, she has been The One, she is still only one. And as she faces down an old nemesis, sets her sights on the enemy’s stronghold, and pursues her destiny―to finally restore the mystical shield that once protected them all―she will need an army behind her…</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emergent by Lance Erlick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emergent
Series: #3 of Android Chronicles
Author: Lance Erlick
Narrator: Celeste Ciulla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Wanted Android A uniquely intelligent AI, Synthia is coveted by the most devious domestic and foreign cabals. Dangerously independent, she becomes ruthlessly hunted . . . Evolving into the perfect weapon, humaniform AI Synthia Cross has been on the run six months and counting. She found a most unexpected ally in Maria Baldacci, a street-smart activist fighting the nascent threat of the singularity. Synthia is everything Maria fears and abhors. But Synthia&amp;#039;s also the only one who can help Maria battle against the creation of an android army. But the forces against them are growing-a threat more invasive than anything Synthia has encountered before. An insidious artificial intelligence she can&amp;#039;t identify, can&amp;#039;t control, and appears much smarter than her seeks to use her to escape . . .</description>
      <author>Lance Erlick</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501991455.mp3" length="1299030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501991455.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emergent
Series: #3 of Android Chronicles
Author: Lance Erlick
Narrator: Celeste Ciulla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Wanted Android A uniquely intelligent AI, Synthia is coveted by the most devious domestic and foreign cabals. Dangerously independent, she becomes ruthlessly hunted . . . Evolving into the perfect weapon, humaniform AI Synthia Cross has been on the run six months and counting. She found a most unexpected ally in Maria Baldacci, a street-smart activist fighting the nascent threat of the singularity. Synthia is everything Maria fears and abhors. But Synthia&amp;#039;s also the only one who can help Maria battle against the creation of an android army. But the forces against them are growing-a threat more invasive than anything Synthia has encountered before. An insidious artificial intelligence she can&amp;#039;t identify, can&amp;#039;t control, and appears much smarter than her seeks to use her to escape . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emergent
Series: #3 of Android Chronicles
Author: Lance Erlick
Narrator: Celeste Ciulla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Wanted Android A uniquely intelligent AI, Synthia is coveted by the most devious domestic and foreign cabals. Dangerously independent, she becomes ruthlessly hunted . . . Evolving into the perfect weapon, humaniform AI Synthia Cross has been on the run six months and counting. She found a most unexpected ally in Maria Baldacci, a street-smart activist fighting the nascent threat of the singularity. Synthia is everything Maria fears and abhors. But Synthia&amp;#039;s also the only one who can help Maria battle against the creation of an android army. But the forces against them are growing-a threat more invasive than anything Synthia has encountered before. An insidious artificial intelligence she can&amp;#039;t identify, can&amp;#039;t control, and appears much smarter than her seeks to use her to escape . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dawn of the Hunters by Ryan Wieser</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawn of the Hunters
Series: #3 of Hunters of Infinity
Author: Ryan Wieser
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the Hunters of Infinity are splintered when faced with the greatest battle in the Daharian galaxy&amp;#039;s history. . . Jessop has proven herself to be an unstoppable force from Aranthol to Azgul, inarguably the fiercest warrior the Hunters have ever seen. And her abilities only seem to strengthen as her rage grows. With the two men she holds dear by her side-one good-souled, one with a treacherous past, and both deadly with a sword-she prepares to enter the most important fight of her life, with the most personal stakes yet . . . Armies are divided and reforged, and battle lines are drawn. Blind loyalty drives some while others are sworn to protect the galaxy at all costs. Bonds will be tested. Lives will be lost. Consequences will be devastating.</description>
      <author>Ryan Wieser</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501991479.mp3" length="1270856" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501991479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawn of the Hunters
Series: #3 of Hunters of Infinity
Author: Ryan Wieser
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the Hunters of Infinity are splintered when faced with the greatest battle in the Daharian galaxy&amp;#039;s history. . . Jessop has proven herself to be an unstoppable force from Aranthol to Azgul, inarguably the fiercest warrior the Hunters have ever seen. And her abilities only seem to strengthen as her rage grows. With the two men she holds dear by her side-one good-souled, one with a treacherous past, and both deadly with a sword-she prepares to enter the most important fight of her life, with the most personal stakes yet . . . Armies are divided and reforged, and battle lines are drawn. Blind loyalty drives some while others are sworn to protect the galaxy at all costs. Bonds will be tested. Lives will be lost. Consequences will be devastating.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawn of the Hunters
Series: #3 of Hunters of Infinity
Author: Ryan Wieser
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Even the Hunters of Infinity are splintered when faced with the greatest battle in the Daharian galaxy&amp;#039;s history. . . Jessop has proven herself to be an unstoppable force from Aranthol to Azgul, inarguably the fiercest warrior the Hunters have ever seen. And her abilities only seem to strengthen as her rage grows. With the two men she holds dear by her side-one good-souled, one with a treacherous past, and both deadly with a sword-she prepares to enter the most important fight of her life, with the most personal stakes yet . . . Armies are divided and reforged, and battle lines are drawn. Blind loyalty drives some while others are sworn to protect the galaxy at all costs. Bonds will be tested. Lives will be lost. Consequences will be devastating.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scions and Sorcery by Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scions and Sorcery
Series: #3 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
London&amp;#039;s about to become infested with demons. My mission to save London from suffering the same fate as most of the United States sees me diving into the London Underground in search of a Hell Hole, but finding it is the least of my problems. One by one, the things that make the Eyes a functioning cabal are being picked apart, leaving us out of communication and seriously damaging our ability to stop Cerberus before it&amp;#039;s too late, and when disaster strikes, none of us are prepared to deal with it.   Least of all me. Cerberus puts me face to face with my own traumatic past in an attempt to shake me, but I&amp;#039;m not going to allow myself to be compromised like that. I have a job to do, and I&amp;#039;m going to see it through to the end even if it kills me.</description>
      <author>Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977339003.mp3" length="8011191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977339003.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scions and Sorcery
Series: #3 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
London&amp;#039;s about to become infested with demons. My mission to save London from suffering the same fate as most of the United States sees me diving into the London Underground in search of a Hell Hole, but finding it is the least of my problems. One by one, the things that make the Eyes a functioning cabal are being picked apart, leaving us out of communication and seriously damaging our ability to stop Cerberus before it&amp;#039;s too late, and when disaster strikes, none of us are prepared to deal with it.   Least of all me. Cerberus puts me face to face with my own traumatic past in an attempt to shake me, but I&amp;#039;m not going to allow myself to be compromised like that. I have a job to do, and I&amp;#039;m going to see it through to the end even if it kills me.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scions and Sorcery
Series: #3 of Magic Blood: The Warlock
Author: Katerina Martinez, Tansey Morgan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
London&amp;#039;s about to become infested with demons. My mission to save London from suffering the same fate as most of the United States sees me diving into the London Underground in search of a Hell Hole, but finding it is the least of my problems. One by one, the things that make the Eyes a functioning cabal are being picked apart, leaving us out of communication and seriously damaging our ability to stop Cerberus before it&amp;#039;s too late, and when disaster strikes, none of us are prepared to deal with it.   Least of all me. Cerberus puts me face to face with my own traumatic past in an attempt to shake me, but I&amp;#039;m not going to allow myself to be compromised like that. I have a job to do, and I&amp;#039;m going to see it through to the end even if it kills me.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Beginnings by Lydia Sherrer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Beginnings
Series: #1 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Saving the world is such a bother when it makes you late for tea. Wizard Lily Singer is kept busy managing library archives, studying magic, and trying to keep her witch friend Sebastian from dragging her into trouble. Unfortunately, he loves adventure even more than she loves being left alone. She doesn&amp;#039;t want to investigate a malignant spell in a haunted house, but Sebastian is promising rare books as the reward. She also doesn&amp;#039;t want to hurt her family, but is tired of being lied to about her past. And she definitely doesn&amp;#039;t want to get stuck in a dangerously unstable time loop, but Sebastian is in trouble—again . . . Strangling her friend, as satisfying as it would be, won&amp;#039;t fix her problems. If she wants answers, and to not miss tea, she had best find the right spell for the job—before everything goes to hell, and takes them all with it.</description>
      <author>Lydia Sherrer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977341136.mp3" length="7787003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977341136.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Beginnings
Series: #1 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Saving the world is such a bother when it makes you late for tea. Wizard Lily Singer is kept busy managing library archives, studying magic, and trying to keep her witch friend Sebastian from dragging her into trouble. Unfortunately, he loves adventure even more than she loves being left alone. She doesn&amp;#039;t want to investigate a malignant spell in a haunted house, but Sebastian is promising rare books as the reward. She also doesn&amp;#039;t want to hurt her family, but is tired of being lied to about her past. And she definitely doesn&amp;#039;t want to get stuck in a dangerously unstable time loop, but Sebastian is in trouble—again . . . Strangling her friend, as satisfying as it would be, won&amp;#039;t fix her problems. If she wants answers, and to not miss tea, she had best find the right spell for the job—before everything goes to hell, and takes them all with it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love, Lies, and Hocus Pocus: Beginnings
Series: #1 of Lily Singer Adventures
Author: Lydia Sherrer
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Saving the world is such a bother when it makes you late for tea. Wizard Lily Singer is kept busy managing library archives, studying magic, and trying to keep her witch friend Sebastian from dragging her into trouble. Unfortunately, he loves adventure even more than she loves being left alone. She doesn&amp;#039;t want to investigate a malignant spell in a haunted house, but Sebastian is promising rare books as the reward. She also doesn&amp;#039;t want to hurt her family, but is tired of being lied to about her past. And she definitely doesn&amp;#039;t want to get stuck in a dangerously unstable time loop, but Sebastian is in trouble—again . . . Strangling her friend, as satisfying as it would be, won&amp;#039;t fix her problems. If she wants answers, and to not miss tea, she had best find the right spell for the job—before everything goes to hell, and takes them all with it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claimed by the Vampire King - Book 2: A Vampire Paranormal Romance by Susan G. Charles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Book 2: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance thriller filled with action? And a historical romance too? Then definitely read on. Catherine and the Count are married now and August lavishes her with gifts, ensuring that her every need and desire are taken care of. Though danger looms in the distance.... Can August keep the town safe? Can he protect Catherine and his beloved townsfolk from the growing malevolence headed directly their way? What will become of the brave Century Bride and her new family? Listen on to find out more! This coming of age, historical vampire romance, contains some violence and sexual situations. Recommended for ages 18 and up.</description>
      <author>Susan G. Charles</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740733.mp3" length="1446619" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740733.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Book 2: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance thriller filled with action? And a historical romance too? Then definitely read on. Catherine and the Count are married now and August lavishes her with gifts, ensuring that her every need and desire are taken care of. Though danger looms in the distance.... Can August keep the town safe? Can he protect Catherine and his beloved townsfolk from the growing malevolence headed directly their way? What will become of the brave Century Bride and her new family? Listen on to find out more! This coming of age, historical vampire romance, contains some violence and sexual situations. Recommended for ages 18 and up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Book 2: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance thriller filled with action? And a historical romance too? Then definitely read on. Catherine and the Count are married now and August lavishes her with gifts, ensuring that her every need and desire are taken care of. Though danger looms in the distance.... Can August keep the town safe? Can he protect Catherine and his beloved townsfolk from the growing malevolence headed directly their way? What will become of the brave Century Bride and her new family? Listen on to find out more! This coming of age, historical vampire romance, contains some violence and sexual situations. Recommended for ages 18 and up.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claimed by the Vampire King - Complete: A Vampire Paranormal Romance by Susan G. Charles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Complete: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance with action too? Maybe a new adult paranormal romance set in a historical background? Then definitely listen on to this vampire paranormal romance bundle. In book one, Catherine Berg, the eldest daughter of the town&amp;#039;s blacksmith, is vehemently opposed to the towns ancient ritual of the Century Bride. What is this ritual and why does it happen only once every 100 years?  In book two, Catherine has made the ultimate sacrifice. And she soon discovers that an old and obscure prophecy will change her life, and the lives of all those around her, forever. Will they be able to adapt to the cruel changes about to control them all?  This historical vampire paranormal romance two-book bundle series is available for your listening pleasure right now. Order your copy now and start listening to this vampire and human romance.</description>
      <author>Susan G. Charles</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982740757.mp3" length="1412844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982740757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Complete: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance with action too? Maybe a new adult paranormal romance set in a historical background? Then definitely listen on to this vampire paranormal romance bundle. In book one, Catherine Berg, the eldest daughter of the town&amp;#039;s blacksmith, is vehemently opposed to the towns ancient ritual of the Century Bride. What is this ritual and why does it happen only once every 100 years?  In book two, Catherine has made the ultimate sacrifice. And she soon discovers that an old and obscure prophecy will change her life, and the lives of all those around her, forever. Will they be able to adapt to the cruel changes about to control them all?  This historical vampire paranormal romance two-book bundle series is available for your listening pleasure right now. Order your copy now and start listening to this vampire and human romance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Claimed by the Vampire King - Complete: A Vampire Paranormal Romance
Author: Susan G. Charles
Narrator: Smokey Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking for a new kind of vampire paranormal romance with a strong feminine hero? A coming of age paranormal romance with action too? Maybe a new adult paranormal romance set in a historical background? Then definitely listen on to this vampire paranormal romance bundle. In book one, Catherine Berg, the eldest daughter of the town&amp;#039;s blacksmith, is vehemently opposed to the towns ancient ritual of the Century Bride. What is this ritual and why does it happen only once every 100 years?  In book two, Catherine has made the ultimate sacrifice. And she soon discovers that an old and obscure prophecy will change her life, and the lives of all those around her, forever. Will they be able to adapt to the cruel changes about to control them all?  This historical vampire paranormal romance two-book bundle series is available for your listening pleasure right now. Order your copy now and start listening to this vampire and human romance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World That We Knew: A Novel by Alice Hoffman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World That We Knew: A Novel
Author: Alice Hoffman
Narrator: Judith Light
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio bonus! The audio download edition includes an exclusive interview with Alice Hoffman and Judith Light! NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL    On the brink of World War II, with the Nazis tightening their grip on Berlin, a mother’s act of courage and love offers her daughter a chance of survival.   “[A] hymn to the power of resistance, perseverance, and enduring love in dark times…gravely beautiful…Hoffman the storyteller continues to dazzle.” —THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW At the time when the world changed, Hanni Kohn knows she must send her twelve-year-old daughter away to save her from the Nazi regime. Her desperation leads her to Ettie, the daughter of a rabbi whose years spent eavesdropping on her father enables her to create a mystical Jewish creature, a rare and unusual golem, who is sworn to protect Hanni’s daughter, Lea. Once Ava is brought to life, she and Lea and Ettie become eternally entwined, their paths fated to cross, their fortunes linked.   What does it mean to lose your mother? How much can one person sacrifice for love? In a world where evil can be found at every turn, we meet remarkable characters that take us on a stunning journey of loss and resistance, the fantastical and the mortal, in a place where all roads lead past the Angel of Death and love is never-ending.</description>
      <author>Alice Hoffman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508279235.mp3" length="782489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508279235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World That We Knew: A Novel
Author: Alice Hoffman
Narrator: Judith Light
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio bonus! The audio download edition includes an exclusive interview with Alice Hoffman and Judith Light! NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL    On the brink of World War II, with the Nazis tightening their grip on Berlin, a mother’s act of courage and love offers her daughter a chance of survival.   “[A] hymn to the power of resistance, perseverance, and enduring love in dark times…gravely beautiful…Hoffman the storyteller continues to dazzle.” —THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW At the time when the world changed, Hanni Kohn knows she must send her twelve-year-old daughter away to save her from the Nazi regime. Her desperation leads her to Ettie, the daughter of a rabbi whose years spent eavesdropping on her father enables her to create a mystical Jewish creature, a rare and unusual golem, who is sworn to protect Hanni’s daughter, Lea. Once Ava is brought to life, she and Lea and Ettie become eternally entwined, their paths fated to cross, their fortunes linked.   What does it mean to lose your mother? How much can one person sacrifice for love? In a world where evil can be found at every turn, we meet remarkable characters that take us on a stunning journey of loss and resistance, the fantastical and the mortal, in a place where all roads lead past the Angel of Death and love is never-ending.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369090</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World That We Knew: A Novel
Author: Alice Hoffman
Narrator: Judith Light
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 39 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Audio bonus! The audio download edition includes an exclusive interview with Alice Hoffman and Judith Light! NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL    On the brink of World War II, with the Nazis tightening their grip on Berlin, a mother’s act of courage and love offers her daughter a chance of survival.   “[A] hymn to the power of resistance, perseverance, and enduring love in dark times…gravely beautiful…Hoffman the storyteller continues to dazzle.” —THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW At the time when the world changed, Hanni Kohn knows she must send her twelve-year-old daughter away to save her from the Nazi regime. Her desperation leads her to Ettie, the daughter of a rabbi whose years spent eavesdropping on her father enables her to create a mystical Jewish creature, a rare and unusual golem, who is sworn to protect Hanni’s daughter, Lea. Once Ava is brought to life, she and Lea and Ettie become eternally entwined, their paths fated to cross, their fortunes linked.   What does it mean to lose your mother? How much can one person sacrifice for love? In a world where evil can be found at every turn, we meet remarkable characters that take us on a stunning journey of loss and resistance, the fantastical and the mortal, in a place where all roads lead past the Angel of Death and love is never-ending.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blood Truth by J.R. Ward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Truth
Series: #4 of Black Dagger Legacy
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Bonus content: Includes an exclusive interview with J.R. Ward and Jim Frangione! The #1 New York Times bestselling author of the “utterly absorbing” (Angela Knight, New York Times bestselling author) Black Dagger Brotherhood series and The Savior brings you the next sizzling and passionate paranormal romance in the Black Dagger Legacy series. As a trainee in the Black Dagger Brotherhood’s program, Boone has triumphed as a soldier and now fights side by side with the Brothers. Following his sire’s unexpected death, he is taken off rotation against his protests—and finds himself working with a former homicide cop to catch a serial killer: Someone is targeting females of the species at a live action role play club. When the Brotherhood is called in to help, Boone insists on being part of the effort—and the last thing he expects to meet is an enticing, mysterious female...who changes his life forever.   Ever since her sister was murdered at the club, Helaine has been committed to finding her killer, no matter the danger she faces. When she crosses paths with Boone, she doesn’t know whether to trust him—and then she has no choice. As she herself becomes a target, and someone close to the Brotherhood is identified as the prime suspect, the two must work together to solve the mystery...before it’s too late. Will a madman come between the lovers, or will true love and goodness triumph over a very mortal evil?</description>
      <author>J.R. Ward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508287650.mp3" length="847797" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508287650.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Truth
Series: #4 of Black Dagger Legacy
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Bonus content: Includes an exclusive interview with J.R. Ward and Jim Frangione! The #1 New York Times bestselling author of the “utterly absorbing” (Angela Knight, New York Times bestselling author) Black Dagger Brotherhood series and The Savior brings you the next sizzling and passionate paranormal romance in the Black Dagger Legacy series. As a trainee in the Black Dagger Brotherhood’s program, Boone has triumphed as a soldier and now fights side by side with the Brothers. Following his sire’s unexpected death, he is taken off rotation against his protests—and finds himself working with a former homicide cop to catch a serial killer: Someone is targeting females of the species at a live action role play club. When the Brotherhood is called in to help, Boone insists on being part of the effort—and the last thing he expects to meet is an enticing, mysterious female...who changes his life forever.   Ever since her sister was murdered at the club, Helaine has been committed to finding her killer, no matter the danger she faces. When she crosses paths with Boone, she doesn’t know whether to trust him—and then she has no choice. As she herself becomes a target, and someone close to the Brotherhood is identified as the prime suspect, the two must work together to solve the mystery...before it’s too late. Will a madman come between the lovers, or will true love and goodness triumph over a very mortal evil?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blood Truth
Series: #4 of Black Dagger Legacy
Author: J.R. Ward
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Bonus content: Includes an exclusive interview with J.R. Ward and Jim Frangione! The #1 New York Times bestselling author of the “utterly absorbing” (Angela Knight, New York Times bestselling author) Black Dagger Brotherhood series and The Savior brings you the next sizzling and passionate paranormal romance in the Black Dagger Legacy series. As a trainee in the Black Dagger Brotherhood’s program, Boone has triumphed as a soldier and now fights side by side with the Brothers. Following his sire’s unexpected death, he is taken off rotation against his protests—and finds himself working with a former homicide cop to catch a serial killer: Someone is targeting females of the species at a live action role play club. When the Brotherhood is called in to help, Boone insists on being part of the effort—and the last thing he expects to meet is an enticing, mysterious female...who changes his life forever.   Ever since her sister was murdered at the club, Helaine has been committed to finding her killer, no matter the danger she faces. When she crosses paths with Boone, she doesn’t know whether to trust him—and then she has no choice. As she herself becomes a target, and someone close to the Brotherhood is identified as the prime suspect, the two must work together to solve the mystery...before it’s too late. Will a madman come between the lovers, or will true love and goodness triumph over a very mortal evil?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vessel: A Novel by Lisa A. Nichols</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vessel: A Novel
Author: Lisa A. Nichols
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Perfect for fans of Dark Matter and The Martian, an astronaut returns to Earth after losing her entire crew in an inexplicable disaster in this tense, psychological thriller filled with “eerie and taut storytelling” (Newsweek). But is her version of what happened the truth…or is there more to the story? After a deadly incident in deep space, Catherine Wells’s ship lost contact with NASA, and the whole world assumed everyone on board had perished. Miraculously—and mysteriously—Catherine survived, but with little memory of what happened. Despite the horrors she experienced, she was able to navigate home almost a decade after the mission began.   But her homecoming is not exactly what she imagined—not everyone at NASA is thrilled by her miraculous reappearance; her husband has moved on with another woman; and the young daughter she left behind is a resentful teenager she barely recognizes. Catherine is also different after her long and turbulent mission. There are periods of time she can’t account for, and she has haunting, unexplainable flashbacks of communicating with others... Suddenly she can’t trust any of her memories from space. How did her crewmates die. How and why did she survive? And was she ever truly alone up there?</description>
      <author>Lisa A. Nichols</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508296263.mp3" length="808260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508296263.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vessel: A Novel
Author: Lisa A. Nichols
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Perfect for fans of Dark Matter and The Martian, an astronaut returns to Earth after losing her entire crew in an inexplicable disaster in this tense, psychological thriller filled with “eerie and taut storytelling” (Newsweek). But is her version of what happened the truth…or is there more to the story? After a deadly incident in deep space, Catherine Wells’s ship lost contact with NASA, and the whole world assumed everyone on board had perished. Miraculously—and mysteriously—Catherine survived, but with little memory of what happened. Despite the horrors she experienced, she was able to navigate home almost a decade after the mission began.   But her homecoming is not exactly what she imagined—not everyone at NASA is thrilled by her miraculous reappearance; her husband has moved on with another woman; and the young daughter she left behind is a resentful teenager she barely recognizes. Catherine is also different after her long and turbulent mission. There are periods of time she can’t account for, and she has haunting, unexplainable flashbacks of communicating with others... Suddenly she can’t trust any of her memories from space. How did her crewmates die. How and why did she survive? And was she ever truly alone up there?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vessel: A Novel
Author: Lisa A. Nichols
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Perfect for fans of Dark Matter and The Martian, an astronaut returns to Earth after losing her entire crew in an inexplicable disaster in this tense, psychological thriller filled with “eerie and taut storytelling” (Newsweek). But is her version of what happened the truth…or is there more to the story? After a deadly incident in deep space, Catherine Wells’s ship lost contact with NASA, and the whole world assumed everyone on board had perished. Miraculously—and mysteriously—Catherine survived, but with little memory of what happened. Despite the horrors she experienced, she was able to navigate home almost a decade after the mission began.   But her homecoming is not exactly what she imagined—not everyone at NASA is thrilled by her miraculous reappearance; her husband has moved on with another woman; and the young daughter she left behind is a resentful teenager she barely recognizes. Catherine is also different after her long and turbulent mission. There are periods of time she can’t account for, and she has haunting, unexplainable flashbacks of communicating with others... Suddenly she can’t trust any of her memories from space. How did her crewmates die. How and why did she survive? And was she ever truly alone up there?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret of Cold Hill by Peter James</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret of Cold Hill
Author: Peter James
Narrator: Jack Hawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the number one bestselling author, Peter James, comes The Secret of Cold Hill. The spine-chilling follow-up to The House on Cold Hill. Now a smash-hit stage play. Cold Hill House has been razed to the ground by fire, replaced with a development of ultra-modern homes. Gone with the flames are the violent memories of the house’s history, and a new era has begun. Although much of Cold Hill Park is still a construction site, the first two families move into their new houses. For Jason and Emily Danes, this is their forever home, and for Maurice and Claudette Penze-Weedell, it’s the perfect place to live out retirement. Despite the ever present rumble of cement mixers and diggers, Cold Hill Park appears to be the ideal place to live. But looks are deceptive and it’s only a matter of days before both couples start to feel they are not alone in their new homes. There is one thing that never appears in the estate agent brochures: nobody has ever survived beyond forty in Cold Hill House and no one has ever truly left . . .</description>
      <author>Peter James</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781509826438.mp3" length="1387472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781509826438.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret of Cold Hill
Author: Peter James
Narrator: Jack Hawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the number one bestselling author, Peter James, comes The Secret of Cold Hill. The spine-chilling follow-up to The House on Cold Hill. Now a smash-hit stage play. Cold Hill House has been razed to the ground by fire, replaced with a development of ultra-modern homes. Gone with the flames are the violent memories of the house’s history, and a new era has begun. Although much of Cold Hill Park is still a construction site, the first two families move into their new houses. For Jason and Emily Danes, this is their forever home, and for Maurice and Claudette Penze-Weedell, it’s the perfect place to live out retirement. Despite the ever present rumble of cement mixers and diggers, Cold Hill Park appears to be the ideal place to live. But looks are deceptive and it’s only a matter of days before both couples start to feel they are not alone in their new homes. There is one thing that never appears in the estate agent brochures: nobody has ever survived beyond forty in Cold Hill House and no one has ever truly left . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret of Cold Hill
Author: Peter James
Narrator: Jack Hawkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
From the number one bestselling author, Peter James, comes The Secret of Cold Hill. The spine-chilling follow-up to The House on Cold Hill. Now a smash-hit stage play. Cold Hill House has been razed to the ground by fire, replaced with a development of ultra-modern homes. Gone with the flames are the violent memories of the house’s history, and a new era has begun. Although much of Cold Hill Park is still a construction site, the first two families move into their new houses. For Jason and Emily Danes, this is their forever home, and for Maurice and Claudette Penze-Weedell, it’s the perfect place to live out retirement. Despite the ever present rumble of cement mixers and diggers, Cold Hill Park appears to be the ideal place to live. But looks are deceptive and it’s only a matter of days before both couples start to feel they are not alone in their new homes. There is one thing that never appears in the estate agent brochures: nobody has ever survived beyond forty in Cold Hill House and no one has ever truly left . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Very Important Corpses by Simon R. Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Very Important Corpses
Series: #3 of Ishmael Jones Mystery
Author: Simon R. Green
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ishmael Jones travels to the Scottish Highlands on a mysterious dual mission in this intriguing, genre-blending mystery. The Organisation has dispatched Ishmael and his partner Penny to Coronach House on the shores of Loch Ness where the secretive but highly influential Baphamet Group are holding their annual meeting. The Organisation believes an imposter has infiltrated the Group and they have instructed Ishmael to root him—or her—out. It&amp;#039;s not Ishmael&amp;#039;s only mission. The first agent sent by the Organisation has been found dead in her room, murdered in a horribly gruesome manner. Ishmael must also discover who killed his fellow agent, Jennifer Rifkin—and why. Dismissive of rumors that the legendary &amp;#039;Coronach Creature&amp;#039; is behind Jennifer&amp;#039;s death, Ishmael sets out to expose the human killer in their midst. But he must act fast—before any more Very Important People are killed.</description>
      <author>Simon R. Green</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541449985.mp3" length="8494434" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541449985.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Very Important Corpses
Series: #3 of Ishmael Jones Mystery
Author: Simon R. Green
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ishmael Jones travels to the Scottish Highlands on a mysterious dual mission in this intriguing, genre-blending mystery. The Organisation has dispatched Ishmael and his partner Penny to Coronach House on the shores of Loch Ness where the secretive but highly influential Baphamet Group are holding their annual meeting. The Organisation believes an imposter has infiltrated the Group and they have instructed Ishmael to root him—or her—out. It&amp;#039;s not Ishmael&amp;#039;s only mission. The first agent sent by the Organisation has been found dead in her room, murdered in a horribly gruesome manner. Ishmael must also discover who killed his fellow agent, Jennifer Rifkin—and why. Dismissive of rumors that the legendary &amp;#039;Coronach Creature&amp;#039; is behind Jennifer&amp;#039;s death, Ishmael sets out to expose the human killer in their midst. But he must act fast—before any more Very Important People are killed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Very Important Corpses
Series: #3 of Ishmael Jones Mystery
Author: Simon R. Green
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Ishmael Jones travels to the Scottish Highlands on a mysterious dual mission in this intriguing, genre-blending mystery. The Organisation has dispatched Ishmael and his partner Penny to Coronach House on the shores of Loch Ness where the secretive but highly influential Baphamet Group are holding their annual meeting. The Organisation believes an imposter has infiltrated the Group and they have instructed Ishmael to root him—or her—out. It&amp;#039;s not Ishmael&amp;#039;s only mission. The first agent sent by the Organisation has been found dead in her room, murdered in a horribly gruesome manner. Ishmael must also discover who killed his fellow agent, Jennifer Rifkin—and why. Dismissive of rumors that the legendary &amp;#039;Coronach Creature&amp;#039; is behind Jennifer&amp;#039;s death, Ishmael sets out to expose the human killer in their midst. But he must act fast—before any more Very Important People are killed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Broomsticks And Bones by Sam Short</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broomsticks And Bones
Series: #2 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Millie Thorn has been in the paranormal town of Spellbinder Bay for a few months. During that time, she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that she&amp;#039;s a witch, and she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that her familiar, Reuben, is a particularly cheeky cockatiel. She&amp;#039;s finding it hard to come to terms with the knowledge that the father she never knew she had lives in the same town as her. She&amp;#039;s finding it even harder to pluck up the courage to discover his identity. When her magical familiar, Reuben, comes up with a plan which may make the delicate situation easier, Millie must decide whether she has the courage to face somebody she never thought she&amp;#039;d see again. Somebody who has been dead for a long time. When Millie is witness to the discovery of a body, gold and the skeletal remains of a strange creature—presumed to be a dinosaur, things begin to spiral into a mystery which involves demons, metal detectorists, alien hunters—and homemade biscuits. Never having been the jealous type, Millie can&amp;#039;t quite work out why she&amp;#039;s so offended at the fact that George, a handsome vampire, is showing interest in a mystery woman—but is determined to find out just who the attractive nurse is.</description>
      <author>Sam Short</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977335920.mp3" length="7552440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977335920.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broomsticks And Bones
Series: #2 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Millie Thorn has been in the paranormal town of Spellbinder Bay for a few months. During that time, she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that she&amp;#039;s a witch, and she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that her familiar, Reuben, is a particularly cheeky cockatiel. She&amp;#039;s finding it hard to come to terms with the knowledge that the father she never knew she had lives in the same town as her. She&amp;#039;s finding it even harder to pluck up the courage to discover his identity. When her magical familiar, Reuben, comes up with a plan which may make the delicate situation easier, Millie must decide whether she has the courage to face somebody she never thought she&amp;#039;d see again. Somebody who has been dead for a long time. When Millie is witness to the discovery of a body, gold and the skeletal remains of a strange creature—presumed to be a dinosaur, things begin to spiral into a mystery which involves demons, metal detectorists, alien hunters—and homemade biscuits. Never having been the jealous type, Millie can&amp;#039;t quite work out why she&amp;#039;s so offended at the fact that George, a handsome vampire, is showing interest in a mystery woman—but is determined to find out just who the attractive nurse is.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broomsticks And Bones
Series: #2 of Spellbinder Bay Cozy Paranormal Mystery
Author: Sam Short
Narrator: Pearl Hewitt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Millie Thorn has been in the paranormal town of Spellbinder Bay for a few months. During that time, she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that she&amp;#039;s a witch, and she&amp;#039;s come to terms with the fact that her familiar, Reuben, is a particularly cheeky cockatiel. She&amp;#039;s finding it hard to come to terms with the knowledge that the father she never knew she had lives in the same town as her. She&amp;#039;s finding it even harder to pluck up the courage to discover his identity. When her magical familiar, Reuben, comes up with a plan which may make the delicate situation easier, Millie must decide whether she has the courage to face somebody she never thought she&amp;#039;d see again. Somebody who has been dead for a long time. When Millie is witness to the discovery of a body, gold and the skeletal remains of a strange creature—presumed to be a dinosaur, things begin to spiral into a mystery which involves demons, metal detectorists, alien hunters—and homemade biscuits. Never having been the jealous type, Millie can&amp;#039;t quite work out why she&amp;#039;s so offended at the fact that George, a handsome vampire, is showing interest in a mystery woman—but is determined to find out just who the attractive nurse is.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shear Magic by Leighann Dobbs, Traci Douglass</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shear Magic
Series: #5 of Silver Hollow Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Leighann Dobbs, Traci Douglass
Narrator: Amy Rubinate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When wizard detective Eric Naill is found stabbed to death behind the salon of hunky witch hair stylist Graeme &amp;#039;Gray&amp;#039; Quinn, it doesn&amp;#039;t bode well for the Quinn clan. Especially when Gray&amp;#039;s favorite golden shears appear to be the murder weapon. With both the Council of Wizards and the police after him, Gray must prove his innocence before he and his cousins lose everything. But when his investigation reveals a link between Eric&amp;#039;s death and a decades–old secret, things get complicated. The only way to get to the bottom of it is to seek the help of the one woman Gray is forbidden to get close to—Starla Knight. Meeting with Starla could spark a feud that might change Silver Hollow forever. Only it&amp;#039;s Gray&amp;#039;s heart that may be the worst casualty.</description>
      <author>Leighann Dobbs, Traci Douglass</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977333056.mp3" length="7925259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977333056.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shear Magic
Series: #5 of Silver Hollow Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Leighann Dobbs, Traci Douglass
Narrator: Amy Rubinate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When wizard detective Eric Naill is found stabbed to death behind the salon of hunky witch hair stylist Graeme &amp;#039;Gray&amp;#039; Quinn, it doesn&amp;#039;t bode well for the Quinn clan. Especially when Gray&amp;#039;s favorite golden shears appear to be the murder weapon. With both the Council of Wizards and the police after him, Gray must prove his innocence before he and his cousins lose everything. But when his investigation reveals a link between Eric&amp;#039;s death and a decades–old secret, things get complicated. The only way to get to the bottom of it is to seek the help of the one woman Gray is forbidden to get close to—Starla Knight. Meeting with Starla could spark a feud that might change Silver Hollow forever. Only it&amp;#039;s Gray&amp;#039;s heart that may be the worst casualty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shear Magic
Series: #5 of Silver Hollow Paranormal Cozy Mystery
Author: Leighann Dobbs, Traci Douglass
Narrator: Amy Rubinate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When wizard detective Eric Naill is found stabbed to death behind the salon of hunky witch hair stylist Graeme &amp;#039;Gray&amp;#039; Quinn, it doesn&amp;#039;t bode well for the Quinn clan. Especially when Gray&amp;#039;s favorite golden shears appear to be the murder weapon. With both the Council of Wizards and the police after him, Gray must prove his innocence before he and his cousins lose everything. But when his investigation reveals a link between Eric&amp;#039;s death and a decades–old secret, things get complicated. The only way to get to the bottom of it is to seek the help of the one woman Gray is forbidden to get close to—Starla Knight. Meeting with Starla could spark a feud that might change Silver Hollow forever. Only it&amp;#039;s Gray&amp;#039;s heart that may be the worst casualty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Institute: A Novel by Stephen King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Institute: A Novel
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Santino Fontana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 1236 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 263
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 THRILLER/SUSPENSE AUDIE AWARD WINNER!  From #1 New York Times bestselling author Stephen King whose “storytelling transcends genre” (Newsday) comes “another winner: creepy and touching and horrifyingly believable” (The Boston Globe) about a group of kids confronting evil. In the middle of the night, in a house on a quiet street in suburban Minneapolis, intruders silently murder Luke Ellis’s parents and load him into a black SUV. The operation takes less than two minutes. Luke will wake up at The Institute, in a room that looks just like his own, except there’s no window. And outside his door are other doors, behind which are other kids with special talents—telekinesis and telepathy—who got to this place the same way Luke did: Kalisha, Nick, George, Iris, and ten-year-old Avery Dixon. They are all in Front Half. Others, Luke learns, graduated to Back Half, “like the roach motel,” Kalisha says. “You check in, but you don’t check out.”   In this most sinister of institutions, the director, Mrs. Sigsby, and her staff are ruthlessly dedicated to extracting from these children the force of their extranormal gifts. There are no scruples here. If you go along, you get tokens for the vending machines. If you don’t, punishment is brutal. As each new victim disappears to Back Half, Luke becomes more and more desperate to get out and get help. But no one has ever escaped from the Institute.   As psychically terrifying as Firestarter, and with the spectacular kid power of It, The Institute is “first-rate entertainment that has something important to say. We all need to listen” (The Washington Post).</description>
      <author>Stephen King</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508279075.mp3" length="725103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508279075.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Institute: A Novel
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Santino Fontana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 1236 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 263
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 THRILLER/SUSPENSE AUDIE AWARD WINNER!  From #1 New York Times bestselling author Stephen King whose “storytelling transcends genre” (Newsday) comes “another winner: creepy and touching and horrifyingly believable” (The Boston Globe) about a group of kids confronting evil. In the middle of the night, in a house on a quiet street in suburban Minneapolis, intruders silently murder Luke Ellis’s parents and load him into a black SUV. The operation takes less than two minutes. Luke will wake up at The Institute, in a room that looks just like his own, except there’s no window. And outside his door are other doors, behind which are other kids with special talents—telekinesis and telepathy—who got to this place the same way Luke did: Kalisha, Nick, George, Iris, and ten-year-old Avery Dixon. They are all in Front Half. Others, Luke learns, graduated to Back Half, “like the roach motel,” Kalisha says. “You check in, but you don’t check out.”   In this most sinister of institutions, the director, Mrs. Sigsby, and her staff are ruthlessly dedicated to extracting from these children the force of their extranormal gifts. There are no scruples here. If you go along, you get tokens for the vending machines. If you don’t, punishment is brutal. As each new victim disappears to Back Half, Luke becomes more and more desperate to get out and get help. But no one has ever escaped from the Institute.   As psychically terrifying as Firestarter, and with the spectacular kid power of It, The Institute is “first-rate entertainment that has something important to say. We all need to listen” (The Washington Post).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368935</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Institute: A Novel
Author: Stephen King
Narrator: Santino Fontana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 1236 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 263
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 THRILLER/SUSPENSE AUDIE AWARD WINNER!  From #1 New York Times bestselling author Stephen King whose “storytelling transcends genre” (Newsday) comes “another winner: creepy and touching and horrifyingly believable” (The Boston Globe) about a group of kids confronting evil. In the middle of the night, in a house on a quiet street in suburban Minneapolis, intruders silently murder Luke Ellis’s parents and load him into a black SUV. The operation takes less than two minutes. Luke will wake up at The Institute, in a room that looks just like his own, except there’s no window. And outside his door are other doors, behind which are other kids with special talents—telekinesis and telepathy—who got to this place the same way Luke did: Kalisha, Nick, George, Iris, and ten-year-old Avery Dixon. They are all in Front Half. Others, Luke learns, graduated to Back Half, “like the roach motel,” Kalisha says. “You check in, but you don’t check out.”   In this most sinister of institutions, the director, Mrs. Sigsby, and her staff are ruthlessly dedicated to extracting from these children the force of their extranormal gifts. There are no scruples here. If you go along, you get tokens for the vending machines. If you don’t, punishment is brutal. As each new victim disappears to Back Half, Luke becomes more and more desperate to get out and get help. But no one has ever escaped from the Institute.   As psychically terrifying as Firestarter, and with the spectacular kid power of It, The Institute is “first-rate entertainment that has something important to say. We all need to listen” (The Washington Post).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Full Throttle: Stories by Joe Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Throttle: Stories
Author: Joe Hill
Narrator: Connor Jessup, Laysla De Oliveira, Ashleigh Cummings, Nate Corddry, Wil Wheaton, Zachary Quinto, Joe Hill, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, George Guidall, Stephen Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Awards® WINNER - Short Stories/Collections The number one New York Times best-selling author of The Fireman and Strange Weather returns with a dark and ingenious collection of 13 compelling short stories that showcase his ability to “push genre conventions to new extremes” (New York Times Book Review), performed by a stunning multi-cast featuring Zachary Quinto, Wil Wheaton, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, Ashleigh Cummings, Joe Hill, Laysla De Oliveira, Nate Corddry, Connor Jessup, Stephen Lang, and George Guidall. In this masterful collection of short fiction, Joe Hill dissects timeless human struggles in 13 relentless tales of supernatural suspense, including “In The Tall Grass”, one of two stories cowritten with Stephen King, basis for the terrifying feature film from Netflix. A little door that opens to a world of fairy-tale wonders becomes the blood-drenched stomping ground for a gang of hunters in “Faun”. A grief-stricken librarian climbs behind the wheel of an antique bookmobile to deliver fresh reads to the dead in “Late Returns”. In “By the Silver Water of Lake Champlain”, two young friends stumble on the corpse of a plesiosaur at the water’s edge, a discovery that forces them to confront the inescapable truth of their own mortality...and other horrors that lurk in the water’s shivery depths. And tension shimmers in the sweltering heat of the Nevada desert as a faceless trucker finds himself caught in a sinister dance with a tribe of motorcycle outlaws in “Throttle”, cowritten with Stephen King. Featuring two previously unpublished stories and a brace of shocking chillers, Full Throttle is a darkly imagined odyssey through the complexities of the human psyche. Hypnotic and disquieting, it mines our tormented secrets, hidden vulnerabilities, and basest fears and demonstrates this exceptional talent at his very best.</description>
      <author>Joe Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062956644.mp3" length="1388461" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062956644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Throttle: Stories
Author: Joe Hill
Narrator: Connor Jessup, Laysla De Oliveira, Ashleigh Cummings, Nate Corddry, Wil Wheaton, Zachary Quinto, Joe Hill, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, George Guidall, Stephen Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Awards® WINNER - Short Stories/Collections The number one New York Times best-selling author of The Fireman and Strange Weather returns with a dark and ingenious collection of 13 compelling short stories that showcase his ability to “push genre conventions to new extremes” (New York Times Book Review), performed by a stunning multi-cast featuring Zachary Quinto, Wil Wheaton, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, Ashleigh Cummings, Joe Hill, Laysla De Oliveira, Nate Corddry, Connor Jessup, Stephen Lang, and George Guidall. In this masterful collection of short fiction, Joe Hill dissects timeless human struggles in 13 relentless tales of supernatural suspense, including “In The Tall Grass”, one of two stories cowritten with Stephen King, basis for the terrifying feature film from Netflix. A little door that opens to a world of fairy-tale wonders becomes the blood-drenched stomping ground for a gang of hunters in “Faun”. A grief-stricken librarian climbs behind the wheel of an antique bookmobile to deliver fresh reads to the dead in “Late Returns”. In “By the Silver Water of Lake Champlain”, two young friends stumble on the corpse of a plesiosaur at the water’s edge, a discovery that forces them to confront the inescapable truth of their own mortality...and other horrors that lurk in the water’s shivery depths. And tension shimmers in the sweltering heat of the Nevada desert as a faceless trucker finds himself caught in a sinister dance with a tribe of motorcycle outlaws in “Throttle”, cowritten with Stephen King. Featuring two previously unpublished stories and a brace of shocking chillers, Full Throttle is a darkly imagined odyssey through the complexities of the human psyche. Hypnotic and disquieting, it mines our tormented secrets, hidden vulnerabilities, and basest fears and demonstrates this exceptional talent at his very best.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Throttle: Stories
Author: Joe Hill
Narrator: Connor Jessup, Laysla De Oliveira, Ashleigh Cummings, Nate Corddry, Wil Wheaton, Zachary Quinto, Joe Hill, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, George Guidall, Stephen Lang
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
2020 Audie Awards® WINNER - Short Stories/Collections The number one New York Times best-selling author of The Fireman and Strange Weather returns with a dark and ingenious collection of 13 compelling short stories that showcase his ability to “push genre conventions to new extremes” (New York Times Book Review), performed by a stunning multi-cast featuring Zachary Quinto, Wil Wheaton, Kate Mulgrew, Neil Gaiman, Ashleigh Cummings, Joe Hill, Laysla De Oliveira, Nate Corddry, Connor Jessup, Stephen Lang, and George Guidall. In this masterful collection of short fiction, Joe Hill dissects timeless human struggles in 13 relentless tales of supernatural suspense, including “In The Tall Grass”, one of two stories cowritten with Stephen King, basis for the terrifying feature film from Netflix. A little door that opens to a world of fairy-tale wonders becomes the blood-drenched stomping ground for a gang of hunters in “Faun”. A grief-stricken librarian climbs behind the wheel of an antique bookmobile to deliver fresh reads to the dead in “Late Returns”. In “By the Silver Water of Lake Champlain”, two young friends stumble on the corpse of a plesiosaur at the water’s edge, a discovery that forces them to confront the inescapable truth of their own mortality...and other horrors that lurk in the water’s shivery depths. And tension shimmers in the sweltering heat of the Nevada desert as a faceless trucker finds himself caught in a sinister dance with a tribe of motorcycle outlaws in “Throttle”, cowritten with Stephen King. Featuring two previously unpublished stories and a brace of shocking chillers, Full Throttle is a darkly imagined odyssey through the complexities of the human psyche. Hypnotic and disquieting, it mines our tormented secrets, hidden vulnerabilities, and basest fears and demonstrates this exceptional talent at his very best.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pray For Dawn: The Fourth Dark Days Novel by Jocelynn Drake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pray For Dawn: The Fourth Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Todd Mclaren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2011
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“With prose as silky and enticing as her protagonist, Drake has composed a love letter to the vampire genre.” —Vicki Pettersson, New York Times bestselling author of the Signs of the Zodiac series   “Jocelynn Drake will have you coming back for more.” —New York Times bestselling author Jeaniene Frost   Vampire enforcer Mira must stop an ancient coven in Pray for Dawn, bestselling author Jocelynn Drake’s fourth action-packed Dark Days novel. A treat for fans of Laurell K. Hamilton, Charlaine Harris, and Kim Harrison—who has praised Drake’s Dark Days series as, “a must-read addition to the urban fantasy genre, filled both with action and satisfying characters”—Prey for Dawn will keep you reading well into the darkest part of the night.</description>
      <author>Jocelynn Drake</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Dec 2011 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062136374.mp3" length="1308985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062136374.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pray For Dawn: The Fourth Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Todd Mclaren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2011
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“With prose as silky and enticing as her protagonist, Drake has composed a love letter to the vampire genre.” —Vicki Pettersson, New York Times bestselling author of the Signs of the Zodiac series   “Jocelynn Drake will have you coming back for more.” —New York Times bestselling author Jeaniene Frost   Vampire enforcer Mira must stop an ancient coven in Pray for Dawn, bestselling author Jocelynn Drake’s fourth action-packed Dark Days novel. A treat for fans of Laurell K. Hamilton, Charlaine Harris, and Kim Harrison—who has praised Drake’s Dark Days series as, “a must-read addition to the urban fantasy genre, filled both with action and satisfying characters”—Prey for Dawn will keep you reading well into the darkest part of the night.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pray For Dawn: The Fourth Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Todd Mclaren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2011
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
“With prose as silky and enticing as her protagonist, Drake has composed a love letter to the vampire genre.” —Vicki Pettersson, New York Times bestselling author of the Signs of the Zodiac series   “Jocelynn Drake will have you coming back for more.” —New York Times bestselling author Jeaniene Frost   Vampire enforcer Mira must stop an ancient coven in Pray for Dawn, bestselling author Jocelynn Drake’s fourth action-packed Dark Days novel. A treat for fans of Laurell K. Hamilton, Charlaine Harris, and Kim Harrison—who has praised Drake’s Dark Days series as, “a must-read addition to the urban fantasy genre, filled both with action and satisfying characters”—Prey for Dawn will keep you reading well into the darkest part of the night.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immortal Born: An Argeneau Novel by Lynsay Sands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal Born: An Argeneau Novel
Series: #30 of An Argeneau Novel
Author: Lynsay Sands
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing compares to the physical chemistry between an immortal and his life mate—or to the spellbinding thrills in a new Argeneau novel by New York Times bestselling author Lynsay Sands… A simple promise to protect her friend’s infant son has turned Allie Chambers’ existence upside down. Caring for—and feeding—an orphaned vampire baby has been tricky enough. But as little Liam grows, so does his appetite. He needs more blood than she can personally supply. And when her attempts to steal from a blood bank go awry, Allie wakes up surrounded by doctors, cops…and the gorgeous, mesmerizing Magnus, who she can neither trust nor resist. Magnus never expected to find his life mate breaking into a blood bank. Clearly, Allie is already entwined with his world—in deeper, more dangerous ways than she realizes. A band of vicious rogue immortals is in pursuit, and Magnus’ first task is to keep her safe. His second: to awaken her to mind-blowing pleasure, and hope she’ll accept the life, and the passion, that only he can offer.</description>
      <author>Lynsay Sands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062855220.mp3" length="1305729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062855220.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal Born: An Argeneau Novel
Series: #30 of An Argeneau Novel
Author: Lynsay Sands
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing compares to the physical chemistry between an immortal and his life mate—or to the spellbinding thrills in a new Argeneau novel by New York Times bestselling author Lynsay Sands… A simple promise to protect her friend’s infant son has turned Allie Chambers’ existence upside down. Caring for—and feeding—an orphaned vampire baby has been tricky enough. But as little Liam grows, so does his appetite. He needs more blood than she can personally supply. And when her attempts to steal from a blood bank go awry, Allie wakes up surrounded by doctors, cops…and the gorgeous, mesmerizing Magnus, who she can neither trust nor resist. Magnus never expected to find his life mate breaking into a blood bank. Clearly, Allie is already entwined with his world—in deeper, more dangerous ways than she realizes. A band of vicious rogue immortals is in pursuit, and Magnus’ first task is to keep her safe. His second: to awaken her to mind-blowing pleasure, and hope she’ll accept the life, and the passion, that only he can offer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal Born: An Argeneau Novel
Series: #30 of An Argeneau Novel
Author: Lynsay Sands
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Nothing compares to the physical chemistry between an immortal and his life mate—or to the spellbinding thrills in a new Argeneau novel by New York Times bestselling author Lynsay Sands… A simple promise to protect her friend’s infant son has turned Allie Chambers’ existence upside down. Caring for—and feeding—an orphaned vampire baby has been tricky enough. But as little Liam grows, so does his appetite. He needs more blood than she can personally supply. And when her attempts to steal from a blood bank go awry, Allie wakes up surrounded by doctors, cops…and the gorgeous, mesmerizing Magnus, who she can neither trust nor resist. Magnus never expected to find his life mate breaking into a blood bank. Clearly, Allie is already entwined with his world—in deeper, more dangerous ways than she realizes. A band of vicious rogue immortals is in pursuit, and Magnus’ first task is to keep her safe. His second: to awaken her to mind-blowing pleasure, and hope she’ll accept the life, and the passion, that only he can offer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dawnbreaker: The Third Dark Days Novel by Jocelynn Drake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawnbreaker: The Third Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The dawn brings new terror for the creatures of the night . . . Those of her race fear Mira for the lethal fire she bends to her will—a power unique among nightwalkers, both a gift . . . and a curse. The naturi despise Mira for what she is—as they prepare the final sacrifice that will destroy the barriers between the worlds. And once the naturi are unchained, blood, chaos, and horror will reign supreme on Earth. Mira can trust only Danaus, the more-than-mortal vampire slayer, though he is sworn to destroy her kind. And now, as the day approaches when titanic forces will duel under cover of darkness, destiny draws them toward an apocalyptic confrontation at Machu Picchu. But all is not lost, for a wild card has been dealt to them: a rogue enemy princess who can change the balance of power and turn the dread tide.</description>
      <author>Jocelynn Drake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2012 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062136350.mp3" length="1434759" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062136350.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawnbreaker: The Third Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The dawn brings new terror for the creatures of the night . . . Those of her race fear Mira for the lethal fire she bends to her will—a power unique among nightwalkers, both a gift . . . and a curse. The naturi despise Mira for what she is—as they prepare the final sacrifice that will destroy the barriers between the worlds. And once the naturi are unchained, blood, chaos, and horror will reign supreme on Earth. Mira can trust only Danaus, the more-than-mortal vampire slayer, though he is sworn to destroy her kind. And now, as the day approaches when titanic forces will duel under cover of darkness, destiny draws them toward an apocalyptic confrontation at Machu Picchu. But all is not lost, for a wild card has been dealt to them: a rogue enemy princess who can change the balance of power and turn the dread tide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dawnbreaker: The Third Dark Days Novel
Author: Jocelynn Drake
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2012
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The dawn brings new terror for the creatures of the night . . . Those of her race fear Mira for the lethal fire she bends to her will—a power unique among nightwalkers, both a gift . . . and a curse. The naturi despise Mira for what she is—as they prepare the final sacrifice that will destroy the barriers between the worlds. And once the naturi are unchained, blood, chaos, and horror will reign supreme on Earth. Mira can trust only Danaus, the more-than-mortal vampire slayer, though he is sworn to destroy her kind. And now, as the day approaches when titanic forces will duel under cover of darkness, destiny draws them toward an apocalyptic confrontation at Machu Picchu. But all is not lost, for a wild card has been dealt to them: a rogue enemy princess who can change the balance of power and turn the dread tide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Seekers by Heather Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seekers
Series: #28 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUTH IS SCARIER THAN FICTION Keri Wolf has joined the crew of The Seekers, a show that searches for paranormal phenomena, as they explore a supposedly haunted old inn on the road between Philadelphia and Harrisburg. The place is famous for its warm welcome—and infamous for being the site of an ax murder rampage in the 1920s. They’ve barely begun when a very real dead body is discovered in the basement. As a nonfiction author, Keri is supposed to be the rational one, but she can’t explain a terrifying apparition that seems to be both a threat and a warning. Former detective Joe Dunhill knows what she’s going through—the strange gift of being able to see and talk to the dead is a struggle he shares. A new member of the FBI’s Krewe of Hunters, he’s on the team investigating the disturbing death. The town is steeped in old-fashioned superstition, and the deeper Joe and Keri plunge into the dark secrets of the inn, the closer they get to a devastating truth. Will a bloody history be repeated? Or can the spirits of the past reach out to stop a killer?</description>
      <author>Heather Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488206665.mp3" length="1396109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488206665.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seekers
Series: #28 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUTH IS SCARIER THAN FICTION Keri Wolf has joined the crew of The Seekers, a show that searches for paranormal phenomena, as they explore a supposedly haunted old inn on the road between Philadelphia and Harrisburg. The place is famous for its warm welcome—and infamous for being the site of an ax murder rampage in the 1920s. They’ve barely begun when a very real dead body is discovered in the basement. As a nonfiction author, Keri is supposed to be the rational one, but she can’t explain a terrifying apparition that seems to be both a threat and a warning. Former detective Joe Dunhill knows what she’s going through—the strange gift of being able to see and talk to the dead is a struggle he shares. A new member of the FBI’s Krewe of Hunters, he’s on the team investigating the disturbing death. The town is steeped in old-fashioned superstition, and the deeper Joe and Keri plunge into the dark secrets of the inn, the closer they get to a devastating truth. Will a bloody history be repeated? Or can the spirits of the past reach out to stop a killer?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368563</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seekers
Series: #28 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUTH IS SCARIER THAN FICTION Keri Wolf has joined the crew of The Seekers, a show that searches for paranormal phenomena, as they explore a supposedly haunted old inn on the road between Philadelphia and Harrisburg. The place is famous for its warm welcome—and infamous for being the site of an ax murder rampage in the 1920s. They’ve barely begun when a very real dead body is discovered in the basement. As a nonfiction author, Keri is supposed to be the rational one, but she can’t explain a terrifying apparition that seems to be both a threat and a warning. Former detective Joe Dunhill knows what she’s going through—the strange gift of being able to see and talk to the dead is a struggle he shares. A new member of the FBI’s Krewe of Hunters, he’s on the team investigating the disturbing death. The town is steeped in old-fashioned superstition, and the deeper Joe and Keri plunge into the dark secrets of the inn, the closer they get to a devastating truth. Will a bloody history be repeated? Or can the spirits of the past reach out to stop a killer?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Summoning by Heather Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Summoning
Series: #27 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A CALL FROM BEYOND… When Kristi Stewart inherits a property in the old part of Savannah, she knows it comes with stories of hauntings. But she doesn’t believe in ghosts, even while she runs seances for the guests of McLane House Bed-and-Breakfast. Until the inexplicable midnight appearance of one of her infamous ancestors. Terrified, she flees into the night—and right into the arms of Dallas Wicker. Dallas is trying to uncover the truth about a colleague who died under suspicious circumstances. As strange happenings continue to plague Kristi’s home, it is soon clear that there’s a very living threat in the neighborhood—several people have disappeared without a trace. Dallas can’t find any connection between the victims, but someone wanted them gone, and it might be linked to the history of McLane House. And that means Kristi should be very afraid.</description>
      <author>Heather Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488206603.mp3" length="1418518" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488206603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Summoning
Series: #27 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A CALL FROM BEYOND… When Kristi Stewart inherits a property in the old part of Savannah, she knows it comes with stories of hauntings. But she doesn’t believe in ghosts, even while she runs seances for the guests of McLane House Bed-and-Breakfast. Until the inexplicable midnight appearance of one of her infamous ancestors. Terrified, she flees into the night—and right into the arms of Dallas Wicker. Dallas is trying to uncover the truth about a colleague who died under suspicious circumstances. As strange happenings continue to plague Kristi’s home, it is soon clear that there’s a very living threat in the neighborhood—several people have disappeared without a trace. Dallas can’t find any connection between the victims, but someone wanted them gone, and it might be linked to the history of McLane House. And that means Kristi should be very afraid.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Summoning
Series: #27 of Krewe of Hunters
Author: Heather Graham
Narrator: Luke Daniels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
A CALL FROM BEYOND… When Kristi Stewart inherits a property in the old part of Savannah, she knows it comes with stories of hauntings. But she doesn’t believe in ghosts, even while she runs seances for the guests of McLane House Bed-and-Breakfast. Until the inexplicable midnight appearance of one of her infamous ancestors. Terrified, she flees into the night—and right into the arms of Dallas Wicker. Dallas is trying to uncover the truth about a colleague who died under suspicious circumstances. As strange happenings continue to plague Kristi’s home, it is soon clear that there’s a very living threat in the neighborhood—several people have disappeared without a trace. Dallas can’t find any connection between the victims, but someone wanted them gone, and it might be linked to the history of McLane House. And that means Kristi should be very afraid.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wrath &amp;amp; Bones by A.J. Aalto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wrath &amp;amp; Bones
Series: #4 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Marnie Baranuik is confident that her new psychic detective agency will be a great success, and she has eight million business cards to prove it. But before the paint even dries on her open for business sign, she&amp;#039;s summoned to face the Demon King Asmodeus in His own playground, the revenant court, home of the undead nobility, to participate in a conclave of the most powerful immortals on Earth.   Orc prophets have forewarned her that danger is looming in the far north. In her most ambitious adventure yet, Marnie must harness her powers, gather trusted friends to wade into battle, and complete an international treasure hunt that would make Indiana Jones break into a cold sweat, before raising a new revenant house to rule from the Unhallowed Throne . . . and do it all without getting her heart or legs broken. Storms are brewing, threats are piling up, and the stakes are higher than ever, but Marnie is determined to dance with danger to the very end. There&amp;#039;s only one thing left to do: deal with it, Baranuik-Style. Does anyone know if yetis like take-out? And when you&amp;#039;re on a date with a mummy, who picks up the check?</description>
      <author>A.J. Aalto</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jan 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977333360.mp3" length="7613001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977333360.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wrath &amp;amp; Bones
Series: #4 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Marnie Baranuik is confident that her new psychic detective agency will be a great success, and she has eight million business cards to prove it. But before the paint even dries on her open for business sign, she&amp;#039;s summoned to face the Demon King Asmodeus in His own playground, the revenant court, home of the undead nobility, to participate in a conclave of the most powerful immortals on Earth.   Orc prophets have forewarned her that danger is looming in the far north. In her most ambitious adventure yet, Marnie must harness her powers, gather trusted friends to wade into battle, and complete an international treasure hunt that would make Indiana Jones break into a cold sweat, before raising a new revenant house to rule from the Unhallowed Throne . . . and do it all without getting her heart or legs broken. Storms are brewing, threats are piling up, and the stakes are higher than ever, but Marnie is determined to dance with danger to the very end. There&amp;#039;s only one thing left to do: deal with it, Baranuik-Style. Does anyone know if yetis like take-out? And when you&amp;#039;re on a date with a mummy, who picks up the check?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368283</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wrath &amp;amp; Bones
Series: #4 of Marnie Baranuik Files
Author: A.J. Aalto
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Marnie Baranuik is confident that her new psychic detective agency will be a great success, and she has eight million business cards to prove it. But before the paint even dries on her open for business sign, she&amp;#039;s summoned to face the Demon King Asmodeus in His own playground, the revenant court, home of the undead nobility, to participate in a conclave of the most powerful immortals on Earth.   Orc prophets have forewarned her that danger is looming in the far north. In her most ambitious adventure yet, Marnie must harness her powers, gather trusted friends to wade into battle, and complete an international treasure hunt that would make Indiana Jones break into a cold sweat, before raising a new revenant house to rule from the Unhallowed Throne . . . and do it all without getting her heart or legs broken. Storms are brewing, threats are piling up, and the stakes are higher than ever, but Marnie is determined to dance with danger to the very end. There&amp;#039;s only one thing left to do: deal with it, Baranuik-Style. Does anyone know if yetis like take-out? And when you&amp;#039;re on a date with a mummy, who picks up the check?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devil to Pay: Shayne Davies Book One by Jackie May</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil to Pay: Shayne Davies Book One
Series: #1 of Shayne Davies
Author: Jackie May
Narrator: Chandra Skyye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to talented new recruits at the Federal Underworld Agency, Nora Jacobs is only half the story . . . As a fox shifter, Shayne Davies gets no respect in an underworld run by the fearsome and powerful—werewolves and vampires, sorcerers, demons, and mythical faerie creatures. Even at home, Shayne is still treated like the brat of the pack. Her mom constantly nags; her intended (but unwanted) mate ensures plenty of awkward silences, and Shayne is even expected to act submissive to the pack&amp;#039;s future alpha . . . a six year old. Yeah. Time for Plan B. All Shayne wants is to prove that she&amp;#039;s got what it takes to run with the big dogs, which is why she is constantly hounding Nick Gorgeous to make her an agent at the &amp;#039;Double D,&amp;#039; the Detroit Division of the FUA. That&amp;#039;s an easy &amp;#039;No&amp;#039; for Gorgeous, who keeps a strict &amp;#039;No Shayne Davies&amp;#039; policy. Well, never say never. When mysterious underworld criminals steal a load of bomb materials, the FUA picks up a messy case nobody wants to touch. It&amp;#039;s bad enough that a demon horde is involved, but now the annoying FBI has sent out an agent to babysit the investigation. To make matters worse, the notoriously uncooperative master vampire Henry Stadther has control over what may be the only key to breaking the case: a handsome human detective. The whole thing&amp;#039;s a hopeless disaster. So guess what, Shayne? You&amp;#039;re hired! Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Jackie May</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jan 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977336583.mp3" length="8129697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977336583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil to Pay: Shayne Davies Book One
Series: #1 of Shayne Davies
Author: Jackie May
Narrator: Chandra Skyye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to talented new recruits at the Federal Underworld Agency, Nora Jacobs is only half the story . . . As a fox shifter, Shayne Davies gets no respect in an underworld run by the fearsome and powerful—werewolves and vampires, sorcerers, demons, and mythical faerie creatures. Even at home, Shayne is still treated like the brat of the pack. Her mom constantly nags; her intended (but unwanted) mate ensures plenty of awkward silences, and Shayne is even expected to act submissive to the pack&amp;#039;s future alpha . . . a six year old. Yeah. Time for Plan B. All Shayne wants is to prove that she&amp;#039;s got what it takes to run with the big dogs, which is why she is constantly hounding Nick Gorgeous to make her an agent at the &amp;#039;Double D,&amp;#039; the Detroit Division of the FUA. That&amp;#039;s an easy &amp;#039;No&amp;#039; for Gorgeous, who keeps a strict &amp;#039;No Shayne Davies&amp;#039; policy. Well, never say never. When mysterious underworld criminals steal a load of bomb materials, the FUA picks up a messy case nobody wants to touch. It&amp;#039;s bad enough that a demon horde is involved, but now the annoying FBI has sent out an agent to babysit the investigation. To make matters worse, the notoriously uncooperative master vampire Henry Stadther has control over what may be the only key to breaking the case: a handsome human detective. The whole thing&amp;#039;s a hopeless disaster. So guess what, Shayne? You&amp;#039;re hired! Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil to Pay: Shayne Davies Book One
Series: #1 of Shayne Davies
Author: Jackie May
Narrator: Chandra Skyye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to talented new recruits at the Federal Underworld Agency, Nora Jacobs is only half the story . . . As a fox shifter, Shayne Davies gets no respect in an underworld run by the fearsome and powerful—werewolves and vampires, sorcerers, demons, and mythical faerie creatures. Even at home, Shayne is still treated like the brat of the pack. Her mom constantly nags; her intended (but unwanted) mate ensures plenty of awkward silences, and Shayne is even expected to act submissive to the pack&amp;#039;s future alpha . . . a six year old. Yeah. Time for Plan B. All Shayne wants is to prove that she&amp;#039;s got what it takes to run with the big dogs, which is why she is constantly hounding Nick Gorgeous to make her an agent at the &amp;#039;Double D,&amp;#039; the Detroit Division of the FUA. That&amp;#039;s an easy &amp;#039;No&amp;#039; for Gorgeous, who keeps a strict &amp;#039;No Shayne Davies&amp;#039; policy. Well, never say never. When mysterious underworld criminals steal a load of bomb materials, the FUA picks up a messy case nobody wants to touch. It&amp;#039;s bad enough that a demon horde is involved, but now the annoying FBI has sent out an agent to babysit the investigation. To make matters worse, the notoriously uncooperative master vampire Henry Stadther has control over what may be the only key to breaking the case: a handsome human detective. The whole thing&amp;#039;s a hopeless disaster. So guess what, Shayne? You&amp;#039;re hired! Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beneath an Ivy Moon by Ellen Dugan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beneath an Ivy Moon
Series: #4 of Legacy of Magick
Author: Ellen Dugan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fan favorite Ivy Bishop takes center stage in this newest volume of the Legacy of Magick series.   Sure, Ivy Bishop&amp;#039;s life is a little unusual . . . The gothic-fabulous and youngest female Witch in her family line is now a full-time college student starting her junior year. Living on campus, Ivy and her BFF, Cypress, are residents in the 160-year-old Crowly Hall. The dormitory that the locals swear is haunted.   When the school newspaper assigns Ivy to photograph the expansion of the new University Museum, Ivy is on hand when human remains are uncovered within an old stone foundation. Construction comes to a screeching halt as first the police, and then archaeologists descend on the site.   Whatever they dug up has apparently opened a supernatural can of worms. Life at the dorm goes from mundane to eerie. And when a Witch thinks things are eerie—you know that&amp;#039;s bad. Ghostly sightings at Crowly Hall, bizarre paranormal activity, and a series of accidents at the dig site are only the beginning.  After an unknown entity appears and warns of calamity, Ivy realizes that she must rely on her intuition and the legacy of magick. Trying to solve the mystery of who the entity was in life may very well put herself and her friends in danger. Digging into the history of William&amp;#039;s Ford could prove to be hazardous—especially for Witches.</description>
      <author>Ellen Dugan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977334527.mp3" length="8103696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977334527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beneath an Ivy Moon
Series: #4 of Legacy of Magick
Author: Ellen Dugan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fan favorite Ivy Bishop takes center stage in this newest volume of the Legacy of Magick series.   Sure, Ivy Bishop&amp;#039;s life is a little unusual . . . The gothic-fabulous and youngest female Witch in her family line is now a full-time college student starting her junior year. Living on campus, Ivy and her BFF, Cypress, are residents in the 160-year-old Crowly Hall. The dormitory that the locals swear is haunted.   When the school newspaper assigns Ivy to photograph the expansion of the new University Museum, Ivy is on hand when human remains are uncovered within an old stone foundation. Construction comes to a screeching halt as first the police, and then archaeologists descend on the site.   Whatever they dug up has apparently opened a supernatural can of worms. Life at the dorm goes from mundane to eerie. And when a Witch thinks things are eerie—you know that&amp;#039;s bad. Ghostly sightings at Crowly Hall, bizarre paranormal activity, and a series of accidents at the dig site are only the beginning.  After an unknown entity appears and warns of calamity, Ivy realizes that she must rely on her intuition and the legacy of magick. Trying to solve the mystery of who the entity was in life may very well put herself and her friends in danger. Digging into the history of William&amp;#039;s Ford could prove to be hazardous—especially for Witches.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beneath an Ivy Moon
Series: #4 of Legacy of Magick
Author: Ellen Dugan
Narrator: Rachel Dulude
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Fan favorite Ivy Bishop takes center stage in this newest volume of the Legacy of Magick series.   Sure, Ivy Bishop&amp;#039;s life is a little unusual . . . The gothic-fabulous and youngest female Witch in her family line is now a full-time college student starting her junior year. Living on campus, Ivy and her BFF, Cypress, are residents in the 160-year-old Crowly Hall. The dormitory that the locals swear is haunted.   When the school newspaper assigns Ivy to photograph the expansion of the new University Museum, Ivy is on hand when human remains are uncovered within an old stone foundation. Construction comes to a screeching halt as first the police, and then archaeologists descend on the site.   Whatever they dug up has apparently opened a supernatural can of worms. Life at the dorm goes from mundane to eerie. And when a Witch thinks things are eerie—you know that&amp;#039;s bad. Ghostly sightings at Crowly Hall, bizarre paranormal activity, and a series of accidents at the dig site are only the beginning.  After an unknown entity appears and warns of calamity, Ivy realizes that she must rely on her intuition and the legacy of magick. Trying to solve the mystery of who the entity was in life may very well put herself and her friends in danger. Digging into the history of William&amp;#039;s Ford could prove to be hazardous—especially for Witches.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Library: Where Life Checks Out by Carmen DeSousa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Library: Where Life Checks Out
Author: Carmen DeSousa
Narrator: Austin Walp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three generations of secrets, three murders—and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too. In 1934 the body of a beautiful, but poor young woman was found alongside a riverbank near the Depot. Beaten to a pulp, only recognizable by a tattoo on her ankle, and yet days after the discovery, the story all but disappears. Eighty years later, locals claim the Depot is haunted. But in all the years homicide detective Mark Waters has visited the historic 1800s train station turned restaurant, he’s never seen proof—until now. As he sifts through evidence of a supposed suicide by train, he learns a murder that took place eighty years ago may directly affect his case. Six months after the strange occurrences at the Depot, there’s another murder. This time, the library holds secrets of several murders, and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too.</description>
      <author>Carmen DeSousa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982672980.mp3" length="842190" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982672980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Library: Where Life Checks Out
Author: Carmen DeSousa
Narrator: Austin Walp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three generations of secrets, three murders—and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too. In 1934 the body of a beautiful, but poor young woman was found alongside a riverbank near the Depot. Beaten to a pulp, only recognizable by a tattoo on her ankle, and yet days after the discovery, the story all but disappears. Eighty years later, locals claim the Depot is haunted. But in all the years homicide detective Mark Waters has visited the historic 1800s train station turned restaurant, he’s never seen proof—until now. As he sifts through evidence of a supposed suicide by train, he learns a murder that took place eighty years ago may directly affect his case. Six months after the strange occurrences at the Depot, there’s another murder. This time, the library holds secrets of several murders, and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Library: Where Life Checks Out
Author: Carmen DeSousa
Narrator: Austin Walp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
Three generations of secrets, three murders—and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too. In 1934 the body of a beautiful, but poor young woman was found alongside a riverbank near the Depot. Beaten to a pulp, only recognizable by a tattoo on her ankle, and yet days after the discovery, the story all but disappears. Eighty years later, locals claim the Depot is haunted. But in all the years homicide detective Mark Waters has visited the historic 1800s train station turned restaurant, he’s never seen proof—until now. As he sifts through evidence of a supposed suicide by train, he learns a murder that took place eighty years ago may directly affect his case. Six months after the strange occurrences at the Depot, there’s another murder. This time, the library holds secrets of several murders, and the dead won’t rest until the murderer checks out too.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Christmas Spirits on Tradd Street by Karen White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Christmas Spirits on Tradd Street
Series: #6 of Tradd Street
Author: Karen White
Narrator: Aimée Bruneau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Christmas spirit is overtaking Tradd Street with a vengeance in this festive new novel in the New York Times bestselling series by Karen White. Melanie Trenholm should be anticipating Christmas with nothing but joy—after all, it’s only the second Christmas she and her husband, Jack, will celebrate with their twin toddlers. But the ongoing excavation of the centuries-old cistern in the garden of her historic Tradd Street home has been a huge millstone, both financially and aesthetically. Local students are thrilled by the possibility of unearthing more Colonial-era artifacts at the cistern, but Melanie is concerned by the ghosts connected to it that have suddenly invaded her life and her house—and at least one of them is definitely not filled with holiday cheer.... And these relics aren’t the only precious artifacts for which people are searching. A past adversary is convinced there is a long-lost Revolutionary War treasure buried somewhere on the property Melanie inherited—untold riches rumored to have been brought over from France by the Marquis de Lafayette himself and intended to help the Colonial war effort. It’s a treasure literally fit for a king, and there have been whispers throughout history that many have already killed—and died—for it. And now someone will stop at nothing to possess it—even if it means destroying everything Melanie and Jack hold dear.</description>
      <author>Karen White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984883537.mp3" length="2775856" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984883537.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Christmas Spirits on Tradd Street
Series: #6 of Tradd Street
Author: Karen White
Narrator: Aimée Bruneau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Christmas spirit is overtaking Tradd Street with a vengeance in this festive new novel in the New York Times bestselling series by Karen White. Melanie Trenholm should be anticipating Christmas with nothing but joy—after all, it’s only the second Christmas she and her husband, Jack, will celebrate with their twin toddlers. But the ongoing excavation of the centuries-old cistern in the garden of her historic Tradd Street home has been a huge millstone, both financially and aesthetically. Local students are thrilled by the possibility of unearthing more Colonial-era artifacts at the cistern, but Melanie is concerned by the ghosts connected to it that have suddenly invaded her life and her house—and at least one of them is definitely not filled with holiday cheer.... And these relics aren’t the only precious artifacts for which people are searching. A past adversary is convinced there is a long-lost Revolutionary War treasure buried somewhere on the property Melanie inherited—untold riches rumored to have been brought over from France by the Marquis de Lafayette himself and intended to help the Colonial war effort. It’s a treasure literally fit for a king, and there have been whispers throughout history that many have already killed—and died—for it. And now someone will stop at nothing to possess it—even if it means destroying everything Melanie and Jack hold dear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Christmas Spirits on Tradd Street
Series: #6 of Tradd Street
Author: Karen White
Narrator: Aimée Bruneau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 34 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
The Christmas spirit is overtaking Tradd Street with a vengeance in this festive new novel in the New York Times bestselling series by Karen White. Melanie Trenholm should be anticipating Christmas with nothing but joy—after all, it’s only the second Christmas she and her husband, Jack, will celebrate with their twin toddlers. But the ongoing excavation of the centuries-old cistern in the garden of her historic Tradd Street home has been a huge millstone, both financially and aesthetically. Local students are thrilled by the possibility of unearthing more Colonial-era artifacts at the cistern, but Melanie is concerned by the ghosts connected to it that have suddenly invaded her life and her house—and at least one of them is definitely not filled with holiday cheer.... And these relics aren’t the only precious artifacts for which people are searching. A past adversary is convinced there is a long-lost Revolutionary War treasure buried somewhere on the property Melanie inherited—untold riches rumored to have been brought over from France by the Marquis de Lafayette himself and intended to help the Colonial war effort. It’s a treasure literally fit for a king, and there have been whispers throughout history that many have already killed—and died—for it. And now someone will stop at nothing to possess it—even if it means destroying everything Melanie and Jack hold dear.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Black On Black by Jc Andrijeski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black On Black
Series: #3 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;What kind of confession are you looking for, brother . . .?&amp;#039; Black disappears, leaving Miri alone in San Francisco mere days after they return from Bangkok. No explanation. Not a word about where he is, what he&amp;#039;s doing, what his mysterious new contract entails or even who he&amp;#039;s working for. Black will only drop cryptic hints, leaving her breadcrumbs. Miri can feel him, though. More every day. She feels so much through her dreams and into her waking life that her world starts to spin out of control, especially when things between Black and his new employer begin to sour. Black&amp;#039;s in danger, although he won&amp;#039;t admit that, either. Only Miri can save him. But to help Black, she has to cross lines she swore she&amp;#039;d never cross, exposing herself in a way that will change her life forever.</description>
      <author>Jc Andrijeski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 13:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977331199.mp3" length="6630786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977331199.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black On Black
Series: #3 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;What kind of confession are you looking for, brother . . .?&amp;#039; Black disappears, leaving Miri alone in San Francisco mere days after they return from Bangkok. No explanation. Not a word about where he is, what he&amp;#039;s doing, what his mysterious new contract entails or even who he&amp;#039;s working for. Black will only drop cryptic hints, leaving her breadcrumbs. Miri can feel him, though. More every day. She feels so much through her dreams and into her waking life that her world starts to spin out of control, especially when things between Black and his new employer begin to sour. Black&amp;#039;s in danger, although he won&amp;#039;t admit that, either. Only Miri can save him. But to help Black, she has to cross lines she swore she&amp;#039;d never cross, exposing herself in a way that will change her life forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black On Black
Series: #3 of Quentin Black Mystery
Author: Jc Andrijeski
Narrator: Dara Rosenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Paranormal
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;What kind of confession are you looking for, brother . . .?&amp;#039; Black disappears, leaving Miri alone in San Francisco mere days after they return from Bangkok. No explanation. Not a word about where he is, what he&amp;#039;s doing, what his mysterious new contract entails or even who he&amp;#039;s working for. Black will only drop cryptic hints, leaving her breadcrumbs. Miri can feel him, though. More every day. She feels so much through her dreams and into her waking life that her world starts to spin out of control, especially when things between Black and his new employer begin to sour. Black&amp;#039;s in danger, although he won&amp;#039;t admit that, either. Only Miri can save him. But to help Black, she has to cross lines she swore she&amp;#039;d never cross, exposing herself in a way that will change her life forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
